Vossloh Schwabe - Innovative Systems 2015

Page 1

Innovative Systems 2015

LED Constant-current Systems LED modules, constant-current drivers and connecting technology LED Modules for Direct Connections to Mains Voltage Downlights, DecoLEDs and LEDSpots Components for Luminaire Protection and Power Adjustment 24 V LED Systems LED modules, converters, colour control units and connecting technology Emergency Lighting Devices for LED Applications LED Lamps Replacement for low-voltage and mains voltage halogen incandescent lamps LiCS Indoor Lighting control systems for indoor applications LiCS Outdoor Lighting control systems for outdoor applications

06/2015 | www.vossloh-schwabe.com


Vossloh-Schwabe

LIGHTING TECHNOLOGY PRODUCTS

Vossloh-Schwabe Vossloh-Schwabe is not merely a provider of top-quality system solutions for the lighting industry, but above all makes a competent and innovative contribution to setting market trends in the field of LED lighting. Numerous VS project solutions implemented on the basis of entire LED systems are currently satisfying the high requirements placed on energyefficient lighting all over the world. Employing approximately 1000 people in more than 20 countries, Vossloh-Schwabe is represented all over the world. As a subsidiary of the Japanese Panasonic Group, VS can draw on extensive resources for R&D as well as for international expansion activities. A highly motivated workforce, comprehensive market knowledge, profound industry expertise as well as eco-awareness and environmental responsibility show Vossloh-Schwabe to be a reliable partner for the provision of optimum and cost-effective LED lighting solutions. But Vossloh-Schwabe naturally also continues to provide all components needed in the field of conventional lighting technology. Vossloh-Schwabe's dedication to delivering superior quality is reflected in its ISO 9001 certification. Vossloh-Schwabe is ready to embark on a collaborative journey into an economically illuminated LED future.

Some lighting applications continue to rely on conventional technologies. Please see our separate Standard Technology Catalogue for product details.

2


Contents

LED System Overview

1

2

3

4

LED Constant-current System LUGA Line LED Line SMD Kit LED Line SMD L14/28/56 LED Line SMD Slim LED Line Fix LUGA 2015 LED Line Fix SMD LED Line AluFix LUGA 2015 LED Line AluFix SMD LED Light Panel SMD LUGA Shop 2015 LUGA C 2015 LED industry and hall lighting SYM I SYM II SYM I – Allround SYM II – Allround Industrial FlatEmitter SMD LUGA Industrial 2014 10,000 lm LUGA C 2015, Optics LED street and outdoor lighting M-Class S-Class AreaLED M-Class – Allround S-Class – Allround AreaLED – Allround Streetlight FlatEmitter SMD 3000–11,000 lm PowerEmitter TriplePowerEmitter PowerOptics Reflectors for PowerEmitter XP modules Heat sinks for LED modules XP and XML Thermal tapes LED Modules for Direct Connection to Mains Voltage LEDSpot ReadyLine IP LEDSpot ReadyLine MR16 ReadyLine S ReadyLine DL ReadyLine C LED Downlights Pro and Prime DecoLED

LEDSpots LEDSpot overview ShopLine LEDSpot ActiveLine LEDSpots

6–7 8–91 10–13 14–16 17–19 20–21 22–26 27–29 30–33 34–35 36 37–41 42–46 47–63 49–52 53–56 57–58 59 60 61 62–63 64–82 65–69 70–73 74–77 78–79 80 81 82 83–84 84–85 86–88 89 89 90–91

5

LED Constant-current Drivers For office lighting For retail lighting For residential lighting For street lighting For industrial lighting iProgrammer

138–182 141–150 151–159 160–167 168–176 177–181 182

Protection and Power Adjustment Luminaire protection device Inrush current limiter Power switches Switch units Resistor network

183–191 184–185 186 187–189 190 191

24 V Systems High Power 24-V-CA modules LEDLine Flex SMD Professional AluLED IP20 / IP64 Colour control modules – DigiLED CA LED connection technology LED converters for LED modules 24 V and 12 V

192–212 194–195 196–197 198–199 200–202 203–204 205–212

Emergency Lighting Devices for LED Applications

213–215

LED Lamps Low-voltage replacement Mains voltage replacement

216–223 217–219 220–223

10

Technical Details for LED Applications

224–229

11

Lighting Control System for Indoor Applications Systems overview Light Controller IP/DALI, LightBox Light Controller L / LS and LW / LSW Light Controller S / XS Extender / Extender Flex MultiSensors Industry sensors High Bay Technical details

230–255 232–233 234–235 236–237 238–239 240 241 242 243–255

12

Lighting Control System for Outdoor Applications Smart Night Flex Night Managed Night Accessories

256–272 260–261 262–264 265–270 271–272

Table of Reference Numbers

273–280

6

7

8 9

92–104 93 94 95–96 97 98–104 105–111 106–109 110–111

112–137 113 114–121 122–127 128–137

3


LED Systems

LED SYSTEM LED MODULES, OPERATING DEVICES AND CONNECTING TECHNOLOGY

Vossloh-Schwabe is not merely a provider of top-quality system solutions Systems and Components for Lighting Applications with LEDs Thanks to the characteristics and advantages of LED modules over conventional light sources, there is almost no limit to the ways in which LED modules can be used, and new applications are being found on a continuous basis. The usefulness of LED modules stretches from architecture and furniture design right through to creating atmospheric lighting in homes, shops, bars and restaurants. LED modules can be integrated into existing lighting systems or integrated into the respective application as a separate light source. These LED modules are dimmable if used with a suitable LED ballast and a matching control unit. Vossloh-Schwabe develops and manufactures LED modules in different performance classes and shapes on the basis of COB and SMD technology with a comparably minimal decrease in luminous flux over a module's service life and with extremely high colour stability. The DigiLED series makes a high-performance range of colour-control modules for polychromatic control of LED modules using RGB technology available to users. The digital technology and user-friendly interfaces guarantee LED lighting is simple to use. Vossloh-Schwabe's high-quality electronic LED control gear, which is available in various performance classes and designs, is designed to supply power to voltage- and constant-current-operated LED applications. Vossloh-Schwabe's range of LED lighting systems and components is rounded off by connection components for integrating LED modules into lighting applications. Different joining elements to match the individual LED modules guarantee simple, low-cost and soldering-free assembly.

Maryling, Milan VS products: LUGA Shop COB and LED drivers Photographer/Architect: Casonato

4


Giordano, Jakarta

Foyer of the Torre Agbar tower

Giordano in the Living World Mall, Jakarta

Torre Agbar, Barcelona

The entire Living World Mall in Jakarta is illuminated solely using LEDs. The mall is located in Jakarta's Serpong business park and features a large selection of international brands, including the fashion outlet Giordano.

With its height of 142 metres, 34 floors above ground level and a usable floor space totalling 39,000 square metres, the Torre Agbar – Catalan for "Agbar Tower" – is one of Catalonia's tallest buildings and the new symbol of the 22@Barcelona technology centre.

Due to the increase in energy costs in Indonesia, retailers and tenants in the Living World Mall were encouraged to convert to LED lamps and with that ensure a reduction in power consumption.

Designed by architect Jean Nouvel in cooperation with the b720 Arquitectos company, the tower's dazzling, 16,000 square metre façade lets the tower appear like a water fountain. The outer aluminium shell of the tower resembles the skin of a reptile or a large, fluid, organic mass. The mountains of Montserrat and the works of the Catalan architect, Antoni Gaudí, served as inspiration for the shape of the tower.

The choice was easy to make: Vossloh-Schwabe's highly efficient PAR38 LED lamps with their service life of up to 45,000 hours and a correspondingly low need for maintenance proved to be ideal for the project. Thanks to the E27 base and 38° radiation angle of the PAR38 lamps, exchanging the previously installed 70 W HID lamps required only minimal effort. Apart from the expected energy savings, these new LED lamps have also resulted in a decisive reduction in CO2 emissions in the interest of countering global warming. Available in different colour temperatures and with various angles of radiation, these dimmable LED lamps are mercury-free, energy-saving and will not impair products (IR- and UV-free). In addition, their energy efficiency, eco-friendliness and high light output have set standards for other Giordano outlets. LED lamps are set to feature in further Giordano branches in the future. Photos: Giordano, Serpong, Jakarta, Indonesia

The special colours of the tower were also chosen for a reason. As the client, Grupo Agbar, is Barcelona's municipal waterworks (Aguas de Barcelona, or Aigües de Barcelona in Catalan), this influenced the tower's iridescent and colourful appearance. The immediate vicinity of the building was designed in such a way as to give onlookers the impression that the tower is standing in a body of water. Consisting mainly of office space, a cafeteria and a multi-purpose hall, the building was inaugurated by the Spanish King on 16 October 2005. For Vossloh-Schwabe, the "Torre Agbar" project began in September 2011. A need had been identified to improve the lighting situation in the foyer, the only solution to which was energy-efficient LED lighting in combination with DALI drivers and a LiCS Indoor light management system made by Vossloh-Schwabe. In cooperation with the customer, a projectspecific luminaire was developed on the basis of the VS LED Shop module (3000 K). Photos Torre Agbar: José Tío

5


LED System Overview

LED System Overview by Application Fields LED modules • M-Class: IP20, IP66, Allround, LightEngine • S-Class: IP20, IP66, Allround, LightEngine • AreaLED: IP20, IP66, Allround, LightEngine • Streetlight FlatEmitter SMD LED drivers • Capacity range: 40–150 W • Current supply: 350–1400 mA • Dimming: DALI, PUSH, 1–10 V, power-reduction • Variants: PrimeLine and ComfortLine

STREET

Accessories Luminaire protection device, power switches, switch units

LED modules • High Power 24 V CA: White and RGB • LEDLine Flex SMD Professional Indoor 24 V: White; Standard and High Brightness • AluLED: IP20, IP64; White and RGB LED Converters • ComfortLine 24 V: Capacity range: 20, 70, 75, 100, 130, 150 W Degree of protection: IP20, IP67 • ComfortLine 12 V: Capacity range: 12, 15, 30, 50, 70 W Degree of protection: IP20, IP67

ARCHITECTURE LED Colour control • DigiLED: Manuell, DALI, DMX, IR, RF, Push, Mono, Slave Accessories Connecting technology: flatband cable, connector, PCB distributor LED modules • SYM I: IP20, IP66, Allround, LightEngine • SYM II: IP20, IP66, Allround, LightEngine • LUGA Industrial • Industrial FlatEmitter SMD • LUGA C LED Converters • Capacity range: 20–230 W • Current supply: 350–1400 mA • Dimming: DALI, PUSH, 1–10 V • Variants: ComfortLine and EasyLine

INDUSTRY Accessories Luminaire protection device, inrush current limiter, resistor network

6


LED System Overview

LED modules • LUGA Line: Linear COB modules • LED Line SMD: Kit, ECO, L14/28/56, Slim • LED Line Fix: LUGA and SMD • LED Line AluFix: LUGA and SMD • LED Light Panel SMD • AreaLED: IP20, IP66, Allround, LightEngine • Streetlight FlatEmitter SMD

OFFICE

LED drivers • Capacity range: 40–150 W • Current supply: 350–1400 mA • Dimming: DALI, PUSH, 1–10 V, power-reduction • Variants: PrimeLine and ComfortLine Accessories Luminaire protection device, power switches, switch units

LED modules • LUGA Shop • LUGA C

LED-Spots and Downlights • ShopLine: Standard, NEXT, EVO • Activeline: LUGA, COB 9.1, COB 7.1, COB 6.1, Quad • Downlights Pro and Prime

LED drivers • Capacity range: 10–60 W • Current supply: 250–1050 mA • Dimming: DALI, PUSH, 1–10 V, 3C • Variants: PrimeLine, ComfortLine and EasyLine

LED Lamps • AR111 • PAR30, PAR38 • GU10

RETAIL Accessories Luminaire protection device, inrush current limiter, resistor network

RESIDENTIAL

LED modules • PowerEmitter • TriplePowerEmitter

LED Spots and Downlights • Single LEDSpots • ActiveLine Pro • DecoLEDs

LED modules for direct connection to mains • LEDSpot ReadyLine IP and MR16 • ReadyLine: S, DL and C

LED Lamps • MR16 • GU10

LED drivers • Capacity range: 5,2–36 W • Current supply: 150–1050 mA • Dimming: Phase-cut dimmable • Variants: ComfortLine and EasyLine Accessories Reflectors, Optics

7


Constant-current System

CONSTANT CURRENT LED MODULES, DRIVERS AND ACCESSORIES The LED modules dealt with in this chapter are constant-currentoperated, built-in modules whose circuit board does not feature its own power-supply electronics. Circular and linear modules featuring various chip types are available. Ensuring constant-current control of LED modules benefits permanent operation, efficiency (lm/Watt) and the service life of LEDs. Constantcurrent control is particularly important for high-performance LEDs, as a module brightness of up to 10,000 lm can be achieved. Various brightness levels can be set by selecting the requisite operating current (350 mA, 500 mA, 700 mA, 1050 mA). In this regard, the maximum admissible current must never be exceeded and heat development must be monitored.

Typical applications • Installation in luminaires for general lighting purposes • Residential lighting • Reading lamps and spots • Entertainment • Retail lighting • Architectural lighting • Street lighting

The specifications contained in this catalogue can change due to technical innovations. Any such changes will be made without separate notification. Please read the safety and installation instructions on the individual products as well as further technical information provided in the extensive product descriptions at www.vossloh-schwabe.com.

8


Constant-current LED modules for all applications

Constant-current drivers for current-operated LED modules

Vossloh-Schwabe's constant-current-operated LED modules are characterised by their extreme efficiency, long service life and colour brilliance. The extensive range of different designs and brightness levels results in a multitude of application options.

To ensure safe operation of LEDs that are connected in series, the operating current must be kept at a constant value by the ballast. It is recommended to operate all high-performance LED modules in combination with an external constant-current driver.

Whether they are used for indoor or outdoor applications: VS LED modules can be found as a decorative and functional lighting source in offices, homes, buildings and on our streets. They are: • highly efficient, • characterised by a high CRI and • extremely versatile.

To ensure the same current flows through every LED, high-performance LEDs can only be connected in series. For each respective application, the source of the constant-current must be selected to ensure the required current and sufficient voltage are supplied to the LED modules. The number of LED modules that can be connected to control gear is dependent on the forward bias of the respective modules.

9


Constant-current System – Linear

LUGA Line RX 2015 Built-in PCB lighting modules The new LUGA Line RX 2015 is characterised by its particularly easy-to-use mounting and connection options (ZHAGA-compliant hole spacing). Thanks to producing a homogeneous light field without any discernible individual light points, these LED modules are ideal for use in reflectors in luminaires constructed for T5 and T8 lamps. I (cd/klm)

Typical applications • Office lighting • Retail lighting • T5/T8 replacement as built-in module • Furniture lighting

90° 75 60°

150 225 300 C0 – C180

C90 – C270

DML028 0.8

93.2±0.2 62.5 18.4±0.2

4.7

R2.35 (3x)

tc/tp

LES

0.7 1

3.7

Technical notes Dimensions: 280 x18.4 mm und 93 x18.4 mm On-board push terminal system WAGO 2059 Allowed operating temperature at tc point: –40 to 85 °C Use of external LED constant-current drivers required Efficiency up to 148 lm/W Colour rendering index Ra: > 80/> 90 Colour accuracy initially: 3 SDCM; after 50,000 hrs. operating time: 4 SDCM Lumen maintenance L80/B10: 50,000 hrs. (IF 700 mA) Unit: 60 pcs.

DML068 279.6±0.2 125

125

Type

Ref. No.

Colour

tc/tp

Ø4.7(5x)

Products under development; preliminary technical datas

62.5

1.7 1

18.4±0.2

4.7(5x)

62.5 R0.75

Correlated

Typ. luminous flux and efficiency, typical voltage (Utyp.)

Beam

CRI

colour

and power consumption (Pel)**

angle

Ra

temperature*

350 mA

K

lm

°

typ.

82

lm/W

Pel = 5.9 W DML068

500 mA lm

700 mA lm/W

Pel = 8.6 W

lm

1050 mA lm/W

Pel = 12.3 W

lm

lm/W

Pel = 19.1 W

Utyp. = 16.8 V

Utyp. = 17.1 V

Utyp. = 17.6 V

Utyp. = 18.2 V

DML068C27FR

557979

warm white 2700

780

132

1070

124

1435

117

1980

104

120

DML068C30FR

557980

warm white 3000

810

137

1110

129

1490

121

2055

108

120

82

warm white 3000 (below BBL)

775

131

1065

124

1425

116

1965

103

120

82 82

DML068C30FBR 557981 DML068C35FR

557982

neutral white 3500

835

142

1150

134

1540

125

2125

111

120

DML068C40FR

557983

neutral white 4000

860

146

1185

138

1585

129

2185

114

120

84

neutral white 4000 (below BBL)

825

140

1135

132

1520

124

2095

110

120

84

DML068C40FBR 557984 DML068C50FR

557985

cool white

5000

875

148

1205

140

1615

131

2225

116

120

84

DML068C65FR

557986

cool white

6500

870

147

1200

140

1605

130

2215

116

120

84

DML068S31FR

557987

pearl white

3100

680

115

935

109

1260

102

1730

91

120

95

DML028C27FR

558100

warm white 2700

245

125

340

119

455

111

625

98

120

82

DML028C30FR

558101

warm white 3000

255

130

355

125

470

114

650

102

120

82

warm white 3000 (below BBL)

DML028

DML028C30FBR 558102

245

125

340

119

450

110

620

97

120

82

DML028C35FR

on request neutral white 3500

265

135

365

128

490

119

675

106

120

82

DML028C40FR

558103

neutral white 4000

270

138

375

132

505

123

690

108

120

84

neutral white 4000 (below BBL)

260

133

360

126

480

117

665

104

120

84

DML028C40FBR 558104 DML028C50FR

558105

cool white

5000

275

140

380

133

510

124

705

111

120

84

DML028C65FR

on request cool white

6500

275

140

380

133

510

124

700

110

120

84

DML028S31FR

558106

3100

215

110

295

104

400

97

550

86

120

95

pearl white

Emission data at tp = 65 °C | * Colour tolerance: 3 MacAdam | ** Production tolerance of luminous flux and efficiency: ± 15 % | Min. CRI Ra: > 80 / > 90

10

30°


Constant-current System – Linear

LUGA Line 2015 45 Chips

1

Built-in PCB lighting modules The linear LED COB modules produce a very high lumen output. The modules are available in warm white, neutral white and cool white; they can also be seamlessly connected (no gaps).

2 90° 75

225 300 C0 – C180

C90 – C270

tc

30°

(1.8) 0.6 Offset LES from center

280 +0.1 -0.3 product marking

24.5±0.1

1.8±0.1 1.0±0.1

24.5±0.1

280±0,2

280±0,2

1

5 6

15±2

24,5±0,2

X PCB-PCB connector

Feed-in connector

4

7

Connection example

X

3

60°

150

1,8

Technical notes Dimensions: 280 x15 mm On-board push terminal system Allowed operating temperature at tc point: –40 to 85 °C Use of external LED constant-current drivers required Ceramic PCB for optimum thermal management Efficiency up to 160 lm/W Colour rendering index Ra: > 80 Colour accuracy initially: 3 SDCM; after 50,000 hrs. operating time: 4 SDCM Lumen maintenance L90/B10: 55,000 hrs. (IF 700 mA) Unit: 60 pcs.

I (cd/klm)

Typical applications • Office lighting • Retail lighting • T5/T8 replacement as built-in module • Furniture lighting

2.5±0.2 15±0.2

The ceramic PCB ensures optimum thermal management. Thanks to producing a homogeneous light field without any discernible individual light points, these LED modules are ideal for use in reflectors in luminaires constructed for T5 and T8 lamps.

End connector

8 9

Type

Ref. No. Number Colour of LEDs pcs.

Correlated

Typ. luminous flux and efficiency, typical voltage (Utyp.)

Beam

CRI

colour

and power consumption (Pel)**

angle

Ra

temperature*

350 mA

K

lm

500 mA lm/W lm

Pel = 5.1 W LUGA Line 2015 with 45 LEDs

700 mA lm/W lm

Pel = 7.7 W

1050 mA lm/W

Pel = 11.5 W

lm

lm/W °

min.

typ.

10

Pel = 19.1 W

Utyp. = 14.7 V Utyp. = 15.4 V

Utyp. = 16.4 V

Utyp. = 18.2 V

DML059C27EC 556912 45

warm white

2700

725

142

1030

134

1400

122

2000

105

120

80

82

DML059C30EC 556926 45

warm white

3000

755

148

1075

140

1460

127

2080

109

120

80

82

DML059C30EBC 557228 45

warm white

3000 (below BBL) 715

140

1015

132

1380

120

1965

103

120

80

82

DML059C35EC 556927 45

neutral white 3500

775

152

1110

144

1500

130

2140

112

120

80

82

DML059C40EC 556928 45

neutral white 4000

800

157

1145

149

1550

135

2210

116

120

80

84

DML059C40EBC 557229 45

neutral white 4000 (below BBL) 745

146

1060

138

1440

125

2050

107

120

80

84

DML059C50EC 556929 45

cool white

5000

815

160

1165

151

1580

137

2250

118

120

80

84

DML059C65EC 556930 45

cool white

6500

805

158

1150

149

1560

136

2220

116

120

80

84

Emission data at tp = 65 °C | * Colour tolerance: 3 MacAdam | ** Production tolerance of luminous flux, efficiency, voltage and power consumption: ± 10% Min. CRI Ra: > 80

11 12 11


Constant-current System – Linear

LUGA Line 2015 – FOOD Built-in PCB lighting modules The linear LED COB modules produce a very high lumen output. The modules are available in warm white, neutral white and cool white; they can also be seamlessly connected (no gaps). The ceramic PCB ensures optimum thermal management. Thanks to producing a homogeneous light field without any discernible individual light points, these LED modules are ideal for use in reflectors in luminaires constructed for T5 and T8 lamps. Technical notes Dimensions: 280 x15 mm On-board push terminal system Allowed operating temperature at tc point: –40 to 85 °C Use of external LED constant-current drivers required Ceramic PCB for optimum thermal management Colour rendering index Ra: > 80 or > 70 Colour accuracy initially: 3 SDCM; after 50,000 hrs. operating time: 4 SDCM Lumen maintenance L90/B10: 55,000 hrs. (IF 700 mA) Unit: 60 pcs.

I (cd/klm)

Typical applications • Installation in luminaires for general lighting purposes • T5/T8 replacement as built-in module • Retail lighting especially for fresh food (bread, fruits, vegetables, meat) • Refrigerator lighting

90° 75

225 300 C0 – C180

C90 – C270

1,8

24.5±0.1

24.5±0.1

1.8±0.1 1.0±0.1

2.5±0.2 15±0.2

tc

30°

(1.8) 0.6 Offset LES from center

280 +0.1 -0.3 product marking

60°

150

Connection example 280±0,2

1

X

Ref. No. Colour

X PCB-PCB connector

Correlated Typ. luminous flux and efficiency, typ. voltage Typ. colour

Utyp.) and power consumption (Pel)**

beam

tempera-

700 mA

angle

ture* (K)

lm

1050 mA lm/W

Pel = 11.5 W LUGA Line 2015 – FOOD

15±2

24,5±0,2

Feed-in connector

Type

280±0,2

lm

lm/W

Typ. CRI

°

Ra

End connector

Typical applications

Pel = 19.1 W

Utyp. = 16.4 V

Utyp. = 18.2 V

3000

850

74

1210

63

120

85 (special spectrum: HiGa) Bread, fruits, vegetables, cheese

DML059G40EC 556933 neutral white 4000

890

77

1265

66

120

85 (special spectrum: HiGa) Fish, drugstore, drapery

DML059M19EC 556934 "white effect" 2000

675

59

965

51

120

82

DML059M40EC 556935 "pink effect"

790

69

1125

59

120

70 (special spectrum: HiGa) Meat

DML059G30EC 566047 warm white

4000

Meat

Emission data at tp = 65 °C | * Colour tolerance: 3 MacAdam | ** Production tolerance of luminous flux, efficiency, voltage and power consumption: ± 10%

12


Constant-current System – Linear

Accessories for LUGA Line Modules

1

Other lead lengths on request X±2

PCB–PCB connector Max. permissible current: 1.5 A Type: 893 Ref. No.: 551129 X = 43 mm Ref. No.: 549993 X = 61 mm Ref. No.: 549992 X = 220 mm

4,6

10±1 cabel(–);wire black,AWG28(7x0,127mm),UL10584

cabel(+);wire white,AWG28(7x0,127mm),UL10584

3 wires UL10584, 28AWG(7x0,127mm)

4 15±2

wires UL10584, 28AWG(7x0,127mm)

5

End connector Type: 893 Ref. No.: 551132

8.7

4.73

5

Thermally conductive adhesive tape Dimensions: 278 x13 mm Ref. No.: 548179

5

15

3

2

6

ø3.5

2.5

90°

1

Plastic holder for LUGA Line modules For fixing LUGA Line modules Fixing hole for countersunk screw M3 With cable holder Min. 2.5 pcs. per LUGA Line module needed Ref. No.: 551039

2

X±1

4

Feed-in connector Feed in connector for power supply Colour: – black + white Max. permissible current: 1.5 A Number of strands: 2 (Strand diameter: 0.09 mm²/AWG28) Type: 893 Ref. No.: 551131 X = 310 mm Ref. No.: 550952 X = 610 mm

2.8

3.2

7 8 9 10 11 12 13


Constant-current System – Linear

LED Line SMD Kit Built-in PCB lighting modules with optics The LED Line SMD kit consists of SMD modules in two lengths (280 mm and 560 mm) as well as matching optics. LED modules and optics are an ideal LED solution to replace luminaires with T5/T8 lamps. Both the optics and LED modules are easy to attach using standardised fixing holes (ZHAGAcompliant hole spacing) and screws.

I (cd/klm) 90° 85

VS also provides optics that are perfect for office, industrial and shop (e.g. supermarket) lighting.

170 255 340 0°–180°

Technical notes Dimensions: WU-M-480/501: 279.6 x39.6 mm WU-M-481/502: 560.6 x39.6 mm On-board push terminal system Allowed operating temperature at tc point: –20 to 75 °C Use of external LED constant-current drivers required Efficiency up to 170 lm/W Colour rendering index Ra: > 80 Lumen maintenance L80/B10: 60,000 hrs. (IF 350 mA; tp 50 °C)

90°–270°

I (cd/klm)

I (cd/klm)

I (cd/klm) 190

100 60°

200

0°–180°

30°

90°–270°

60°

705

760

940

90°–270°

30°

Standard

Diffuse

0°–180°

60°

60°

60°

30°

0°–180°

90°–270°

I (cd/klm) 90°

90°

200 60°

300

375 60°

400

750

300

500

600

1025

400

700

800

1400

0°–180°

30°

90°–270°

0°–180°

90°–270°

30°

0°–180°

HB – Standard

HB – Diffuse

90°–270°

HB – Retail SYM

30°

0°–180°

90°–270°

HB – Retail ASYM

WU-M-481 560.6

WU-M-501

7.5 13.7

4.3

4.3

13.7 7.5

ø4.7 29.8

1.6

4.3

30.5 30.5

6

ø4.7

4.3

29.8

9.5 11.5

Ø4.7

WU-M-502

X2

-

+

39.6

7.5 13.7

4.3

281

4.3

Ø4.7 X1

tc/tp Ø4.7

Ø4.7

30.5 30.5

Ø4.7

Ø4.7

29.8

1.6

29.8

4.3

Ø4.6

1.6

110

4.3

110

13.7 7.5

X2

-

Ø4.6 tc/tp

9.5 11.5

4.3

WU-M-501

6

39.6

7.5 13.7

4.3

13.7 7.5

Ø4.7

tc

6

tc

560.6

9.5 11.5

+

15

X2

+

WU-M-502 280

9.5 11.5 18.5 X1

14

X1

1.6

4.3

6

110

9.5 11.5

tc/tp

tc/tp 110

ø4.7

Rev. A4

4.3

-

X2

4.3

39.6

Rev. A4

tc

281 ø4.7 WU-M-481

39.6

WU-M-480

+

X1

7.5 13.7

ø4.7

9.5 11.5

4.3

13.7 7.5

9.5 11.5

9.5 11.5

30°

Retail ASYM

I (cd/klm) 100

200

90°–270°

90°

90° 100

90°

Retail SYM

I (cd/klm)

I (cd/klm)

470

570

0°–180°

90° 235

380

300 400

I (cd/klm)

90°

90°

Dimensions of SMD board

280

30°

Without optics

Typical applications • Office lighting • Retail lighting • Industrial lighting • T5/T8 replacement as built-in module

WU-M-480

60°

60°

30°


Constant-current System – Linear

LED Line SMD Kit

1

Built-in PCB lighting modules with optics Type

Ref. No. Number

Colour

of LEDs

Correlated Luminous flux* (lm) and typical efficiency (lm/W),

Beam

CRI

colour tem- typical voltage (Utyp.) and power consumption (Pel)

angle

Ra

perature pcs.

K

LED Line SMD Kit – 280 mm – 30 LEDs

350 mA

500 mA

min.

typ.

typ.

min.

lm

lm

lm/W lm

700 mA

typ.

typ.

lm

lm/W lm

Pel = 4.9 W

Pel = 7.3 W

Utyp. = 14.1 V

Utyp. = 14.5 V

min.

typ.

typ.

min. typ.

lm

lm/W °

Pel = 10.7 W Utyp. = 15.3 V

WU-M-480-830

555314

30

warm white

3000

680

745 152

925 1015 139

1250 1375 129

120

80

85

WU-M-480-840

555315

30

neutral white 4000

680

815 166

925 1105 151

1250 1495 140

120

80

85

WU-M-480-850

555316

30

neutral white 5000

680

855 174

925 1160 159

1250 1570 147

120

80

85

WU-M-480-865

555317

30

cool white

680

855 174

925 1160 159

1250 1570 147

120

80

85

6500

LED Line SMD Kit – 280 mm – 30 LEDs

Pel = 9.9 W

Pel = 14.7 W

High Brightness

Utyp. = 28.4 V

Utyp. = 29.4 V

Utyp. = 30.4 V

Pel = 21.2 W

WU-M-480-HB-830

557723

30

warm white

3000

1220 1350 136

1755 1940 132

2320 2570 121

120

80

85

WU-M-480-HB-840

557724

30

neutral white 4000

1220 1455 147

1755 2095 143

2320 2770 131

120

80

85

WU-M-480-HB-850

559069

30

neutral white 5000

1220 1530 155

1755 2200 150

2320 2910 137

120

80

85

WU-M-480-HB-865

559070

30

cool white

1220 1530 155

1755 2200 150

2320 2910 137

120

80

85

Pel = 9.9 W

Pel = 14.5 W

Pel = 21.4 W

Utyp. = 28.2 V

Utyp. = 29 V

Utyp. = 30.5 V

6500

LED Line SMD Kit – 560 mm – 60 LEDs 555318

60

warm white

3000

1360 1495 151

1850 2030 140

2500 2745 128

120

80

85

WU-M-481-840

555319

60

neutral white 4000

1360 1630 165

1850 2210 152

2500 2990 140

120

80

85

WU-M-481-850

555320

60

neutral white 5000

1360 1710 173

1850 2320 160

2500 3140 147

120

80

85

WU-M-481-865

555321

60

cool white

1360 1710 173

1850 2320 160

2500 3140 147

120

80

85

LED Line SMD Kit – 560 mm – 60 LEDs

Pel = 19.8 W

Pel = 29.4 W

Pel = 42.5 W

High Brightness

Utyp. = 56.7 V

Utyp. = 58.7 V

Utyp. = 60.7 V

WU-M-481-HB-830

557725

60

warm white

3000

2435 2700 136

3505 3885 132

4635 5135 121

120

80

85

WU-M-481-HB-840

557726

60

neutral white 4000

2435 2915 147

3505 4195 143

4635 5545 130

120

80

85

WU-M-481-HB-850

559071

60

neutral white 5000

2435 3055 154

3505 4400 150

4635 5815 137

120

80

85

WU-M-481-HB-865

559072

60

cool white

2435 3055 154

3505 4400 150

4635 5815 137

120

80

85

Pel = 3 W

Pel = 4.5 W

Pel = 6.5 W

Utyp. = 8.6 V

Utyp. = 9 V

Utyp. = 9.3 V

6500

LED Line SMD Kit – 280 mm – 15 LEDs WU-M-501-830

557727

15

warm white

3000

395

435 145

545

600 135

740

810 125

120

80

85

WU-M-501-840

557728

15

neutral white 4000

395

470 157

545

650 145

740

885 136

120

80

85

WU-M-501-850

557729

15

neutral white 5000

395

495 165

545

685 150

740

930 143

120

80

85

WU-M-501-865

557730

15

cool white

395

495 165

545

685 150

740

930 143

120

80

85

6500

LED Line SMD Kit – 280 mm – 15 LEDs

Pel = 6 W

Pel = 9 W

High Brightness

Utyp. = 17.3 V

Utyp. = 17.9 V

Utyp. = 18.7 V

557731

15

warm white

3000

745

825 138

1040 1150 128

1395 1545 118

120

80

85

WU-M-501-HB-840

557732

15

neutral white 4000

745

890 148

1040 1245 138

1395 1670 127

120

80

85

WU-M-501-HB-850

559261

15

neutral white 5000

745

930 155

1040 1305 145

1395 1750 134

120

80

85

WU-M-501-HB-865

559262

15

cool white

745

930 155

1040 1305 145

1395 1750 134

120

80

85

Pel = 9 W

Pel = 13 W

Pel = 6 W LED Line SMD Kit – 560 mm – 30 LEDs

Utyp. = 17.2 V

Utyp. = 18 V

Utyp. = 18.6 V

WU-M-502-830

557733

30

warm white

3000

790

865 144

1090 1195 135

1480 1625 125

120

80

85

WU-M-502-840

557734

30

neutral white 4000

790

945 158

1090 1305 145

1480 1770 136

120

80

85

WU-M-502-850

557735

30

neutral white 5000

790

990 165

1090 1365 150

1480 1855 143

120

80

85

WU-M-502-865

557736

30

cool white

790

990 165

1090 1365 150

1480 1855 143

120

80

85

Pel = 26.1 W

6500

LED Line SMD Kit – 560 mm – 30 LEDs

Pel = 12.1 W

Pel = 17.9 W

High Brightness

Utyp. = 34.5 V

Utyp. = 35.9 V

Utyp. = 37.3 V

WU-M-502-HB-830

557737

30

warm white

3000

1485 1645 136

2080 2305 129

2795 3095 119

120

80

85

WU-M-502-HB-840

557738

30

neutral white 4000

1485 1775 147

2080 2490 139

2795 3340 128

120

80

85

WU-M-502-HB-850

559263

30

neutral white 5000

1485 1865 154

2080 2610 146

2795 3505 134

120

80

85

WU-M-502-HB-865

559264

30

cool white

1485 1865 154

2080 2610 146

2795 3505 134

120

80

85

6500

Emission data at tp = 50 °C | * Measurement tolerance: ± 7 % | 2000 K and 2400 K on request

4

6 7 8

Pel = 13.1 W

WU-M-501-HB-830

6500

3

5

WU-M-481-830

6500

2

9 10 11 12 15


Constant-current System – Linear

LED Line SMD Kit Technical notes optics Dimensions: 280 x 43 mm. SMD Kits can be stringed together, for modules 280 mm, 560 mm and module chains Material: PMMA Fixation with flat or cylinder head screws (M4) Max. torque: 1.2 Nm (M4) Optics type

Ref. No.

Standard

555437

Retail SYM

Efficiency

Weight

%

g

Unit pcs.

95

50

192

555438

95

50

192

Retail ASYM 555439

95

50

192

559972

88

50

192

Diffuse

End cap Lateral tongue and groove for optics attachment Weight: 0.9 g, unit: 500 pcs. Type: 98810 Ref. No.: 555482

16


Constant-current System – Linear

LED Line SMD L14/28/56 W2

1

Built-in PCB lighting modules The SMD PCB LED Line SMD L14/28/56 W is optimally suited for use in classic T5/T8 luminaires. Available in three different lengths (140 mm, 280 mm and 560 mm), the LED modules are easy to fix.

2

Technical notes Dimensions: WU-M-507/508: 140 x20 mm WU-M-509/510: 280 x20 mm WU-M-511/512: 560 x20 mm On-board push terminal system (WAGO 2060) Allowed operating temperature at tc point: –20 to 75 °C Use of external LED constant-current drivers required Aluminium PCB for optimum thermal management Efficiency up to 165 lm/W Colour rendering index Ra: > 80 Lumen maintenance L80/B10: up to 60,000 hrs. (IF 700 mA, tp = 50 °C)

90° 85 60°

170 255 340 0°–180°

90°–270°

30°

4 5

110 133.6

20 14

3.4(5x) 3.2x2.2 (3x)

1.5

20 14

28

250

6

3.2x2.2 (3x)

273.6 28

WU-M-509 139.6 131.5 15

5x3 (2x)

6

20 14

3.4(5x)

14

WU-M-508

5x3 (2x)

250

3.2x2.2 (3x)

1.5

20 14

110 133.6

279.6 271.5 125

tc/tp

18.4

tc/tp

6

7

3.2x2.2 (3x)

273.6 14

WU-M-510

5.5

559.6 551.6 405 280 155

5x3 (2x)

6

20 14

18.4

tc/tp

5.5

1.5

6

18.4

WU-M-507

5x3 (2x)

14.5

1.5

3.4(4x)

279.6 271.5 125

tc/tp

18.4

6

18.4

5x3 (2x)

14.5

139.6 131.5 15

tc/tp

3.4(5x) 250

6.4

250

8

3.2x2.2 (6x)

1.5

553.6 28

WU-M-511

5.5

559.6 551.6 405 280 155

5.5

5x3 (2x)

20 14

18.4

tc/tp

3.4(5x) 250

1.5

Typical applications • Installation in luminaires for general lighting purposes • Office lighting • Retail, corridor and shelf lighting • T5/T8 replacement as built-in module • Furniture lighting • Backlighting for advertising

3

I (cd/klm)

6.4

250

6

9

3.2x2.2 (6x)

553.6 14

10

WU-M-512

Connection example WU-M-xxx

WU-M-xxx

WU-M-xxx

11 12 17


Constant-current System – Linear

LED Line SMD L14/28/56 W2 Built-in PCB lighting modules Type

Ref. No. Number Colour of LEDs

Correlated Luminous flux* (lm) and typ. efficiency (lm/W),

Beam

CRI

colour

angle

Ra

°

min.

typ.

typical voltage (Utyp.) and power consumption (Pel)

temperature 350 mA pcs.

K

LED Line SMD L14 W2 – 5 LEDs

700 mA

min.

typ.

typ.

min.

typ.

typ.

min.

typ.

typ.

lm

lm

lm/W

lm

lm

lm/W

lm

lm

lm/W

Pel = 1 W

Pel = 1.5 W

Pel = 2.2 W

Utyp. = 2.9 V

Utyp. = 3 V

Utyp. = 3.1 V

WU-M-507-830

557992

5

warm white

3000

130

145 145

180

200 133

245

270 123

120

80

85

WU-M-507-840

557993

5

neutral white

4000

130

155 155

180

215 143

245

295 134

120

80

85

WU-M-507-850

559199

5

neutral white

5000

130

165 165

180

230 153

245

310 141

120

80

85

WU-M-507-865

559200

5

cool white

6500

130

165 165

180

230 153

245

310 141

120

80

85

LED Line SMD L14 W2 – 5 LEDs High Brightness

Pel = 2 W

Pel = 2.9 W

Pel = 4.3 W

Utyp. = 5.7 V

Utyp. = 5.9 V

Utyp. = 6.1 V

WU-M-507-HB-830** 559201

5

warm white

3000

250

275 138

345

385 133

465

515 120

120

80

85

WU-M-507-HB-840** 559202

5

neutral white

4000

250

295 148

345

415 143

465

555 129

120

80

85

WU-M-507-HB-850** 559203

5

neutral white

5000

250

310 155

345

435 150

465

585 136

120

80

85

WU-M-507-HB-865** 566051

5

cool white

6500

250

310 155

345

435 150

465

585 136

120

80

85

85

LED Line SMD L14 W2 – 10 LEDs

Pel = 2 W

Pel = 3 W

Pel = 4.3 W

Utyp. = 5.7 V

Utyp. = 5.9 V

Utyp. = 6.2 V

WU-M-508-830

557994 10

warm white

3000

265

290 145

365

400 133

495

540 126

120

80

WU-M-508-840

557995 10

neutral white

4000

265

315 158

365

435 145

495

590 137

120

80

85

WU-M-508-850

566052 10

neutral white

5000

265

330 165

365

455 152

495

620 144

120

80

85

WU-M-508-865

566053 10

cool white

6500

265

330 165

365

455 152

495

620 144

120

80

85

85

LED Line SMD L14 W2 – 10 LEDs High Brightness

Pel = 4 W

Pel = 5.9 W

Pel = 8.5 W

Utyp. = 11.4 V

Utyp. = 11.8 V

Utyp. = 12.2 V

WU-M-508-HB-830** 558825 10

warm white

3000

495

550 138

695

770 131

930 1030 121

120

80

WU-M-508-HB-840** 566054 10

neutral white

4000

495

590 148

695

830 141

930 1110 131

120

80

85

WU-M-508-HB-850** 566055 10

neutral white

5000

495

620 155

695

870 147

930 1165 137

120

80

85

WU-M-508-HB-865** 566056 10

cool white

6500

495

620 155

695

870 147

930 1165 137

120

80

85

85

LED Line SMD L28 W2 – 10 LEDs

Pel = 2 W

Pel = 3 W

Pel = 4.3 W

Utyp. = 11.4 V

Utyp. = 5.9 V

Utyp. = 6.2 V

WU-M-509-830

557996 10

warm white

3000

265

290 145

365

400 133

495

540 126

120

80

WU-M-509-840

557997 10

neutral white

4000

265

315 158

365

435 145

495

590 137

120

80

85

WU-M-509-850

566057 10

neutral white

5000

265

330 165

365

455 152

495

620 144

120

80

85

WU-M-509-865

566058 10

cool white

6500

265

330 165

365

455 152

495

620 144

120

80

85

85

LED Line SMD L28 W2 – 10 LEDs High Brightness

Pel = 4 W

Pel = 5.9 W

Pel = 8.5 W

Utyp. = 22.8 V

Utyp. = 11.8 V

Utyp. = 12.2 V

WU-M-509-HB-830** 566059 10

warm white

3000

495

550 138

695

770 131

930 1030 121

120

80

WU-M-509-HB-840** 566060 10

neutral white

4000

495

590 148

695

830 141

930 1110 131

120

80

85

WU-M-509-HB-850** 566061 10

neutral white

5000

495

620 155

695

870 147

930 1165 137

120

80

85

WU-M-509-HB-865** 566062 10

cool white

6500

495

620 155

695

870 147

930 1165 137

120

80

85

85

LED Line SMD L28 W2 – 20 LEDs

Pel = 4 W

Pel = 5.9 W

Pel = 8.7 W

Utyp. = 11.4 V

Utyp. = 11.9 V

Utyp. = 12.4 V

WU-M-510-830

557998 20

warm white

3000

525

580 145

725

800 136

985 1080 124

120

80

WU-M-510-840

557999 20

neutral white

4000

525

630 158

725

870 147

985 1180 136

120

80

85

WU-M-510-850

566063 20

neutral white

5000

525

660 165

725

910 154

985 1235 142

120

80

85

WU-M-510-865

566064 20

cool white

6500

525

660 165

725

910 154

985 1235 142

120

80

85

85

LED Line SMD L28 W2 – 20 LEDs

Pel = 8 W

High Brightness

Utyp. = 22.8 V

Pel = 11.8 W

Pel = 17.1 W

Utyp. = 23.6 V

Utyp. = 24.4 V

WU-M-510-HB-830** 558826 20

warm white

3000

990 1095 137

1385 1585 130

1860 2060 120

120

80

WU-M-510-HB-840** 566065 20

neutral white

4000

990 1185 148

1385 1385 141

1860 2225 130

120

80

85

WU-M-510-HB-850** 566066 20

neutral white

5000

990 1245 156

1385 1385 147

1860 2335 137

120

80

85

WU-M-510-HB-865** 566067 20

cool white

6500

990 1245 156

1385 1385 147

1860 2335 137

120

80

85

** Products under development; preliminary technical datas Emission data at tp = 50 °C | * Measuring tolerance of luminous flux: ± 7%

18

500 mA


Constant-current System – Linear

LED Line SMD L14/28/56 W2

1

Built-in PCB lighting modules Type

Ref. No. Number Colour of LEDs

Correlated Luminous flux* (lm) and typ. efficiency (lm/W),

Beam

CRI

colour

angle

Ra

°

min.

typ.

typical voltage (Utyp.) and power consumption (Pel)

temperature 350 mA pcs.

K

LED Line SMD L14 W2 – 20 LEDs

500 mA

2

700 mA

min.

typ.

typ.

min.

typ.

typ.

min.

typ.

typ.

lm

lm

lm/W

lm

lm

lm/W

lm

lm

lm/W

Pel = 4 W

Pel = 5.9 W

Pel = 8.7 W

Utyp. = 11.4 V

Utyp. = 11.9 V

Utyp. = 12.4 V

WU-M-511-830

558000

20

warm white

3000

525

580 145

725

800 136

985 1080 124

120

80

85

WU-M-511-840

558001

20

neutral white

4000

525

630 158

725

870 147

985 1180 136

120

80

85

WU-M-511-850

559220

20

neutral white

5000

525

660 165

725

910 154

985 1235 142

120

80

85

WU-M-511-865

559221

20

cool white

6500

525

660 165

725

910 154

985 1235 142

120

80

85

LED Line SMD L14 W2 – 20 LEDs

Pel = 8 W

Pel = 11.8 W

High Brightness

Utyp. = 22.8 V

Utyp. = 23.6 V

Utyp. = 24.4 V

Pel = 17.1 W

WU-M-511-HB-830** 559222

20

warm white

3000

990 1095 137

1385 1535 130

1860 2060 120

120

80

85

WU-M-511-HB-840** 559223

20

neutral white

4000

990 1185 148

1385 1660 141

1860 2225 130

120

80

85

WU-M-511-HB-850** 559224

20

neutral white

5000

990 1245 156

1385 1740 147

1860 2335 137

120

80

85

WU-M-511-HB-865** 559225

20

cool white

6500

990 1245 156

1385 1740 147

1860 2335 137

120

80

85

Pel = 17.3 W

LED Line SMD L14 W2 – 40 LEDs

Pel = 8 W

Pel = 11.9 W

Utyp. = 22.9 V

Utyp. = 23.8 V

Utyp. = 24.8 V

4 5

WU-M-512-830

558002

40

warm white

3000

1050 1155 144

1455 1595 134

1970 2165 125

120

80

85

WU-M-512-840

558003

40

neutral white

4000

1050 1260 158

1455 1740 146

1970 2355 136

120

80

85

WU-M-512-850

559226

40

neutral white

5000

1050 1320 165

1455 1825 153

1970 2475 143

120

80

85

WU-M-512-865

559227

40

cool white

6500

1050 1320 165

1455 1825 153

1970 2475 143

120

80

85

LED Line SMD L14 W2 – 40 LEDs

Pel = 15.9 W

Pel = 23.6 W

Pel = 34.2 W

High Brightness

Utyp. = 45.5 V

Utyp. = 47.1 V

Utyp. = 48.8 V

WU-M-512-HB-830** 558827

40

warm white

3000

1980 2159 138

2775 3070 130

3720 4120 120

120

80

85

WU-M-512-HB-840** 559229

40

neutral white

4000

1980 2370 149

2775 3315 140

3720 4450 130

120

80

85

WU-M-512-HB-850** 559232

40

neutral white

5000

1980 2485 156

2775 3480 147

3720 4670 137

120

80

85

WU-M-512-HB-865** 559234

40

cool white

6500

1980 2485 156

2775 3480 147

3720 4670 137

120

80

85

** Products under development; preliminary technical datas Emission data at tp = 50 °C | * Measuring tolerance of luminous flux: ± 7%

3

6 7 8 9 10 11 12 19


Constant-current System – Linear

LED Line SMD Slim Equipped with SMD Line LED modules Consisting of one energy-efficient LED Line SMD Slim, a thermo-conductive resin adhesive tape and a cover, this LED Line Slim constitutes an ideal way of facilitating direct conversion to modern LED technology. Enabling fast, reliable and flexible fixing inside the luminaire via – adhesive tape – clip fitting (Zhaga-compliant) – screw fitting the unit constitutes an ideal solution for indoor linear lighting applications. Lighting modules with cover LED Line SMD Slim consists of an energy-efficient linear SMD module and a cover with several attachment options. The module was designed for integration into indoor luminaires providing direct or indirect light. The fast, safe and flexible adhesive-based, click on (ZHAGA-compliant L56W2 hole spacing) or screw-based options for fixing the module within the luminaire constitute an ideal solution for linear lighting applications.

Technical notes On-board push terminals: 0.34 mm², for solid leads Allowed operating temperature at tc point: –20 at 75 °C Use of external LED constant-current drivers required Efficiency up to 166 lm/W Colour rendering index Ra: min. 80 Colour accuracy: 3 SDCM Lumen maintenance L80/B10: > 60,000 hrs. (IF 700 mA, tp = 50 °C)

I (cd/klm)

I (cd/klm) 90°

90°

95 190

85 60°

285

255

380

340

30°

With clear cover

60°

170

30°

With diffuse cover

Typical applications • Office and school lighting • Retail lighting • Industrial lighting • For replacement of T5 and T8 lamps

The light module is fitted with either a clear or diffuse cover that serves to protect it and, in the diffuse version, to reduce glare and distribute light in a similar manner to a fluorescent lamp.

Optical characteristics at tp = 50 °C The specified values apply only to the version of the LED module without a cover. The following efficiency levels can be achieved when using a cover: clear (97%), diffuse (90%) Type

Ref. No. Number Colour

Correlated

Luminous flux* and typ. efficiency, typ. voltage (Utyp.) and power consumption (Pel) Beam

CRI

of LEDs

colour

350 mA

angle

Ra

temperature min.

typ.

typ.

min.

typ.

typ.

min.

typ.

typ.

pcs

K

lm

lm/W

lm

lm

lm/W

lm

lm

lm/W

°

min. typ.

lm

500 mA

Pel = 4.9 W LED Line SMD Slim – PCB – 280 mm

Pel = 7.3 W

Utyp. = 14.1 V

Utyp. = 14.5 V

Pel = 10.7 W Utyp. = 15.3 V

WU-M-499-830 556538

30

warm white 3000

680

745

152

925 1015 139

1250 1375 129

120

80

85

WU-M-499-840 556539

30

neutral white 4000

680

815

166

925 1105 151

1250 1495 140

120

80

85

Pel = 9.9 W

Pel = 14.5 W

Pel = 21.4 W

LED Line SMD Slim – PCB – 560 mm

Utyp. = 28.2 V

Utyp. = 29 V

Utyp. = 30.5 V

WU-M-500-830 556540

60

warm white 3000

1360

1495

151

1850 2030 140

2500 2745 128

120

80

85

WU-M-500-840 556541

60

neutral white 4000

1360

1630

165

1850 2210 152

2500 2990 140

120

80

85

* Measurement tolerance of luminous flux: ± 7%

20

700 mA


Constant-current System – Linear

LED Line SMD Slim

1

Ref. No. LED Line SMD Slim – 280 mm Fixing

For tape fixing – type: 89510

For screw fixing – type: 89511

For clip fixing – type: 89512

Cover

Clear

Diffuse

Clear

Diffuse

Clear

Diffuse

SMD0283000

557767

557769

558182

558184

558186

558188

SMD0284000

557768

557770

558183

558185

558187

558189

Ref. No. LED Line SMD Slim – 560 mm Fixing

For tape fixing – type: 89560

For screw fixing – type: 89561

For clip fixing – type: 89562

Cover

Clear

Diffuse

Clear

Diffuse

Clear

Diffuse

SMD0563000

557440

557442

557445

557448

557452

557455

SMD0564000

557441

557443

557447

557449

557453

557456

LED Line SMD Slim for tape fixing With cover Degree of protection: IP20 With base thermal tapes Weight: 30.5/67 g, unit: 6 pcs. Type: 89510/89560 Module length

Drawing

Dimensions (LxW xH)

280

A

285x24x10.5

560

B

565x24x10.5

mm

Drawing

Dimensions (LxW xH)

280

C

285x39x10.5

560

D

565x39x10.5

mm

4 5

B – For tape fixing – type 89560 – LED Line SMD Slim 560

6 C – For screw fixing – type 89511 – LED Line SMD Slim 280

7 D – For screw fixing – type 89561 – LED Line SMD Slim 560

8

mm

LED Line SMD Slim for clip fixing With cover Degree of protection: IP20 Base fixing clips for wall thickness 0.4–1 mm With base thermal tapes Weight: 30.5/68 g, unit: 6 pcs. Type: 89512/89562 Module length

3

mm

LED Line SMD Slim for screw fixing With cover Degree of protection: IP20 Fixing holes for screws M4 Tightening torque: 0.6–0.7 Nm With base thermal tapes Weight: 31/69 g, unit: 4 pcs. Type: 89511/89561 Module length

A – For tape fixing – type 89510 – LED Line SMD Slim 280

2

Drawing

mm

Dimensions (LxW xH)

9 E – For clip fixing – type 89512 – LED Line SMD Slim 280

10 F – For clip fixing – type 89562 – LED Line SMD Slim 560

11

mm

280

E

285x24x10.5

560

F

565x24x10.5

12 21


Constant-current System – Linear

LED Line Fix LUGA 2015 Lighting modules with holder and cover LED Line Fix LUGA consists of an energy-efficient linear COB module, a holder with various attachment options and a cover. The module was designed for integration into indoor luminaires providing direct or indirect light. The fast, safe and flexible adhesive-based, click on (ZHAGA-compliant L28/L56W4 hole spacing) or screw-based options for fixing the module within the luminaire constitute an ideal solution for linear lighting applications.

I (cd/klm)

I (cd/klm) 75 150

The diffuse cover reduces glare and distributes light in a similar manner to a fluorescent lamp. Technical notes LUGA Line module On-board push terminal system: Electrical connection with lateral connection leads 28AWG Allowed operating temperature at tc point: –40 to 85 °C Efficiency up to 160 lm/W Colour rendering index Ra: > 80 Colour accuracy initially: 3 SDCM; after 50,000 hrs. operating time: 4 SDCM Lumen maintenance L90/B10: 55,000 hrs. (IF 700 mA) Typical applications • Office and school lighting • Retail lighting • Industrial lighting • For replacement of T5 and T8 lamps

22

90°

60°

160

90° 70

80 60°

140

225

240

210

300

320

280

Without cover

The light module forms a single unit consisting of a holder made of a thermoconductive polymer plus a clear or diffuse cover that protects the LED module and electrically isolates it from the luminaire.

I (cd/klm)

90°

30°

With clear cover

30°

With diffuse cover

60°

30°


Constant-current System – Linear

LED Line Fix LUGA 2015

1

Optical characteristics at tp = 65 °C The specified values apply only to the version of the LED module without a cover. The following efficiency levels can be achieved when using a cover: clear (97%), diffuse (90%) Type

Number

Colour

Correlated colour

of LEDs

temperature

Typ. luminous flux and efficiency, typical voltage (Utyp.) and power consumption (Pel)* 350 mA

pcs.

K

For LED Line Fix LUGA 2015 – 280 mm

Beam

lm

lm

2

angle

500 mA lm/W

Typ. CRI

700 mA lm/W

lm

1050 mA lm/W

lm

lm/W

Pel = 5.1 W

Pel = 7.7 W

Pel = 11.5 W

Pel = 19.1 W

Utyp. = 14.7 V

Utyp. = 15.4 V

Utyp. = 16.4 V

Utyp. = 18.2 V

°

Ra

DML059C27EC 45

warm white

2700

725

142

1030

142

1400

122

2000

105

120

82

DML059C30EC 45

warm white

3000

755

148

1075

148

1460

127

2080

109

120

82

DML059C40EC 45

neutral white

4000

800

157

1145

157

1550

135

2210

116

120

84

For LED Line Fix LUGA 2015 – 560 mm

Pel = 10.2 W

Pel = 15.4 W

Pel = 23 W

Pel = 38.2 W

(2 wired LED modules per holder)

Utyp. = 29.4 V

Utyp. = 30.8 V

Utyp. = 32.8 V

Utyp. = 36.4 V

DML059C27EC 2x45

warm white

2700

1450

142

2060

142

2800

122

4000

105

120

82

DML059C30EC 2x45

warm white

3000

1510

148

2150

148

2920

127

4160

109

120

82

DML059C40EC 2x45

neutral white

4000

1600

157

2290

157

3100

135

4420

116

120

84

3 4 5

* Production tolerance of luminous flux, efficiency, voltage and power consumption: ± 10%

Ref. No. LED Line Fix LUGA 2015 – 280 mm Fixing

For tape fixing – type: 89300

Cover

Without

Clear

Diffuse

Without

For screw fixing – type: 89301 Clear

Diffuse

Clear

For clip fixing – type: 89302 Diffuse

DML059C27EC

558667

558670

558673

558676

558679

558682

558685

558688

DML059C30EC

558668

558671

558674

558677

558680

558683

558686

558689

DML059C40EC

558669

558672

558675

558678

558681

558684

558687

558690

Ref. No. LED Line Fix LUGA 2015 – 560 mm (2 wired LED modules per holder) Fixing

For tape fixing – type: 89350

For screw fixing – type: 89351

For clip fixing – type: 89352

Cover

Without

Clear

Diffuse

Without

Clear

Diffuse

Clear

Diffuse

DML059C27EC

558691

558694

558697

558700

558703

558706

558709

558712

DML059C30EC

558692

558695

558698

558701

558704

558707

558710

558713

DML059C40EC

558693

558696

558699

558702

558705

558708

558711

558714

6 7 8 9 10 11 12 23


Constant-current System – Linear

LED Line Fix LUGA 2015 – 280 mm

A – For tape fixing – type 89300 – LED Line Fix LUGA 2015 – 280

B – For tape fixing – type 89300 – LED Line Fix LUGA 2015 – 280 16,1

With cover Degree of protection: IP40 Dimensions (L x Wx H): 284 x 23.2 x16.1 mm With base thermal tapes Weight: 67 g, unit: 4 pcs. Type: 89300, drawing B

280

23,2

LED Line Fix LUGA for tape fixing Without cover Dimensions (L x Wx H): 280 x 23.2 x 4.5 mm With base thermal tapes Weight: 43 g, unit: 4 pcs. Type: 89300, drawing A

23,2

4,5

Technical notes LED Line Fix holder Holder material: thermo-conductive resin Lead exit: lateral or base wiring When joining linear modules in a row, a minimum clearance of 1 mm between the fixing units must be observed due to thermal expansion. The LED modules of versions with a cover are already fully wired. Additional connectors must be ordered separately for versions without a cover.

284

4,5

40 31 23,2

280

16,1

D – For screw fixing – type 89301 – LED Line Fix LUGA 2015 – 280

220 284

E – For clip fixing – type 89302 – LED Line Fix LUGA 2015 – 280 16,1

LED Line Fix LUGA for clip fixing With cover Degree of protection: IP40 Dimensions (L x Wx H): 284 x 23.2 x16.1 mm Base fixing clips for wall thickness 0.4–1 mm With base thermal tapes Weight: 67 g, unit: 4 pcs. Type: 89302, drawing E

220

23,2

With cover Degree of protection: IP40 Dimensions (L x Wx H): 284 x 40 x16.1 mm Fixing holes for screws M4 Tightening torque: 0.6–0.7 Nm Weight: 67 g, unit: 4 pcs. Type: 89301, drawing D

Ø 4,5

40 31 23,2

LED Line Fix LUGA for screw fixing Without cover Dimensions (L x Wx H): 280 x 40 x 4.5 mm Fixing holes for screws M4 Tightening torque: 0.6–0.7 Nm Weight: 43 g, unit: 4 pcs. Type: 89301, drawing C

4,5

C – For screw fixing – type 89301 – LED Line Fix LUGA 2015 – 280

284

24


Constant-current System – Linear

LED Line Fix LUGA 2015 – 560 mm

3

4,5

F – For tape fixing – type 89350 – LED Line Fix LUGA 2015 – 560

23,2

LED Line Fix LUGA for tape fixing Without cover Dimensions (L x Wx H): 561x 23.2 x 4.5 mm With base thermal tapes Weight: 86 g, unit: 4 pcs. Type: 89350, drawing F

2

4

561

G – For tape fixing – type 89350 – LED Line Fix LUGA 2015 – 560 16,1

Technical notes LED Line Fix holder Holder material: thermo-conductive resin Lead exit: lateral or base wiring When joining linear modules in a row, a minimum clearance of 1 mm between the fixing units must be observed due to thermal expansion. The LED modules of versions with a cover are already fully wired. Additional connectors must be ordered separately for versions without a cover.

1

5

23,2

With cover Degree of protection: IP40 Dimensions (L x Wx H): 565 x 23.2 x16.1 mm With base thermal tapes Weight: 135 g, unit: 4 pcs. Type: 89350, drawing G

565

6

8

23,2

40 31 16,1

J – For screw fixing – type 89351 – LED Line Fix LUGA 2015 – 560

9

23,2

61 281 501 565

10

K – For clip fixing – type 89352 – LED Line Fix LUGA 2015 – 560 16,1

LED Line Fix LUGA for clip fixing With cover Degree of protection: IP40 Dimensions (L x Wx H): 565 x 23.2 x16.1 mm Base fixing clips for wall thickness 0.4–1mm With base thermal tapes Weight: 135 g, unit: 4 pcs. Type: 89352, drawing K

61 281 501 561

7

11

23,2

With cover Degree of protection: IP40 Dimensions (L x Wx H): 565 x 40 x16.1 mm Fixing holes for screws M4 Tightening torque: 0.6–0.7 Nm Weight: 135 g, unit: 4 pcs. Type: 89351, drawing J

Ø 4,5

40 31

LED Line Fix LUGA for screw fixing Without cover Dimensions (L x Wx H): 561x 40 x 4.5 mm Fixing holes for screws M4 Tightening torque: 0.6–0.7 Nm Weight: 86 g, unit: 4 pcs. Type: 89351, drawing H

4,5

H – For screw fixing – type 89351 – LED Line Fix LUGA 2015 – 560

565

12 25


Constant-current System – Linear

Covers Technical notes LED Line Fix cover Material: PC, clear or diffuse Efficency covers: clear 97%, diffuse 90% Covers for LED Line Fix for tape and screw fixing For type: 89300/89301, LED Line Fix 280 mm Ref. No.: 549585 clear Ref. No.: 549586 diffuse Luminaire cut-outs for clip fixing For type 89302 – LED Line Fix 280 mm 243 ±0,1

22 ±0,05

For type: 89350/89351, LED Line Fix 560 mm Ref. No.: 550912 clear Ref. No.: 550913 diffuse

9,2 ±0,05

2,3 ±0,05

104 ±0,1

Covers for LED Line Fix for clip fixing Longer fixing clips of cover for fixing the holder into the luminaire sheet For wall thickness 0.4–1 mm For type: 89302, LED Line Fix 280 mm Ref. No.: 549994 clear Ref. No.: 549995 diffuse

For type 89352 – LED Line Fix 560 mm 385 ±0,1 177 ±0,1

9,2 ±0,05

Connectors You will find connectors for the LED Line Fix LUGA on page 13.

26

2,3 ±0,05

For type: 89352, LED Line Fix 560 mm Ref. No.: 550914 clear Ref. No.: 550915 diffuse

22 ±0,05

524 ±0,1


Constant-current System – Linear

LED Line Fix SMD

1

Lighting modules with holder and cover LED Line Fix SMD consists of an energy-efficient linear SMD module, a holder with various attachment options and a cover. The module was designed for integration into indoor luminaires providing direct or indirect light. The fast, safe and flexible adhesive-based, click on (ZHAGA-compliant L28/L56W4) hole spacing) or screw-based options for fixing the module within the luminaire constitute an ideal solution for linear lighting applications. The light module forms a single unit consisting of a holder made of a thermoconductive polymer plus a clear or diffuse cover that protects the LED module and electrically isolates it from the luminaire. The diffuse cover reduces glare and distributes light in a similar manner to a fluorescent lamp. Electrical characteristics at tp = 50 °C The specified values apply only to the version of the LED module without a cover. The following efficiency levels can be achieved when using a cover: clear (97%), diffuse (90%) Type

Ref. No. Number Colour of LEDs pcs

2 I (cd/klm)

Technical notes SMD Line modules On-board push-in terminals: 0.34 mm², for solid leads Allowed operating temperature at tc point: –20 to 75 °C Use of external LED constant-current drivers required Efficiency up to 166 lm/W Colour rendering index Ra: min. 80 Colour accuracy: 3 SDCM I (cd/klm) Lumen maintenance L80/B10: 95 > 60,000 hrs. (IF 700 mA, tp = 50°C)

90° 90 180 270 360

30°

Without cover

90° 85

60°

60°

170

285

255

380

340

30°

With clear cover

30°

6 Beam

CRI

colour

angle

Ra

°

min. typ.

500 mA

700 mA

temperature min.

typ.

typ.

min.

typ.

typ.

min.

typ.

typ.

K

lm

lm/W

lm

lm

lm/W

lm

lm

lm/W

LED Line SMD Slim – PCB – 280 mm

lm Pel = 4.9 W

Pel = 7.3 W

Utyp. = 14.1 V

Utyp. = 14.5 V

Utyp. = 15.3 V

warm white 3000

680

745

152

925 1015 139

1250 1375 129

120

80

85

WU-M-499-840 556539 30

neutral white 4000

680

815

166

925 1105 151

1250 1495 140

120

80

85

Pel = 14.5 W

7

Pel = 10.7 W

WU-M-499-830 556538 30

Pel = 9.9 W

5

With diffuse cover

Correlated Luminous flux* and typ. efficiency, typ. voltage (Utyp.) and power consumption (Pel) 350 mA

4

I (cd/klm) 90°

190

Typical applications • Office and school lighting • Retail lighting • Industrial lighting • For replacement of T5 and T8 lamps

3

60°

Pel = 21.4 W

LED Line SMD Slim – PCB – 560 mm

Utyp. = 28.2 V

Utyp. = 29 V

Utyp. = 30.5 V

WU-M-500-830 556540 60

warm white 3000

1360

1495

151

1850 2030 140

2500 2745 128

120

80

85

WU-M-500-840 556541 60

neutral white 4000

1360

1630

165

1850 2210 152

2500 2990 140

120

80

85

* Measurement tolerance of luminous flux: ± 7%

8 9

Ref. No. LED Line Fix SMD 280 Fixing

For tape fixing – type: 89500

Cover

Without

Clear

Diffuse

Without

For screw fixing – type: 89501 Clear

Diffuse

Clear

For clip fixing – type: 89502 Diffuse

SMD56/30/280

557460

557462

557464

557466

557468

557470

557472

557474

SMD56/40/280

557461

557463

557465

557467

557469

557471

557473

557475

Ref. No. LED Line Fix SMD 560 Fixing

For tape fixing – type: 89550

Cover

Without

Clear

Diffuse

Without

For screw fixing – type: 89551 Clear

Diffuse

Clear

For clip fixing – type: 89552 Diffuse

SMD56/30/560

557394

557396

557398

557400

557402

557404

557406

557408

SMD56/40/560

557395

557397

557399

557401

557403

557405

557407

557409

10 11 12 27


Constant-current System – Linear

LED Line Fix SMD Technical notes LED Line Fix holder Holder material: thermo-conductive resin When joining linear modules in a row, a minimum clearance of 1 mm between the fixing units must be observed due to thermal expansion.

LED Line Fix SMD for tape fixing With base thermal tapes Weight: 95/142 g, unit: 4 pcs. Type: 89500/89550 Module length Drawing Degree of

Dimensions

mm

protection

(LxW xH) mm

LED Line Fix SMD – For tape fixing A – Type 89500 – 280 mm Without cover

B – Type 89500 – 280 mm With cover

C – Type 89550 – 560 mm Without cover

D – Type 89550 – 560 mm With cover

Without cover 280

A

280x23.2x4.5

560

C

561x23.2x4.5

With cover 280

B

IP20

284x23.2x16.1

560

D

IP20

565x23.2x16.1

LED Line Fix SMD for screw fixing Fixing holes for screws M4 Tightening torque: 0.6–0.7 Nm Weight: 96/143 g, unit: 4 pcs. Type: 89501/89551 Module length Drawing Degree of

Dimensions

mm

protection

(LxW xH) mm

LED Line Fix SMD – For screw fixing E – Type 89501 – 280 mm Without cover

F – Type 89501 – 280 mm With cover

G – Type 89551 – 560 mm Without cover

H – Type 89551 – 560 mm With cover

Without cover 280

E

280x40x4.5

560

G

561x40x4.5

With cover 280

F

IP20

284x40x16.1

560

H

IP20

565x40x16.1

LED Line Fix SMD for clip fixing With base thermal tapes Base fixing clips for wall thickness 0.4–1 mm Weight: 95/142 g, unit: 4 pcs. Type: 89502/89552 Module length Drawing Degree of

Dimensions

mm

protection

(LxW xH) mm

With cover

28

280

K

IP20

284x23.2x16,1

560

L

IP20

565x23.2x16,1

LED Line Fix SMD – For clip fixing K – Type 89502 – 280 mm With cover

L – Type 89552 – 560 mm With cover


Constant-current System – Linear

LED Line Fix SMD

1

Technical notes LED Line Fix cover Material: PC, clear or diffuse Lead exit: lateral push-in holes Efficency covers: clear 97%, diffuse 90%

Covers for LED Line Fix 280 mm for tape and screw fixing For type: 89500/89501 Ref. No.: 554044 clear Ref. No.: 554045 diffuse

2 Luminaire cut-outs for clip fixing For type 89502 – LED Line Fix 280 mm

4

For clip fixing Longer fixing clips of cover for fixing the holder into the luminaire sheet For wall thickness 0.4–1 mm For type: 89502 Ref. No.: 554046 clear Ref. No.: 554047 diffuse

Covers for LED Line Fix for tape and screw fixing For type: 89550/89551 Ref. No.: 551588 clear Ref. No.: 551589 diffuse For clip fixing Longer fixing clips of cover for fixing the holder into the luminaire sheet For wall thickness 0.4–1 mm For type: 89552 Ref. No.: 551590 clear Ref. No.: 551591 diffuse

3

5 Luminaire cut-outs for clip fixing

6

For type 89552 – LED Line Fix 560 mm

7 8 9 10 11 12 29


Constant-current System – Linear

LED Line AluFix LUGA 2015 Lighting modules with holder and cover LED Line AluFix LUGA consists of an energy-efficient linear COB module, an aluminium holder and a clear cover or, alternatively, optics. The module was designed for integration into indoor luminaires providing direct or indirect light. The light module is available with up to five pre-wired LUGA modules in lengths of 305 to 1,429 mm. The robust aluminium holder serves to optimise thermal management and is easy to attach using M3 screws. The clear or diffuse cover protects LED modules from environmental factors. The diffuse cover reduces glare and distributes light in a similar manner to a fluorescent lamp. Enabling the kind of light distribution typically required in offices or shops, the optics versions facilitate luminaire designs that can do without an additional light guidance system. The high-quality optics consist of only one unit, regardless of its length, and therefore provide optimal protection for LED modules and ensure homogeneously illuminated surfaces without optical interruptions.

30

Technical notes For one to five LUGA Line modules On-board push terminal system: Electrical connection with lateral connection leads 28AWG Allowed operating temperature at tc point: –40 to 85 °C Use of external LED constant-current drivers required: for drivers with UOUT < 150 V DC Efficiency up to 157 lm/W Colour rendering index Ra: > 80 Colour accuracy initially: 3 SDCM; after 50,000 hrs. operating time: 4 SDCM Lumen maintenance L90/B10: 55,000 hrs. (IF 700 mA) Typical applications • Office and school lighting • Retail lighting • Industrial lighting • For replacement of T5 and T8 lamps

Further shapes and optics on request.


Constant-current System – Linear

LED Line AluFix LUGA 2015

1

Optical characteristics of LUGA Line LED modules at tp = 65 °C | The following efficiency levels can be achieved when using a cover: see data sheets Type

Correlated colour

Typ. luminous flux and efficiency, typical voltage (Utyp.) and power consumption (Pel)*

of LEDs

Number

Colour

temperature

350 mA

pcs.

K

lm

500 mA lm/W

Pel = 5.1 W For LED Line AluFix LUGA 2015 – 305 mm

Utyp. = 14.7 V

lm

700 mA lm/W

Pel = 7.7 W

lm

lm/W

lm

lm/W

Pel = 11.5 W

Pel = 19.1 W Utyp. = 18.2 V

Utyp. = 15.4 V

Utyp. = 16.4 V

DML059C27EC

45

warm white

2700

725

142

1030

134

1400

122

2000

105

DML059C30EC

45

warm white

3000

755

148

1075

140

1460

127

2080

109

DML059C40EC

45

neutral white 4000

800

157

1145

149

1550

135

2210

116

For LED Line AluFix LUGA 2015 – 586 mm

Pel = 10.2 W

(2 wired LED modules per aluminium profile)

Pel = 15.4 W

Pel = 23 W

Utyp. = 29.4 V

Utyp. = 30.8 V

Utyp. = 32.8 V

2x45

warm white

2700

1450

142

2060

134

2800

122

4000

105

DML059C30EC

2x45

warm white

3000

1510

148

2150

140

2920

127

4160

109

DML059C40EC

2x45

neutral white 4000

1600

157

2290

149

3100

135

4420

116

Pel = 15,3 W

(3 wired LED modules per aluminium profile)

Pel = 23,1 W

Utyp. = 36.4 V

Pel = 34,5 W

Pel = 57,3 W Utyp. = 54,6 V

Utyp. = 44,1 V

Utyp. = 46,2 V

Utyp. = 49,2 V

DML059C27EC

3x45

warm white

2700

2175

142

3090

134

4200

122

6000

105

DML059C30EC

3x45

warm white

3000

2265

148

3225

140

4380

127

6240

109

DML059C40EC

3x45

neutral white 4000

2400

157

3435

149

4650

135

6630

116

For LED Line AluFix LUGA 2015 – 1148 mm

Pel = 20.4 W

(4 wired LED modules per aluminium profile)

Pel = 30.8 W

Pel = 46 W

Utyp. = 58.8 V

Utyp. = 61.6 V

Utyp. = 65.6 V

4x45

warm white

2700

2900

142

4120

134

5600

122

8000

105

DML059C30EC

4x45

warm white

3000

3020

148

4300

140

5840

127

8320

109

DML059C40EC

4x45

neutral white 4000

3200

157

4580

149

6200

135

8840

116

Pel = 25.5 W

(5 wired LED modules per aluminium profile)

Pel = 38.5 W

4 5

Pel = 76.4 W

DML059C27EC

For LED Line AluFix LUGA 2015 – 1429 mm

3

Pel = 38.2 W

DML059C27EC

For LED Line AluFix LUGA 2015 – 867 mm

2

1050 mA

Pel = 57.5 W

Utyp. = 72.8 V

6

Pel = 95.5 W

Utyp. = 73.5 V

Utyp. = 77 V

Utyp. = 82 V

Utyp. = 91 V

DML059C27EC

5x45

warm white

2700

3625

142

5150

134

7000

122

10000

105

DML059C30EC

5x45

warm white

3000

3775

148

5375

140

7300

127

10400

109

DML059C40EC

5x45

neutral white 4000

4000

157

5725

149

7750

135

11050

116

7

* Production tolerance of luminous flux, efficiency, voltage and power consumption: ± 10%

8 9 10 11 12 31


Constant-current System – Linear

LED Line AluFix LUGA 2015 Technical notes Material: Aluminium profile and PMMA cover Rear connection leads, lead length: 70 mm with 2-poles connector AMP Micro Mate-N-LOK 1445049-2 Degree of protection: IP40 Rear slots for screws M3 Tightening torque: 0.5 Nm

I (cd/klm)

I (cd/klm) 90°

90° 70

80 160

60°

140

240

210

320

280

With clear cover

30°

60°

30°

With diffuse cover

LED Line AluFix LUGA 2015 – Cover Type

Dimensions (LxW xH) in mm

Unit

L

Weight

W

H

pcs.

g

89001

305

40.2

22

15

171

89002

586

40.2

22

15

330

89003

867

40.2

22

15

495

89004

1148

40.2

22

15

650

89005

1429

40.2

22

15

815

L

Ref. No. LED Line AluFix LUGA 2015 – Cover The following efficiency levels can be achieved when using a cover: clear (97%), diffuse (90%) Type / Total length

89001 / 305 mm

89002 / 586 mm

89003 / 867 mm

89004 / 1148 mm

89005 / 1429 mm

Cover

Clear

Diffuse

Clear

Diffuse

Clear

Diffuse

Clear

Diffuse

Clear

Diffuse

DML059C27EC

558491

558494

558497

558500

558503

558506

558509

558512

558515

558518

DML059C30EC

558492

558495

558498

558501

558504

558507

558510

558513

558516

558519

DML059C40EC

558493

558496

558499

558502

558505

558508

558511

558514

558517

558520

LED Line AluFix LUGA 2015 – Optics Office

I (cd/klm) 90°

Type

Unit

Weight

100

W

H

pcs.

g

200

Dimensions (LxW xH) in mm L

89011

305

36

15

15

165

89012

586

36

15

15

316

89013

867

36

15

15

466

89014

1148

36

15

15

617

89015

1429

36

15

15

767

300 400

Office

Ref. No. LED Line AluFix LUGA 2015 – Optics Office Efficency optics: 94%

32

60°

Type / Total length

89011 / 305 mm

89012 / 586 mm

89013 / 867 mm

89014 / 1148 mm

89015 / 1429 mm

DML059C27EC

558521

558524

558527

558530

558533

DML059C30EC

558522

558525

558528

558531

558534

DML059C40EC

558523

558526

558529

558532

558535

30°


Constant-current System – Linear

LED Line AluFix LUGA 2015

1

Technical notes Material: Aluminium profile and PMMA cover Rear connection leads, lead length: 70 mm with 2-poles connector AMP Micro Mate-N-LOK 1445049-2 Degree of protection: IP40 Rear slots for screws M3 Tightening torque: 0.5 Nm

2

LED Line AluFix LUGA 2015 – Optics Retail 1-SYM Type

Dimensions (LxW xH) in mm Unit L

3

Weight I (cd/klm)

W

H

pcs.

g

89021

305

36

15

15

165

89022

586

36

15

15

316

130 260

89023

867

36

15

15

466

89024

1148

36

15

15

617

89025

1429

36

15

15

767

90° 60°

4

390 520 0°–180°

30°

90°–270°

Retail 1-SYM

Ref. No. LED Line AluFix LUGA 2015 – Optics Retail 1-SYM Efficency optics: 94% 89021 / 305 mm

Type / Total length

89022 / 586 mm

5 89023 / 867 mm

89024 / 1148 mm

89025 / 1429 mm

DML059C27EC

558628

558631

558634

558637

558640

DML059C30EC

558629

558632

558635

558638

558641

DML059C40EC

558630

558633

558636

558639

558642

6

LED Line AluFix LUGA 2015 – Optics Retail 1-ASYM Type

Dimensions (LxW xH) in mm Unit L

90°

Weight

W

H

pcs.

g

89031

305

36

15

15

165

89032

586

36

15

15

316

89033

867

36

15

15

466

89034

1148

36

15

15

617

89035

1429

36

15

15

767

60°

30°

Retail 1-ASYM

Ref. No. LED Line AluFix LUGA 2015 – Optics Retail 1-ASYM Efficency optics: 94% 89031 / 305 mm

89032 / 586 mm

89033 / 867 mm

89034 / 1148 mm

89035 / 1429 mm

DML059C27EC

558644

558647

555650

555653

555656

DML059C30EC

558645

555648

555651

555654

555657

DML059C40EC

558646

555649

555652

555655

555658

Connection leads 2-poles, ferrule on bare end of cores and AMP Micro Mate-N-LOK 1445022-2 Lead length L 100 mm

200 mm

L

300 mm

400 mm

500 mm

8 9

Type / Total length

Ref. No.

7

10 11

600 mm

554285 554286 554287 554288 554289 554290

12 33


Constant-current System – Linear

LED Line AluFix SMD – Cover Lighting modules with holder and cover LED Line AluFix SMD consists of an energy-efficient linear SMD module, an aluminium holder and a clear or diffuse cover. The module was designed for integration into indoor luminaires providing direct or indirect light. The light module is available with up to five pre-wired SMD modules in lengths of 305 to 1,429 mm and is thus an ideal component for LED lighting strips. The robust aluminium holder serves to optimise thermal management and is easy to attach using M3 screws. The clear or diffuse cover protects LED modules from environmental factors. The diffuse cover reduces glare and distributes light in a similar manner to a fluorescent lamp.

I (cd/klm)

Technical notes Allowed operating temperature at tc point: –20 to 75 °C Use of external LED constant-current drivers required: for driver with UOUT < 250 V DC Efficiency up to 166 lm/W Colour rendering index Ra: min. 80 Colour accuracy: 3 SDCM; Lumen maintenance L80/B10 > 60,000 hrs. (IF 700 mA, tp = 50 °C)

I (cd/klm) 90°

90°

95 190

85 60°

170

285

255

380

340

30°

With clear cover

With diffuse cover

Further shapes and optics on request. Typical applications • Office and school lighting • Retail lighting • Industrial lighting • For replacement of T5 and T8 lamps

Optical characteristics at tp = 50 °C | The following efficiency levels can be achieved when using a cover: clear (97%), diffuse (90%) Type

Number

Correlated colour

Typ. luminous flux* and efficiency, typ. voltage (Utyp.) and power consumption (Pel)

of LEDs

Colour

temperature

350 mA

pcs.

K

lm

For LED Line AluFix SMD Cover – 305 mm

Pel = 4.9 W

(1 SMD module 280 mm)

lm

700 mA lm/W

Pel = 7.3 W

Utyp. = 14.1 V

lm

lm/W

Pel = 10.7 W

Utyp. = 14.5 V

Utyp. = 15.3 V

AluFixSMD/305/30

1x30

warm white

3000

745

152

1015

139

1375

129

AluFixSMD/305/40

1x30

neutral white

4000

815

166

1105

151

1495

140

For LED Line AluFix SMD Cover – 586 mm

Pel = 9.9 W

(1 SMD module 560 mm)

Pel = 14.5 W

Pel = 21.4 W

Utyp. = 28.2 V

Utyp. = 29 V

AluFixSMD/586/30

2x30

warm white

3000

1495

151

2030

140

2745

128

AluFixSMD/586/40

2x30

neutral white

4000

1630

165

2210

152

2990

140

Utyp. = 30.5 V

For LED Line AluFix SMD Cover – 867 mm

Pel = 14.8 W

Pel = 21.8 W

Pel = 32.1 W

(2 wired SMD modules 1x560 mm + 1x280 mm per aluminium profile)

Utyp. = 42.3 V

Utyp. = 43.5 V

Utyp. = 45.8 V

AluFixSMD/867/30

3x30

warm white

3000

2240

151

3045

140

4120

128

AluFixSMD/867/40

3x30

neutral white

4000

2445

165

3315

152

4485

140

For LED Line AluFix SMD Cover – 1148 mm

Pel = 19.8 W

Pel = 29 W

(2 wired SMD modules 560 mm per aluminium profile)

Utyp. = 56.4 V

Utyp. = 58 V

AluFixSMD/1148/30 4x30

warm white

3000

2990

151

4060

140

5490

128

AluFixSMD/1148/40 4x30

neutral white

4000

3260

165

4420

152

5980

140

Pel = 42.8 W Utyp. = 61 V

For LED Line AluFix SMD Cover – 1429 mm

Pel = 24.7 W

Pel = 36.3 W

Pel = 53.5 W

(3 wired SMD modules 2x560 mm + 1x280 mm per aluminium profile)

Utyp. = 70.5 V

Utyp. = 72.5 V

Utyp. = 76.3 V

AluFixSMD/1429/30 5x30

warm white

3000

3735

151

5075

140

6865

128

AluFixSMD/1429/40 5x30

neutral white

4000

4075

165

5525

152

7475

140

* Measurement tolerance of luminous flux: ± 7%

34

500 mA lm/W

60°

30°


Constant-current System – Linear

LED Line AluFix SMD – Cover

1

Technical notes LED Line AluFix cover Material: Aluminium profile and PMMA cover Rear connection leads: Cu tinned, single-core 0.32 mm² (AWG22), PVC-insulation, red and black, notched lead ends, lead length: L + 80 mm Degree of protection: IP40 Rear slots for screws M3 Tightening torque: 0.5 Nm

Type

Dimensions (LxW xH) in mm L

Unit

2 3

Weight

W

H

pcs.

g

89001

305

40.2

22

15

171

89002

586

40.2

22

15

330

89003

867

40.2

22

15

495

89004

1148

40.2

22

15

650

89005

1429

40.2

22

15

815

4 5

Ref. No. LED Line AluFix SMD – Cover – with linear SMD module 280 Type / Total length

89001 / 305 mm

89002 / 586 mm

89003 / 867 mm

89004 / 1148 mm

89005 / 1429 mm

Cover

Clear

Diffuse

Clear

Diffuse

Clear

Diffuse

Clear

Diffuse

Clear

Diffuse

SMD56/30/280

557856

557820

557858

557822

557860

557824

557862

557826

557864

557828

SMD56/40/280

557857

557821

557859

557823

557861

557825

557863

557827

557865

557829

6 7 8 9 10 11 12 35


Constant-current System

LED Light Panel SMD Built-in lighting modules The new LED light panels are a highly effective SMD solution for producing very homogeneous, widely distributed light. They are particularly suitable for integration in louvered luminaires (600 x 600 mm). These LED SMD modules are available in various shades of white and permit easy, cost-effective and solder-free connection using push-in connectors.

I (cd/klm) 90° 90

Technical notes Dimensions: 249 x 249 mm On-board push-in connector Fixing holes: Ø 4.5 mm Use of external LED constant-current drivers required Efficiency up to 190 lm/W Colour rendering index Ra: typ. 85 Lumen maintenance L80/B10: up to 60,000 hrs. (IF 350 mA, tp = 70 °C) Unit: 50 pcs.

60°

180 270 360

tc/tp

180

249

Typical applications • Office lighting • Retail lighting • T5/T8 replacement as built-in module • Furniture lighting • Backlighting for advertising

30°

WU-M-520 RG5 <Datecode>

222 249

1.60 6.15

7x45°(4x)

Ø4.5(5x)

Products under development; preliminary technical datas Type

Ref. No.

Colour

Correlated

Luminous flux* and typ. efficiency*, voltage (U) and power consumption (Pel)

Typ.

colour temperature

350 mA

K

min.

500 mA typ.

lm/W (typ.) min.

Pel = 6.2–8.7 W U = 17.6–24.8 V

700 mA typ.

lm/W (typ.) min.

angle Ra typ.

lm/W (typ.) °

Pel = 9.2–12.8 W

Pel = 13.6–18.6 W

U = 18.4–25.6 V

U = 19.4–26.6 V

min. typ.

WU-M-520-830 on request warm white 3000 –80/+130 1160

1260

167

1630

1770

158

2235

2425 148

120

80 85

WU-M-520-840 558905

neutral white 4000 –160/+115 1210

1320

174

1700

1855

165

2330

2535 155

120

80 85

WU-M-520-850 on request neutral white 5000 –125/+155 1260

1440

190

1770

2020

181

2425

2770 169

120

80 85

WU-M-520-865 on request cool white

1385

183

1770

1945

174

2425

2665 163

120

80 85

6500 –165/+220 1260

Emission data at tp = 50 °C | Products under development; preliminary technical datas | * Measurement tolerance of luminous flux: ± 7%

36

CRI

beam


Constant-current System – Shop

LUGA Shop 2015 PCB – 1000 lm to 8000 lm

1

Built-in lighting modules This PCB version of the LUGA Shop 2015 series provides the option of simply replacing LED modules within their holder.

2

Simple and secure attachment is enabled with separate holders (see page 42). I (cd/klm) 90° 85

255 340

LE

Ø16.4

28.0±0.3

4.3±0.3

17

1.6±0.3 19.6±0.3 28.0±0.3

25.0±0.3

1.4±0.3

19.0±0.3

tc/tp Ø1.5

3.2±0.3

4 5

1.4±0.3

3.2±0.3 28.0±0.3

0.7 1.0±0.1

15.0±0.3

30°

DMS120***F

1.6±0.3 0.8±0.3

3

60°

170

0.7 1.0±0.1

4.0±0.3

0.8±0.3 Ø1. 5

2.0±0.3 tc/tp

6 7

Ø19.4

8 DMS150***F 28.0±0.3

20

20.2±0.3 28.0±0.3 1.0±0.1

tc/tp Ø1.5

1.6±0.3

1.4±0.3

3.3±0.3

0.7

1.4±0.3

LE

25.0±0.3

Typical applications Integration in • Reflector luminaires • Flat surface-mounting luminaires • Cladding illumination • Suspended luminaire with external control gear For use in • Retail lighting • Furniture lighting • Stairway and corridor illumination

16.6±0.3

Technical notes Dimensions: 19 x19 mm, 28 x 28 mm Light emitting surface (LES): Ø 14 mm, Ø 17 mm, Ø 20 mm On-board push-in terminal Beam angle: 120° Allowed operating temperature at tc point: – 40 to 80 °C Use of external LED constant current driver Efficiency up to 172 lm/W Colour rendering index Ra: typ. > 70 / > 80 / > 90 Colour accuracy initially: 3 SDCM; after 50,000 hrs. operating time: 4 SDCM DMS099***F Lumen maintenance L90/B10: > 52,000 hrs. (IF 700 mA, tp = 65 °C) LE 19.0±0.3 Unit: 175 pcs. (DMS099), SØ 14 100 pcs. (DMS120/DMS150)

3.2±0.3 28.0±0.3 Ø22.4

9 10 11 12 37


Constant-current System – Shop

LUGA Shop 2015 PCB – 1000 lm to 8000 lm Characteristics • Optimized for retail and furniture illumination • Version CRI 70 for industrial and outdoor lighting • Highly efficient: up to 164 lm/W

LUGA Shop 2015 PCB – CRI Ra > 80 (70) Type

Ref. No.

Colour

Correlated

Typ. luminous flux and efficiency, typ. voltage (Utyp.) and power consumption (Pel)**

Typ.

colour

350 mA

CRI

temperature* (K)

lm

500 mA lm/W

Pel = 8.7 W DMS099C

lm

700 mA lm/W

Pel = 12.6 W

lm

1050 mA lm/W

Pel = 18.1 W

lm

1400 mA lm/W

Pel = 28 W

lm

lm/W

Utyp. = 24.7 V

Utyp. = 25.3 V

Utyp. = 25.8 V

Utyp. = 26.7 V

Utyp. = 27.3 V

DMS099C27F

558922

warm white 2700

1170

134

1655

131

2220

123

3110

111

3845

101

DMS099C30F

558231

warm white 3000

1260

145

1780

141

2390

132

3345

119

4140

109

85

warm white 3000 (below BBL) 1200

138

1685

134

2260

125

3170

113

3935

103

85

DMS099C30FB 558232 DMS099C35F

558923

DMS099C35FB 558924 DMS099C40F

558925

DMS099C40FB 558926 DMS099C50F

558927

neutral white 3500

82

1295

149

1815

144

2440

135

3425

122

4240

111

85

neutral white 3500 (below BBL) 1220

140

1715

136

2305

127

3220

115

3995

105

85

1310

151

1850

147

2480

137

3475

124

4300

113

85

neutral white 4000 (below BBL) 1235

neutral white 4000

142

1740

138

2335

129

3275

117

4050

106

85

cool white

152

1865

148

2505

138

3505

125

4350

114

85

5000

1320

Pel = 11.5 W DMS120C

Pel = 16.7 W

Pel = 23.9 W

Pel = 37 W

Pel = 50.4 W

Utyp. = 32.9 V

Utyp. = 33.4 V

Utyp. = 34.1 V

Utyp. = 35.3 V

Utyp. = 36 V

DMS120C27F

558932

warm white 2700

1635

142

2250

135

3030

127

4225

114

5215

103

DMS120C30F

558234

warm white 3000

1750

152

2425

145

3260

136

4550

123

5615

111

85

warm white 3000 (below BBL) 1660

144

2300

138

3090

129

4315

117

5330

106

85

DMS120C30FB 558235 DMS120C35F

558933

DMS120C35FB 558934 DMS120C40F

558935

DMS120C40FB 558936

neutral white 3500

82

1795

156

2485

149

3345

140

4660

126

5755

114

85

neutral white 3500 (below BBL) 1690

147

2335

140

3145

132

4385

119

5410

107

85

1825

159

2515

151

3385

142

4730

128

5840

116

85

neutral white 4000 (below BBL) 1715

neutral white 4000

149

2375

142

3195

134

4455

120

5500

109

85

DMS120C50F

558937

cool white

5000

1840

160

2540

152

3415

143

4770

129

5890

117

85

DMS120B50F

on request cool white

5000

1945

169

2685

161

3615

151

5045

136

6235

124

70

DMS150C

Pel = 14.4 W

Pel = 20.9 W

Pel = 29.9 W

Pel = 46.4 W

Pel = 63 W

Utyp. = 41.1 V

Utyp. = 41.8 V

Utyp. = 42.7 V

Utyp. = 44.2 V

Utyp. = 45 V

DMS150C27F

558943

warm white 2700

2070

144

2870

137

3870

129

5455

118

6750

107

DMS150C30F

558237

warm white 3000

2230

155

3090

148

4165

139

5865

126

7270

115

85

warm white 3000 (below BBL) 2110

147

2935

140

3955

132

5570

120

6900

110

85

DMS150C30FB 558238 DMS150C35F

558944

DMS150C35FB 558945 DMS150C40F

558946

DMS150C40FB 558947

neutral white 3500

82

2285

159

3170

152

4270

143

6010

130

7450

118

85

neutral white 3500 (below BBL) 2145

149

2980

143

4020

134

5660

122

7010

111

85

2315

161

3215

154

4335

145

6090

131

7560

120

85

neutral white 4000 (below BBL) 2175

neutral white 4000

151

3030

145

4085

137

5755

124

7120

113

85

DMS150C50F

558948

cool white

5000

2335

162

3240

155

4365

146

6165

133

7630

121

85

DMS150B50F

on request cool white

5000

2475

172

3435

164

4630

155

6515

140

8070

128

70

Emission data at tp = 65 °C | * Colour tolerance: 3 MacAdam | ** Production tolerance of luminous flux, efficiency, voltage and power consumption: ± 10% Min. CRI Ra: > 80 (70)

38

Ra

Pel = 38.1 W


Constant-current System – Shop

LUGA Shop 2015 PCB – 1000 lm to 8000 lm

1 2

LUGA Shop 2015 PCB HiCRI – CRI Ra > 90 Type

Ref. No. Colour

Correlated

Typ. luminous flux and efficiency, typ. voltage (Utyp.) and power consumption (Pel)**

Typ.

colour

350 mA

CRI

temperature* (K)

lm

500 mA lm/W

Pel = 8.7 W DMS099***F

Utyp. = 24.7 V

lm

700 mA lm/W

Pel = 12.6 W

lm

1050 mA lm/W

Pel = 18.1 W

lm

1400 mA lm/W

Pel = 28 W

lm

lm/W

Ra

Pel = 38.1 W

Utyp. = 25.8 V

Utyp. = 25.8 V

Utyp. = 26.7 V

Utyp. = 27.3 V

DMS099S27F

558928

warm white

2700 (below BBL)

950

109

1340

106

1800

99

2520

90

3125

82

95

DMS099S30F

558929

warm white

3000 (below BBL)

1020

117

1435

114

1925

106

2700

96

3350

88

95

DMS099S35F

558930

neutral white 3500 (below BBL)

1085

125

1530

121

2055

114

2875

103

3560

93

95

DMS099S40F

558931

neutral white 4000 (below BBL)

1125

129

1585

126

2125

117

2975

106

3680

97

95

Pel = 11.5 W DMS120***F

Pel = 16.7 W

Pel = 23.9 W

Pel = 37 W

Utyp. = 32.9 V

Utyp. = 34.1 V

Utyp. = 34.1 V

Utyp. = 35.3 V

Utyp. = 36 V

558938

warm white

2700 (below BBL)

1320

115

1825

109

2455

103

3430

93

4235

84

95

DMS120S30F

558940

warm white

3000 (below BBL)

1415

123

1955

117

2630

110

3685

100

4550

90

95

DMS120S35F

558941

neutral white 3500 (below BBL)

1505

131

2080

125

2800

117

3910

106

4820

96

95

DMS120S40F

558942

neutral white 4000 (below BBL)

1560

136

2150

129

2895

121

4040

109

5000

99

95

DMS150***F DMS150S27F

558949

warm white

2700 (below BBL)

Pel = 20.9 W

Pel = 29.9 W

Pel = 46.4 W

4

Pel = 50.4 W

DMS120S27F

Pel = 14.4 W

3

6

Pel = 63 W

Utyp. = 41.1 V

Utyp. = 42.7 V

Utyp. = 42.7 V

Utyp. = 44.2 V

Utyp. = 45 V

1685

117

2325

111

3135

105

4430

95

5485

87

95

DMS150S30F

558239

warm white

3000 (below BBL)

1800

125

2495

119

3365

113

4755

102

5885

93

95

DMS150S35F

558950

neutral white 3500 (below BBL)

1920

133

2655

127

3575

120

5045

109

6255

99

95

DMS150S40F

558951

neutral white 4000 (below BBL)

1985

138

2745

131

3705

124

5220

113

6465

103

95

Emission data at tp = 65 °C | * Colour tolerance: 3 MacAdam | ** Production tolerance of luminous flux, efficiency, voltage and power consumption: ± 10% Min. CRI Ra: > 90

5

7 8 9 10 11 12 39


Constant-current System – Shop

LUGA Shop 2015 PCB – Pearl White Characteristics • Brilliant white light • For retail lighting, especially fashion lighting • Similar colour impression like C-HI lamps • Highly efficient: up to 123 lm/W

LUGA Shop 2014 PCB – Pearl White – CRI Ra > 90 Ref. No.

Type

Colour

Correlated

Typ. luminous flux and efficiency and typ. voltage (Utyp.) and power consumption (Pel)**

Typ.

colour

350 mA

CRI

temperature* (K) lm

500 mA lm/W

Pel = 8.7 W DMS099S31FP 558233

DMS099S31FP

pearl white 3100

558236

DMS120S31FP

pearl white 3100

DMS150S31FP

558240

pearl white 3100

lm

lm/W

Pel = 18.1 W

lm

1400 mA lm/W

Pel = 28 W

lm

lm/W

Utyp. = 25.3 V

Utyp. = 25.8 V

Utyp. = 26.7 V

Utyp. = 27.3 V

1475

1980

2775

3430

121

117

Pel = 16.7 W

109

Pel = 23.9 W

99

Pel = 37 W

90

Utyp. = 32.9 V

Utyp. = 33.4 V

Utyp. = 34.1 V

Utyp. = 35.3 V

Utyp. = 36 V

2005

2695

3775

4655

120

Pel = 20.9 W

113

Pel = 29.9 W

102

Pel = 46.4 W

92

Utyp. = 41.1 V

Utyp. = 41.8 V

Utyp. = 42.7 V

Utyp. = 44.2 V

Utyp. = 45 V

2575

3470

4890

6065

123

116

105

95

Pel = 63 W

1855

129

95

Pel = 50.4 W

1455

127

Ra

Pel = 38.1 W

Utyp. = 24.7 V

Pel = 14.4 W DMS150S31FP

lm/W

Pel = 12.6 W

1050 mA

1050

Pel = 11.5 W DMS120S31FP

lm

700 mA

96

95

Emission data at tp = 65 °C | * Colour tolerance: 3 MacAdam | ** Production tolerance of luminous flux, efficiency, voltage and power consumption: ± 10% Min. CRI Ra: > 90

LUGA Shop 2015 PCB – FOOD Characteristics • Optimized for use in all retail areas – especially for fresh food (bread, fruits, vegetables, meat) Type

Ref. No. Colour

Correl. Typ. luminous flux and efficiency, typical

Typ.

colour voltage (Utyp.) and power consumption (Pel)**

beam

temp.* 700 mA

angle

K LUGA Shop FOOD DMS150G30F 558952 warm white

lm

1050 mA

lm/W lm

1400 mA

lm/W lm

lm/W

°

Typ. CRI

Typical applications

Ra

Pel = 29.9 W Pel = 46.4 W Pel = 63 W Utyp. = 42.7 V Utyp. = 44.2 V Utyp. = 45 V 3000 2410 81

3400

73

4270 68

120

85 (special spectrum: HiGa) Bread, fruits, vegetables, cheese

DMS150G40F 558953 neutral white 4000 2490 83

3510

76

4420 70

120

85 (special spectrum: HiGa) Fish, drugstore, textiles

DMS150P40F 558955 "white effect" 4000 1930 65

2720

59

3420 54

120

70 (special spectrum: HiGa) Meat

DMS150P19F 558954 "pink effect" 2000 2250 75

3170

68

4000 63

120

82

Meat

Emission data at tp = 65 °C | * Colour tolerance: 3 MacAdam | ** Production tolerance of luminous flux, efficiency, voltage and power consumption: ± 10%

40


Constant-current System – Shop

PCB Holder for LUGA Shop 2015

1

For DMS099***F / DMS120***F / DMS150***F The combination of PCB version and holder provides the option of simply replacing LED modules within their holder. Simple and secure attachment is enabled with a separate holder. The PCB clicks into the opening on the reverse of the holder. In doing so, care must be taken to ensure correct polarity is maintained. The holder with the inserted PCB is then turned around and fixed with two screws. The holder also features lateral connection openings into which the electrical leads can be pushed. Dependent on the used thermal conductive material and the power classes the expected service life times can differ from the values on the data sheet LUGA Shop 2015 PCB.

LUGA Shop 2015 holder For LED LUGA Shop 2015 PCB DMS099 Dimensions (ØxH): 35 x 4.2 mm Material: PBT, white Fixing holes for screws M3 Hole distance: 25 mm Unit: 500 pcs. Type: 89721 Ref. No.: 559165 Ø 35 mm

LUGA Shop 2015 holder For LED LUGA Shop 2015 PCB DMS120 and DMS150 Dimensions (ØxH): 50 x 4.2 mm Material: PBT, white Fixing holes for screws M3 Hole distance: 35 mm for Ø 50 mm Unit: 500 pcs. Type: 89720 Ref. No.: 559164 Ø 50 mm

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 41


Constant-current System – Shop

LUGA C 2015 – 500 lm to 4000 lm Built-in lighting modules Due to their tiny size, the LUGA C modules are particularly suitable as a replacement for mains and low-voltage halogen lamps. As LUGA C modules are capable of producing lumen packages of up to 4000 lm, they can also be used for retail lighting and in downlights.

Typical applications Integration in • Reflector luminaires for replacement of Halogen mains and low-voltage lamps • Flat surface-mounting luminaires • Downlights For use in • Residential lighting • Furniture lighting • Stairway and corridor illumination

42

I (cd/klm)

DMC112C**E

90° 85

1±0.1 1.7 TS (Ø1)

170

DMC104C**E / DMC115C**E / DMC104D31EP / DMC115D31EP 19±0.3 LES (Ø11.1)

60°

255 340

DMC118C**E / DMC118D31EP 19±0.3 LES (Ø13.8)

1±0.1 1.7 TS (Ø1.5)

19±0.3 Ø15.8

13.5±0.3 Ø10

13.5±0.3 LES (Ø8)

19±0.3 Ø13.1

Technical notes Dimensions DMC112: 13.5 x13.5 x1.7 mm DMC104/DMC115/ DMC118: 19 x19 x1.7 mm Light emitting surface (LES) DMC112: Ø 8 mm DMC104/DMC115: Ø 11.1 mm DMC118: Ø 13.8 mm Allowed operating temperature at tc point: –40 to 85 °C –40 to 80 °C (DMC104: > 500 mA) –40 to 75 °C (DMC118: > 700 mA) Use of external LED constant current driver Efficiency up to 167 lm/W Colour rendering index Ra: > 80 Colour accuracy initially: 3 SDCM; after 50,000 hrs. operating time: 4 SDCM Lumen maintenance L90/B10 DMC112: 53.000 hrs. (IF 150 mA) DMC104: 48.000 hrs. (IF 350 mA) DMC115/DMC118: 50.000 hrs. (IF 350 mA) Unit: 225 pcs. (DMC112) 175 pcs. (DMC104/DMC115/DMC118)

1±0.1 1.7 TS (Ø1.5)

30°


Constant-current System – Shop

LUGA C 2015 – 500 lm to 1000 lm

1

Characteristics • Optimized for lumen packages £ 1000 lm • Highly efficient: up to 134 lm/W

2 LUGA C 2015 – CRI Ra > 80 Type

Ref. No.

Colour

Correlated

Typ. luminous flux and efficiency, typ. voltage (Utyp.) and power consumption (Pel)**

Typ.

Typ.

colour

150 mA

beam

CRI

temp.* (K)

lm

angle (°)

Ra

200 mA lm/W

Pel = 4.7 W DMC112C**E

lm

250 mA lm/W

Pel = 6.5 W

Utyp. = 31.6 V

lm

lm/W

3

Pel = 8.4 W

Utyp. = 32.6 V

Utyp. = 33.5 V

DMC112C27E 556875

warm white

2700

545

116

685

105

805

96

120

82

DMC112C30E 556863

warm white

3000

590

126

740

114

870

104

120

85

DMC112C40E 556876

neutral white 3500

630

134

790

122

925

110

120

85

4

Emission data at tp = 65 °C | * Colour tolerance: 3 MacAdam | ** Production tolerance of luminous flux and efficiency: ± 15%; of voltage and power consumption: ± 10% Min. CRI Ra: > 80 | Colour temperatures 3500 K and 5000 K on request

5 LUGA C 2015 – 500 lm to 800 lm LUGA C 2015 – CRI Ra > 90 Type

Ref. No.

Colour

Correlated Typ. luminous flux and efficiency, typ. voltage (Utyp.) and power consumption (Pel)**

Typ.

Typ.

colour

150 mA

temp.* (K) lm

200 mA lm/W

Pel = 4,7 W DMC112S**E

lm

250 mA lm/W

Pel = 6,5 W

Utyp. = 31,6 V

lm

beam

CRI

lm/W

angle (°)

Ra

82

120

95

Pel = 8,4 W

Utyp. = 32,6 V

Utyp. = 33,5 V

DMC112S27E 557803

warm white

2700

DMC112S30E 557804

warm white

3000

505

107

630

97

740

88

120

95

DMC112S40E 557805

neutral white 3500

550

117

690

106

810

96

120

95

465

99

580

89

685

Emission data at tp = 65 °C | * Colour tolerance: 3 MacAdam | ** Production tolerance of luminous flux and efficiency: ± 15%; of voltage and power consumption: ± 10% Min. CRI Ra: > 90 | Colour temperatures 3500 K on request

LUGA C 2015 – 500 lm to 800 lm – Pearl White Ref. No.

Colour

Correlated Typ. luminous flux and efficiency, typ. voltage (Utyp.) and power consumption (Pel)**

Typ.

Typ.

colour

beam

CRI

150 mA

temp.* (K) lm DMC112S**EP DMC112S31EP 557806

pearl white

3100

200 mA lm/W

lm

250 mA lm/W

lm

Pel = 4.7 W

Pel = 6.5 W

Pel = 8.4 W

Utyp. = 31.6 V

Utyp. = 32.6 V

Utyp. = 33.5 V

505

107

635

98

745

7 8 9

LUGA C 2015 – CRI Ra > 90 Type

6

lm/W

angle (°) Ra

89

120

10

95

Emission data at tp = 65 °C | * Colour tolerance: 3 MacAdam | ** Production tolerance of luminous flux and efficiency: ± 15%; of voltage and power consumption: ± 10% Min. CRI Ra: > 90

11 12 43


Constant-current System – Shop

LUGA C 2015 – 1000 lm to 4000 lm Characteristics • Optimized for lumen packages from1000 lm to 4000 lm • Highly efficient: up to 167 lm/W

LUGA C 2015 – CRI Ra > 80 / > 65 Type

Ref. No.

Colour

Correlated

Typ. luminous flux and efficiency, typ. voltage (Utyp.) and power consumption (Pel)**

Typ.

Typ.

colour

350 mA

beam

CRI

temp.* (K)

lm

DMC104C**E

500 mA lm/W

lm

700 mA lm/W

Pel = 10.2 W

Pel = 15.3 W

1050 mA

lm

lm/W

lm

lm/W

angle (°)

Ra

Utyp. = 29.2 V

Utyp. = 30.5 V

DMC104C27E

556877

warm white 2700

1140

112

1465

96

120

82

DMC104C30E

556864

warm white 3000

1210

119

1555

102

120

85

DMC104C35E

on request

neutral white 3500

1265

124

1625

106

120

85

DMC104C40E

556878

neutral white 4000

1300

127

1665

109

120

85

DMC104C50E

on request

cool white

1315

129

1690

110

120

85

82

5000

DMC115C**E

Pel = 11 W

Pel = 16.3 W

Pel = 23.8 W

Utyp. = 31.4 V

Utyp. = 32.6 V

Utyp. = 34 V

DMC115C27E

556879

warm white 2700

1325

120

1755

108

2205

93

120

DMC115C30E

556865

warm white 3000

1420

129

1875

115

2350

99

120

85

DMC115C30EB 557233

warm white 3000

1355

123

1785

110

2245

94

120

85

DMC115C35E

557187

neutral white 3500

1480

135

1950

120

2450

103

120

85

DMC115C40E

556880

neutral white 4000

1505

137

1995

122

2500

105

120

85

DMC115C50E

557183

cool white

1535

140

2035

125

2555

107

120

85

82

5000

DMC118C**E

Pel = 10.6 W

Pel = 15.5 W

Pel = 22.5 W

Pel = 35.4 W

Utyp. = 30.2 V

Utyp. = 31 V

Utyp. = 32.1 V

Utyp. = 33.7 V

DMC118C27E

556881

warm white 2700

1375

130

1875

121

2460

109

3260

92

120

DMC118C30E

556866

warm white 3000

1455

137

1980

128

2595

115

3450

97

120

85

DMC118C30EB 557234

warm white 3000

1390

131

1905

123

2480

110

3310

94

120

85

DMC118C35E

556882

neutral white 3500

1525

144

2085

135

2735

122

3635

103

120

85

DMC118C40E

556883

neutral white 4000

1560

147

2125

137

2795

124

3710

105

120

85

DMC118C50E

556867

cool white

5000

1585

150

2160

139

2840

126

3770

106

120

85

DMC118B50E

557182

cool white

5000

1770

167

2415

156

3165

141

4295

121

120

70

Emission data at tp = 65 °C | * Colour tolerance: 3 MacAdam | ** Production tolerance of luminous flux and efficiency: ± 15%; of voltage and power consumption: ± 10% Min. CRI Ra: > 80 / > 65

44


Constant-current System – Shop

LUGA C 2015 – 1000 lm to 3000 lm

1

LUGA C 2015 – CRI Ra > 90

2 Type

Ref. No.

Colour

Correlated

Typ. luminous flux and efficiency, typ. voltage (Utyp.) and power consumption (Pel)**

Typ.

Typ.

colour

350 mA

beam

CRI

temp.* (K)

lm

500 mA lm/W

Pel = 10.2 W DMC104S**E

Utyp. = 29.2 V

lm

700 mA lm/W

1050 mA

lm

lm/W

lm

lm/W

angle (°)

Ra

Pel = 15.3 W Utyp. = 30.5 V

DMC104S27E

557807

warm white

2700

970

95

1245

81

120

95

DMC104S30E

557808

warm white

3000

1025

100

1315

86

120

95

DMC104S35E

on request

neutral white 3500

1095

107

1405

92

120

95

DMC104S40E

557809

neutral white 4000

1145

112

1470

96

120

95

Pel = 11 W DMC115S**E

Pel = 16.3 W

Utyp. = 31.4 V

Utyp. = 32.6 V

Utyp. = 34 V

557811

warm white

2700

1115

101

1480

91

1860

78

120

95

DMC115S30E

557799

warm white

3000

1185

108

1565

96

1970

83

120

95

DMC115S35E

557812

neutral white 3500

1260

115

1665

102

2090

88

120

95

DMC115S40E

557813

neutral white 4000

1300

118

1715

105

2150

90

120

95

120

95

DMC118S**E

Pel = 15.5 W

4

Pel = 23.8 W

DMC115S27E

Pel = 10.6 W

3

Pel = 22.5 W

6

Pel = 35.4 W

Utyp. = 30.2 V

Utyp. = 31 V

Utyp. = 32.1 V

Utyp. = 33.7 V

DMC118S27E

557814

warm white

2700

1160

109

1580

102

2075

2755

DMC118S30E

557801

warm white

3000

1225

116

1665

107

2190

97

2910

82

120

95

DMC118S35E

557815

neutral white 3500

1310

124

1785

115

2340

104

3110

88

120

95

DMC118S40E

557816

neutral white 4000

1355

128

1845

119

2420

108

3220

91

120

95

92

78

5

Emission data at tp = 65 °C | * Colour tolerance: 3 MacAdam | ** Production tolerance of luminous flux and efficiency: ± 15%; of voltage and power consumption: ± 10% Min. CRI Ra: > 90

7 8 9 10 11 12 45


Constant-current System – Shop

LUGA C 2015 – 1000 lm to 3000 lm – Pearl White Characteristics • Optimized for lumen packages from1000 lm to 3000 lm • Highly efficient: up to 114 lm/W

LUGA C 2015 Pearl White – CRI Ra > 80 Type

Ref. No.

Colour

Correlated

Typ. luminous flux and efficiency, typ. voltage (Utyp.) and power consumption (Pel)**

Typ.

Typ.

colour

350 mA

beam

CRI

temp.* (K)

lm

DMC104D31EP DMC104C31EP

557184

pearl white 3100

DMC115D31EP DMC115C31EP

on request

pearl white 3100

DMC118D31EP DMC118C31EP

on request

pearl white 3100

500 mA lm/W

lm

700 mA lm/W

Pel = 10.2 W

Pel = 15.3 W

Utyp. = 29.2 V

Utyp. = 30.5 V

1220

1565

120

102

1050 mA

lm

lm/W

lm

lm/W

angle (°)

Ra

120

85

120

85

120

85

Pel = 11 W

Pel = 16.3 W

Utyp. = 31.4 V

Utyp. = 32.6 V

Utyp. = 34 V

1435

1895

2375

130

116

Pel = 23.8 W 100

Pel = 10.6 W

Pel = 15.5 W

Utyp. = 30.2 V

Utyp. = 31 V

Utyp. = 32.1 V

Utyp. = 33.7 V

1485

2025

2650

3525

140

131

Pel = 22.5 W 118

Pel = 35.4 W 100

Emission data at tp = 65 °C | * Colour tolerance: 3 MacAdam | ** Production tolerance of luminous flux and efficiency: ± 15%; of voltage and power consumption: ± 10% Min. CRI Ra: > 80

LUGA C 2015 Pearl White – CRI Ra > 90 Type

Ref. No.

Colour

Correlated

Typ. luminous flux and efficiency, typ. voltage (Utyp.) and power consumption (Pel)**

Typ.

Typ.

colour

350 mA

beam

CRI

temp.* (K)

lm

DMC104S31EP DMC104S31EP

557810

pearl white 3100

DMC115S31EP DMC115S31EP

557800

pearl white 3100

DMC118S31EP DMC118S31EP

557802

pearl white 3100

500 mA lm/W

lm

700 mA lm/W

Pel = 10.2 W

Pel = 15.3 W

Utyp. = 29.2 V

Utyp. = 30.5 V

1035

1330

101

87

1050 mA

lm

lm/W

lm

lm/W

angle (°)

Ra

120

95

120

95

120

95

Pel = 11 W

Pel = 16.3 W

Utyp. = 31.4 V

Utyp. = 32.6 V

Utyp. = 34 V

1195

1580

1990

109

97

Pel = 23.8 W 84

Pel = 10.6 W

Pel = 15.5 W

Utyp. = 30.2 V

Utyp. = 31 V

Utyp. = 32.1 V

Utyp. = 33.7 V

1250

1705

2230

2970

118

110

Pel = 22.5 W 99

Pel = 35.4 W 84

Emission data at tp = 65 °C | * Colour tolerance: 3 MacAdam | ** Production tolerance of luminous flux and efficiency: ± 15%; of voltage and power consumption: ± 10% Min. CRI Ra: > 90

46


Constant-current System – Industrial and Hall Lighting

LED Industrial and Hall Lighting These LED modules are suitable for illuminating industrial, production, sports and warehouse facilities as well as for petrol stations (especially SYM II). These modules were designed for built-in into luminaire casings. They enable a modular luminaire design. The modules are available in four shapes (4, 16, 32 or 64 LEDs) and in three white colour tones. Technical notes LED built-in module for integration into luminaires 4, 16, 32 or 64 high-efficient High Power LEDs Allowed operating temperature at tc point at IF = 700 mA: –20 to 85 °C Use of external LED constant current driver Design for optimum thermal management Efficiency up to 136 lm/W Lumen maintenance L70/B10: 52,000 hrs. (IF 1050 mA) at tp 60 °C ESD protection class 2 Surge protection: 4 kV Typical applications • Integration in outdoor luminaires • Indoor lighting • Industrial lighting for: – Production halls – Warehouses • Petrol station lighting • Lighting for sports facilities

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 47


Constant-current System – Industrial and Hall Lighting

LED Industrial and Hall Lighting Optical characteristics at tp = 60 °C Type IP20

Colour IP66 (IP67) square

linear

Correlated

Luminous flux (lm) and typical voltage (Utyp.)

colour

and power consumption (Pel)**

temperature*

400 mA

700 mA

K

min.

min.

typ.

Pel = 4.5 W 4 LEDs

1050 mA typ.

Pel = 8.4 W

Utyp. = 11.3 V Utyp. = 12 V

min.

1400 mA

typ.

min.

typ.

Pel = 13.7 W

Pel = 19.3 W

Utyp. = 13 V

Utyp. = 13.8 V

Ra

WU-M-444/B-..

WW warm white

3000 –130/+220

500

565

825

920

1125

1240

1425

1575 ³ 70

WU-M-444/B-..

NW neutral white 4000 –290/+260

500

565

825

920

1125

1240

1425

1575 ³ 70

WU-M-444/B-..

CW cool white

550

615

890

975

1225

1350

1550

1700 ³ 65

5000 –255/+310

16 LEDs

Pel = 18 W

Pel = 33.6 W

Pel = 54.6 W

Pel = 77 W

Utyp. = 45 V

Utyp. = 48 V

Utyp. = 52 V

Utyp. = 55 V

3000 –130/+220

2000 2250

3300

3600

4500

4950

5700

6300 ³ 70

WU-M-475/16-.. WU-M-425/B-.. WU-M-438/B-.. NW neutral white 4000 –290/+260

2000 2250

3300

3600

4500

4950

5700

6300 ³ 70

WU-M-475/16-.. WU-M-425/B-.. WU-M-438/B-.. CW cool white

5000 –255/+310

2200 2450

3550

3900

4900

5400

6200

6800 ³ 65

WU-M-488

WW warm white

3000 –130/+220

2000 2250

3300

3600

4500

4950

5700

6300 ³ 70

WU-M-488

NW neutral white 4000 –290/+260

2000 2250

3300

3600

4500

4950

5700

6300 ³ 70

WU-M-488

CW cool white

2200 2450

3550

3900

4900

5400

6200

6800 ³ 65

WU-M-475/16-.. WU-M-425/B-.. WU-M-438/B-.. WW warm white

5000 –255/+310

32 LEDs

Pel = 36 W

Pel = 67.2 W

Utyp. = 90 V

Utyp. = 96 V

Pel = 109.2 W — Utyp. = 104 V

WU-M-496-

WW warm white

3000 –130/+220

4000 4500 6600

7200

9000

9900 —

³ 70

WU-M-496-

NW neutral white 4000 –290/+260

4000 4500 6600

7200

9000

9900 —

³ 70

WU-M-496-

CW cool white

4400 4900 7100

7800

9800

10800 —

³ 65

5000 –255/+310

Pel = 72 W 64 LEDs

Pel = 134.4 W Pel = 218.4 W Pel = 308 W

Utyp. = 180 V Utyp. = 192 V

Utyp. = 208 V

Utyp. = 220 V

WU-M-475/64-.. —

WW warm white

3000 –130/+220

8000 9000 13200 14400 18000 19800 22800 25200 ³ 70

WU-M-475/64-.. —

NW neutral white 4000 –290/+260

8000 9000 13200 14400 18000 19800 22800 25200 ³ 70

WU-M-475/64-.. —

CW cool white

8800 9800 14200 15600 19600 21600 24800 27200 ³ 65

5000 –255/+310

* The values mentioned above represent only statistical variables on account of the complex manufacturing process of light emitting diodes The values do not necessarily correspond exactly to the actual parameters of every single product which can vary from the typical specification. ** Production tolerance of voltage and power consumption: ± 10%; Measuring tolerance of luminous flux: ± 7% *** CRI > 80 on request

48

CRI***


Constant-current System – Industrial and Hall Lighting

LED Industrial Light SYM I – IP20

1

Technical notes Dimensions (incl. optics) L x Wx H 4 LEDs: 60 x 65 x12 mm 16 LEDs: 120 x120 x12 mm 64 LEDs: 240 x 240 x12 mm Degree of protection: IP20/IK05 Push-in terminals (WAGO series 2060) Optics for hall lighting Optimum illumination – installation ratio: 1:1 (height to distance) on the 0–180° layer (lengthwise) or 8:5 (height to distance) on the 90–270° layer (crosswise).

Ref. No.

Type

2 I (cd/klm) 90° 290 580

3

60°

870 1160 1450 0°–180°

90°–270°

30°

4

Number

5

of LEDs WU-M-444/B-WW

556235

4

WU-M-444/B-NW

553933

4

WU-M-444/B-CW

553932

4

WU-M-475/16-WW

556236

16

WU-M-475/16-NW

553915

16

WU-M-475/16-CW

553914

16

WU-M-475/64-WW

556237

64

WU-M-475/64-NW

554806

64

WU-M-475/64-CW

554801

64

6 7

WU-M-444/B

WU-M-475/16 0°

WU-M-475/64

120 110 60

12 1.6

270°

tc/tp

12 1.6

8 9

240

60 47.5

12 1.6

240

270°

120 110 60

65 61.8 30

270°

ø3.2 90°

90°

90° WU-M-475

30

3.2 180°

1500 mA DC max.

Tc= 85°C max.

ø4.2 (8x)

tc/tp 180°

180°

10 11 12 49


Constant-current System – Industrial and Hall Lighting

LED Industrial Light Linear SYM I – IP20 Technical notes Dimensions (incl. optics) L x Wx H 16 LEDs: 60 x 240 x12 mm Degree of protection: IP20/IK05 Push-in terminals (WAGO series 2060) Optics for hall lighting Optimum illumination – installation ratio: 1:1 (height to distance) on the 0–180° layer (lengthwise) or 8:5 (height to distance) on the 90–270° layer (crosswise).

Type

Ref. No.

Number of LEDs

WU-M-488-WW

on request

16

WU-M-488-NW

on request

16

WU-M-488-CW

556297

16

WU-M-488 SYM I

tc/tp

50

I (cd/klm) 90° 290 580

60°

870 1160 1450 0°–180°

90°–270°

30°


Constant-current System – Industrial and Hall Lighting

LED Industrial Light SYM I – Water Protected

1 2

Technical notes Dimensions (incl. optics) L x Wx H 16 LEDs, square: 120 x120 x18.75 mm 16 LEDs, linear: 240 x 60 x18.75 mm Encapsulated for outdoor applications with degree of protection: IP66/IK05 Pre-assembled leads: 2 leads: + (red); – (blue) for luminaires of protection class II, length: 500 mm Version with 3 leads (incl. PE lead) on request Optics for hall lighting Optimum illumination – installation ratio: 1:1 (height to distance) on the 0–180° layer (lengthwise) or 8:5 (height to distance) on the 90–270° layer (crosswise).

Type

Shape

Ref. No.

I (cd/klm) 90° 290 580

3

60°

870 1160 1450 0°–180°

90°–270°

30°

4 5

Number of LEDs

WU-M-425/B-WW square 554787

16

WU-M-425/B-NW

square 554782

16

WU-M-425/B-CW

square 553068

16

WU-M-438/B-WW linear

556704

16

WU-M-438/B-NW

linear

556697

16

WU-M-438/B-CW

linear

554795

16

6 7

WU-M-425/B

WU-M-438/B

8

.2

(8

x)

18.75 10.5

Ø4

90°

120 110 60

240 60

60

60

0x

)

30 90°

.2

(1

18.75 10.5

5

Ø4

120 110 60

5

9

180°

6.9

50

50

50

50

tc/tp

10

50

6

3.5

117

5

7.5

3.50

8

50

tc/tp

270°

270°

180°

6

60

50

11 12 51


Constant-current System – Industrial and Hall Lighting

LED LightEngine SYM I – IP66 Technical notes Dimensions (incl. optics) L x Wx H 32 LEDs: 240 x120 x 62 mm Encapsulated for outdoor applications with degree of protection: IP66/IK05 Pre-assembled leads: 2 leads: + (red); – (blue) for luminaires of protection class II, length: 500 mm Optics for hall lighting Optimum illumination – installation ratio: 1:1 (height to distance) on the 0–180° layer (lengthwise) or 8:5 (height to distance) on the 90–270° layer (crosswise).

Ref. No.

Type

I (cd/klm) 90° 290 580 1160 1450 0°–180°

Number of LEDs

WU-M-496-WW-R70

558178

32

WU-M-496-NW-R70

558177

32

WU-M-496-CW-RNN

558176

32

WU-M-496 SYM I

28

44

12.7 5.2

62.0

44

120 28

267 256 240

30

6

18

8

tc/tp

52

60°

870

90°–270°

30°


Constant-current System – Industrial and Hall Lighting

LED Industrial Light SYM II – IP20

1

Technical notes Dimensions (incl. optics) L x Wx H 4 LEDs: 60 x 65 x 6.2 mm 16 LEDs: 120 x120 x 6.2 mm 64 LEDs: 240 x 240 x 6.2 mm Degree of protection: IP20/IK05* Push-in terminals (WAGO series 2060) Optics for hall lighting Optimum illumination – installation ratio: 1:2 (height to distance)

2 I (cd/klm) 50 150

90°

3

60°

250 350 45°–225°/135°–315° 0°–180°/90°–270°

Type

Ref. No.

WU-M-444/B-WW

556238

4

WU-M-444/B-NW

553936

4

WU-M-444/B-CW

553935

4

WU-M-475/16-WW

556239

16

WU-M-475/16-NW

553918

16

WU-M-475/16-CW

553917

16

WU-M-475/64-WW

556240

64

30°

4

Number of LEDs

WU-M-475/64-NW

554807

64

WU-M-475/64-CW

554802

64

5 6

* Degree of protection IK08 also possible by use of silicone optics; Ref. No. on request

7 WU-M-444/B

WU-M-475/16

45°

WU-M-475/64

120 110 60

6.2 1.6

60 47.5

6.2 1.6

240

8 9

6.2 1.6

tc/tp

240

120 110 60

270°

270°

45°

45°

65 61.8 30

270°

ø3.2

WU-M-475

3.2 30

180°

90°

90°

90°

225°

1500 mA DC max.

Tc= 85°C max.

ø4.2 (8x)

tc/tp 180°

225°

180°

225°

10 11 12 53


Constant-current System – Industrial and Hall Lighting

LED Industrial Light Linear SYM II – IP20 Technical notes Dimensions (incl. optics) L x Wx H 16 LEDs: 60 x 240 x 6,2 mm Degree of protection: IP20/IK05* Push-in terminals (WAGO series 2060) Optics for hall lighting Optimum illumination – installation ratio: 1:2 (height to distance)

I (cd/klm) 50 150

90° 60°

250 350 45°–225°/135°–315° 0°–180°/90°–270°

Type

Ref. No.

Number of LEDs

WU-M-488-WW

on request

16

WU-M-488-NW

on request

16

WU-M-488-CW

556298

16

* Degree of protection IK08 also possible by use of silicone optics; Ref. No. on request

WU-M-488 SYM II

tc/tp

54

30°


Constant-current System – Industrial and Hall Lighting

LED Industrial Light SYM II – Water Protected

1 2

Technical notes Dimensions (incl. optics) L x Wx H 16 LEDs, square: 120 x120 x14 mm 16 LEDs, linear: 240 x 60 x14 mm Encapsulated for outdoor applications with degree of protection: IP66/IK05* Pre-assembled leads: 2 leads: + (red); – (blue) for luminaires of protection class II, length: 500 mm Version with 3 leads (incl. PE lead) on request Optics for hall lighting Optimum illumination – installation ratio: 1:2 (height to distance)

Type

Shape

Ref. No.

I (cd/klm) 50 150

90°

3

60°

250 350 45°–225°/135°–315° 0°–180°/90°–270°

30°

4 5

Number of LEDs

WU-M-425/B-WW square

554788

16

WU-M-425/B-NW

square

554783

16

WU-M-425/B-CW

square

553069

16

WU-M-438/B-WW linear

556705

16

WU-M-438/B-NW

linear

556698

16

WU-M-438/B-CW

linear

553612

16

6

* Degree of protection IK08 also possible by use of silicone optics; Ref. No. on request

7

WU-M-425/B

WU-M-438/B

ø4 .2(

180°

8

14 10.5

8x )

120 110 60

225°

30

90°

240 60

60

60

5

.2(

180° 225°

90°

14 10

9

270°

6

60 50

30

ø4

5

30

120 110 60

10

x)

30

270°

45°

30

6.87

30

10

6

3.5

3.5

7.5 117

5

8

30

tc/tp

45°

tc/tp

11 12 55


Constant-current System – Industrial and Hall Lighting

LED LightEngine SYM II – IP66 Technical notes Dimensions (incl. optics) L x Wx H 32 LEDs: 240 x120 x 54,6 mm Encapsulated for outdoor applications with degree of protection: IP66/IK05* Pre-assembled leads: 2 leads: + (red); – (blue) for luminaires of protection class II, length: 500 mm Optics for hall lighting Optimum illumination – installation ratio: 1:2 (height to distance)

I (cd/klm) 50 150

90° 60°

250 350 45°–225°/135°–315° 0°–180°/90°–270°

Ref. No.

Type

Number of LEDs

WU-M-496-WW-R70

558181

32

WU-M-496-NW-R70

558180

32

WU-M-496-CW-RNN

558179

32

* Degree of protection IP67/IK08 also possible by use of silicone optics; Ref. No. on request

WU-M-496 SYM II 267 256 240

44

5.2

28

120

28

44 12.7

54.6

8

30

6

18.6

tc/tp

56

30°


Constant-current System – Industrial and Hall Lighting

LED Linear Allround Industrial and Hall Lighting

1 2

These LED modules are suitable for illuminating industrial, production, sports and warehouse facilities as well as for petrol stations (especially SYM II). These Linear Allround modules were designed for built-in into luminaire casings. They enable an easy modular luminaire design with flexibility in system design. The modules are available in three shapes (4, 8, or 16 LEDs) and in three white colour tones. Technical notes LED built-in module for integration into luminaires 4, 8 or 16 high-efficient High Power LEDs Allowed operating temperature at tc point at IF = 700 mA: –20 to 85 °C Use of external LED constant current driver Design for optimum thermal management Efficiency up to 136 lm/W Lumen maintenance L70/B10: 52,000 hrs. (IF 1050 mA) at tp: 60 °C ESD protection class 2 Surge protection: 4 kV

3

Typical applications • Integration in outdoor luminaires • Indoor lighting • Industrial lighting for: – Production halls – Warehouses • Petrol station lighting • Lighting for sports facilities

4 5 6 7

Optical characteristics at tp = 60 °C Type

Colour

Correlated

Luminous flux (lm) and typical voltage (Utyp.)

colour

and power consumption (Pel)**

temperature*

400 mA

K

min.

4 LEDs

700 mA typ.

min.

CRI*** 1050 mA

typ.

min.

1400 mA typ.

min.

typ.

Pel = 4.5 W

Pel = 8.4 W

Pel = 13.7 W

Utyp. = 11.3 V

Utyp. = 12 V

Utyp. = 13 V

Utyp. = 13.8 V

Ra

Pel = 19.3 W

WU-M-479/4-...

WW

warm white 3000 –130/+220

500

565

825

920

1125

1240

1425

1575

³ 70

WU-M-479/4-...

NW

neutral white 4000 –290/+260

500

565

825

920

1125

1240

1425

1575

³ 70

WU-M-479/4-...

CW

cool white

550

615

890

975

1225

1350

1550

1700

³ 65

5000 –255/+310

8 LEDs

Pel = 9 W

Pel = 16.8 W

Pel = 27.3 W

Utyp. = 22.6 V

Utyp. = 24 V

Utyp. = 26 V

Utyp. = 27.6 V

WW

warm white 3000 –130/+220

1000

1130

1650

1840

2250

2480

2850

3150

³ 70

WU-M-479/8-...

NW

neutral white 4000 –290/+260

1000

1130

1650

1840

2250

2480

2850

3150

³ 70

WU-M-479/8-...

CW

cool white

1100

1230

1780

1950

2450

2700

3100

3400

³ 65

16 LEDs

9

Pel = 38.6 W

WU-M-479/8-...

5000 –255/+310

8

Pel = 18.1 W

Pel = 33.6 W

Pel = 54.6 W

Utyp. = 45.2 V

Utyp. = 48 V

Utyp. = 52 V

Utyp. = 55.2 V

10

Pel = 77.3 W

WU-M-479/16-...

WW

warm white 3000 –130/+220

2000

2250

3300

3600

4500

4950

5700

6300

³ 70

WU-M-479/16-...

NW

neutral white 4000 –290/+260

2000

2250

3300

3600

4500

4950

5700

6300

³ 70

WU-M-479/16-...

CW

cool white

5000 –255/+310 2200

2450

3550

3900

4900

5400

6200

6800

³ 65

11

* The values mentioned above represent only statistical variables on account of the complex manufacturing process of light emitting diodes The values do not necessarily correspond exactly to the actual parameters of every single product which can vary from the typical specification. ** Production tolerance of voltage and power consumption: ± 10%; Measuring tolerance of luminous flux: ± 7% *** CRI > 80 on request

12 57


Constant-current System – Industrial and Hall Lighting

SYM I Linear – Allround Technical notes Dimensions (incl. optics) L x Wx H 4 LEDs: 50 x 62,3 x12 mm 8 LEDs: 50 x113,2 x12 mm 16 LEDs: 50 x 215 x12 mm Degree of protection: IP20/IK05 Push-in terminals (WAGO series 2060) Optics for hall lighting Optimum illumination – installation ratio: 1:1 (height to distance) on the 0–180° layer (lengthwise) or 8:5 (height to distance) on the 90–270° layer (crosswise).

Type

Ref. No.

WU-M-479/4-WW

on request

4

WU-M-479/4-NW

on request

4

WU-M-479/4-CW

on request

4

WU-M-479/8-WW

556267

8

WU-M-479/8-NW

556269

8

WU-M-479/8-CW

556270

8

WU-M-479/16-WW

556264

16

WU-M-479/16-NW

555399

16

WU-M-479/16-CW

556266

16

I (cd/klm) 90° 290 580

60°

870 1160 1450 0°–180°

30°

90°–270°

Number of LEDs

90°

3.2

180°

47.5

58

12 1.6

4.2

Ø4.2

215 50.9

50.9

tc/tp

90°

49.20 62.75

90°

180°

49.20

12 1.6

3.2(8x)

Ø4.2

50

tc/tp

50.9 0°

50

7.6x4.2

4.2

113.2 50.9

Ø4.2

50

47.5

tc/tp

3.2(4x)

270°

4.2

270°

Ø4.2

270°

12 1.6

3.2

WU-M-479/16

47.5

62.3 37.3

WU-M-479/8

47.5

WU-M-479/4

49.20 113.65

7.6x4.2 50.90

7.6x4.2 50.90

180°

49.20


Constant-current System – Industrial and Hall Lighting

SYM II Linear – Allround

1

Technical notes Dimensions (incl. optics) L x Wx H 4 LEDs: 50 x 62,3 x12 mm 8 LEDs: 50 x113,2 x12 mm 16 LEDs: 50 x 215 x12 mm Degree of protection: IP20/IK05* Push-in terminals (WAGO series 2060) Optics for hall lighting Optimum illumination – installation ratio: 1:2 (height to distance)

2 I (cd/klm) 90°

50 150

3

60°

250 350 30°

45°–225°/135°–315° 0°–180°/90°–270°

Ref. No.

Type

4

Number of LEDs

WU-M-479/4-WW

on request

4

WU-M-479/4-NW

on request

4

WU-M-479/4-CW

on request

4

WU-M-479/8-WW

556274

8

WU-M-479/8-NW

556277

8

WU-M-479/8-CW

556278

8

WU-M-479/16-WW

556271

16

WU-M-479/16-NW

555479

16

WU-M-479/16-CW

556273

16

5 6

* Degree of protection IK08 also possible by use of silicone optics; Ref. No. on request

7 WU-M-479/4

WU-M-479/8 3.2(4x)

7.6x4.2

90°

47.5

Ø4.2

50.9

3.2(8x)

270° 180° 225°

45° 90°

50 4.2

tc/tp

3.2

6.2 1.6

Ø4.2

47.5

50

47.5

4.2 180°

50.9

45°

Ø4.2

270°

225°

90°

Ø4.2 tc/tp

8

215 50.9

49.20 62.75

49.20

50

45°

113.2 50.9

tc/tp

4.2

6.2 1.6

47.5

62.3 3.2 37.3

WU-M-479/16 6.2 1.6

270° 180° 225°

49.20 113.65

7.6x4.2 50.90

7.6x4.2 50.90

9

49.20

10 11 12 59


Constant-current System – Industrial and Hall Lighting

Industrial FlatEmitter SMD

I (cd/klm)

I (cd/klm) 90°

90°

85

85 60°

170

225

340

340

30°

WU-M-452-xx/B

WU-M-452-12/B

30°

WU-M-433-xx/B

WU-M-433-27/B

73.50 30.00

60°

170

225

25.75

6

(4x)

30

Ø3.4

tc/tp

Ø

+

44

NTC

tc/tp

36 3. (4 x)

6

1.50 3.65

40

26.50

1.5

6

34.00 26.00

Technical notes LED built-in module for integration into luminaires Push-in terminals (WAGO series 2060) LEDs on the module are serial connected Reverse polarity protection up to 70 V at WU-M-452-12/B up to 100 V at WU-M-452-18/B up to 450 V at WU-M-433-xx/B Dimensions (incl. optics) L xWxH 73.5 x 34 x 6 mm at WU-M-452-12/B 86 x 36.5 x 6 mm at WU-M-452-18/B 108 x 44 x 6 mm at WU-M-433-xx/B ESD protection class 1 Surge protection: 3 kV NTC-resistor (type: NCP18XH103J03RB) for external driver feedback of module temperature WU-M-452-xx/B: optional WU-M-433-xx/B: type NCP18 xH103J03RB

1.5

108

WU-M-452-18/B 86

WU-M-433-42/B 6

25.75

21

(4x)

30

Ø3.4

+

Ø 3.4

1.5 3.7

31.5

44

NTC

tc/tp

36

37 29

tc/tp

108

Type

Ref. No. Number Colour

Correlated

Typ. luminous flux and efficiency, typ. voltage (Utyp.) and power consumption (Pel)**

Typ.

of LEDs

colour

400 mA

CRI

pcs.

temperature (K) lm

LED modules with 12 LEDs

700 mA lm/W

Pel = 13.8 W, Utyp. = 34.4 V

lm

lm/W

WU-M-452-12/B-WW 554820 12

warm white

3000 –130/+220 1610

117

2565

101

> 80

WU-M-452-12/B-NW 556214 12

neutral white 4000 –300/+260 1740

126

2780

110

> 80

WU-M-452-12/B-CW 556215 12

cool white

129

2840

112

> 80

LED modules with 18 LEDs

5000 –255/+310 1780

Pel = 20.5 W, Utyp. = 51.3 V

Pel = 37.8 W, Utyp. = 54 V

WU-M-452-18/B-WW 554822 18

warm white

3000 –130/+220 2410

118

3845

102

> 80

WU-M-452-18/B-NW 556216 18

neutral white 4000 –300/+260 2610

127

4165

110

> 80

WU-M-452-18/B-CW 555786 18

cool white

130

4260

113

> 80

LED modules with 27 LEDs

5000 –255/+310 2670

Pel = 30.9 W, Utyp. = 77.2 V

Pel = 56.5 W, Utyp. = 80.7 V

WU-M-433-27/B-WW 554816 27

warm white

3000 –130/+220 3510

114

5595

99

> 80

WU-M-433-27/B-NW 556217 27

neutral white 4000 –300/+260 3800

123

6060

107

> 80

WU-M-433-27/B-CW 556218 27

cool white

126

6200

110

> 80

LED modules with 42 LEDs

5000 –255/+310 3885

Pel = 48 W, Utyp. = 120 V

Pel = 87.7 W, Utyp. = 125.3 V

WU-M-433-42/B-WW 554818 42

warm white

3000 –130/+220 5455

114

8700

99

> 80

WU-M-433-42/B-NW 556219 42

neutral white 4000 –300/+260 5910

123

9430

107

> 80

WU-M-433-42/B-CW 556220 42

cool white

126

9640

110

> 80

5000 –255/+310 6040

Emission data at tp = 65 °C | * Measuring tolerance of luminous flux: ± 7% | **Production tolerance of voltage and power consumption: +15/–19% at 400 mA and +12/–10% at 700 mA | Suitable thermal tapes for these LED modules see page 91.

60

Ra

Pel = 25.3 W, Utyp. = 36.2 V


Constant-current System – Industrial and Hall Lighting

LUGA Industrial 2014 10,000 lm

1

Built-in lighting modules These LED modules are suitable for use both in street lighting as well as high-bay and industrial lighting.

2

Technical notes Dimensions (L x Wx H): 64 x 70 x 8.7 mm Push-in terminals (WAGO series 2060) LED module is operated at high voltage (up to 140 V). Safety must be considered acc. EN 60598 Allowed operating temperature at tc point: –40 to 85 °C Efficiency up to 150 lm/W Colour accuracy initially: 3 SDCM; after 50,000 hrs. operating time: 4 SDCM NTC-resistor (type: NCP18XH103J03RB) for external driver feedback of module temperature Lumen maintenance L90/B10: 45,000 hrs. (IF 700 mA) Unit: 12 pcs.

I (cd/klm) 90° 85

3

60°

170 255 340

30°

5

31

70

49.6

LES Ø43

64 56.3

Typical applications • Integration in outdoor luminaires • Indoor lighting • Industrial lighting for: – Production halls – Warehouses • Petrol station lighting • Lighting for sports facilities

4

ø3

tc/tp

6

.20 (4 8.7

4.95

14.25

x)

50.3

7 8

Type

Ref. No. Colour

Correlated

Typ. luminous flux and efficiency, typ. voltage (Utyp.) and power consumption (Pel)**

Typ.

Typ.

colour

350 mA

beam

CRI

temperature*(K) lm

500 mA lm/W

lm

700 mA lm/W

lm

1050 mA lm/W

lm

lm/W

Pel = 37.9 W

Pel = 55.1 W

Pel = 79.4 W

Pel = 124.4 W

Utyp. = 108.4 V

Utyp. = 110.3 V

Utyp. = 113.4 V

Utyp. = 118.5 V

angle (°) Ra

WU-M-467-830 552167

warm white 3000

5255

139

7000

127

9250

116

12800

103

120

85

WU-M-467-840 552168

neutral white 4000

5600

148

7450

135

9900

125

13600

109

120

85

WU-M-467-850 552169

cool white

5675

150

7550

137

10050

127

13800

111

120

85

5000

Emission data at tp = 65 °C | * Colour tolerance: 3 MacAdam | ** Production tolerance of luminous flux, efficiency, voltage and power consumption: ± 10% Min. CRI Ra: > 80 | Suitable thermal tapes for these LED modules see page 91.

9 10 11 12 61


Constant-current System – Industrial, Hall, Street and Outoor Lighting

LUGA C 2015 – 4000 lm to 15,000 lm Built-in lighting modules LUGA C modules with lumen values ranging from 4000 to 15,000 lm are especially designed as built-in module for industrial and outdoor lighting. The wide range of variants (CRI 70/80) make them suitable for indoor as well as for street light applications.

I (cd/klm)

DMC11C***E / DMC16C***E 28±0.3 LES (Ø22)

1 1.7 TS (Ø1.5)

170

62

Ø35

38±0.3

Typical applications Integration in • Reflector luminaires • Flat surface-mounting luminaires • Downlights • Indoor and hall lighting • Industrial lighting for: – Production halls – Warehouses • Petrol station lighting • Lighting for sports facilities

38±0.3 LES (Ø33)

60°

255 340

28±0.3 Ø24

Technical notes Dimensions DMC11C***E / DMC16C***E: 28 x 28 x1.7 mm DMC17Q***E: 38 x 38 x1.7 mm Light emitting surface (LES) DMC11C***E / DMC16C***E: Ø 22 mm DMC17Q***E: Ø 33 mm Allowed operating temperature at tc point: –40 to 85 °C –40 to 80 °C (DMC11C: > 1400 mA and DMC17Q: >1700 mA) –40 to 75 °C (DMC16C: > 1400 mA) Use of external LED constant current driver Efficiency up to 167 lm/W DMC17Q***E Colour rendering index Ra: > 80 / > 65 Colour accuracy initially: 3 SDCM; after 50,000 hrs. operating time: 4 SDCM Lumen maintenance L90/B10 DMC11C: 45,000 hrs. (IF 1050 mA) DMC16C: 42,000 hrs. (IF 1050 mA) DMC17Q: 59,000 hrs. (IF 1050 mA) Unit: 100 pcs. (DMC11C/DMC16C) 75 pcs. (DMC17Q)

90° 85

1 1.7

TS (Ø1.5)

30°


Constant-current System – Industrial, Hall, Street and Outoor Lighting

LUGA C 2015 – 4000 lm to 15,000 lm

1 2

Ref. No.

Type

Colour

Correlated

Typ. luminous flux and efficiency, typ. voltage (Utyp.) and power consumption (Pel)**

Typ.

Typ.

colour

1050 mA

beam

CRI

temp.* (K)

lm

angle

Ra

DMC11C***E

1400 mA lm/W

lm

1700 mA lm/W

lm

2100 mA lm/W

Pel = 33.7 W

Pel = 46.3 W

Pel = 57.8 W

Utyp. = 32.1 V

Utyp. = 33.1 V

Utyp. = 34 V

lm

lm/W

DMC11CC27E

557642

warm white 2700

3900

116

4815

104

5425

94

120

82

DMC11CC30E

556884

warm white 3000

4155

123

5125

111

5775

100

120

85

DMC11CC35E

on request

neutral white 3500

4350

129

5380

116

6060

105

120

85

DMC11CC40E

556869

neutral white 4000

4465

132

5515

119

6210

107

120

85

DMC11CB40E

557239

neutral white 4000

4755

141

5870

127

6625

115

120

70

DMC11CC50E

556870

cool white

5000

4515

134

5590

121

6290

109

120

85

DMC11CB50E

557186

cool white

5000

5065

150

6270

135

7045

122

120

70

DMC16C***E

Pel = 48.6 W

Pel = 66.9 W

Pel = 83.1 W

Utyp. = 46.3 V

Utyp. = 47.8 V

Utyp. = 48.9 V

DMC16CC30E

556885

warm white 3000

5810

120

7135

107

8030

97

120

85

DMC16CC40E

556871

neutral white 4000

6215

128

7635

114

8590

103

120

85

DMC16CB40E

557240

neutral white 4000

6630

136

8160

122

9175

110

120

70

DMC16CC50E

556872

cool white

5000

6295

130

7750

116

8695

105

120

85

DMC16CB50E

557081

cool white

5000

7110

146

8735

131

9825

118

120

70

DMC17Q***E

Pel = 49.1 W

Pel = 66.8 W

Utyp. = 46.8 V

Utyp. = 47.7 V

Pel = 82.6 W

4 5 6

Pel = 104 W

Utyp. = 48.6 V

Utyp. = 49.5 V

DMC17QC30E

556886

warm white 3000

7035

143

8945

134

10420

126

12085

116

120

85

DMC17QC40E

556873

neutral white 4000

7255

148

9225

138

10740

130

12465

120

120

85

DMC17QB40E

557241

neutral white 4000

7695

157

9795

147

11405

138

13230

127

120

70

DMC17QC50E

556874

cool white

5000

7395

151

9405

141

10955

133

12690

122

120

85

DMC17QB50E

557082

cool white

5000

8190

167

10405

156

12120

147

14075

135

120

70

Emission data at tp = 65 °C | * Colour tolerance: 3 MacAdam | ** Production tolerance of luminous flux and efficiency: ± 15%; of voltage and power consumption: ± 10% | Min. CRI Ra: > 80 / > 65

3

7 8 9

Optics for Street Lighting COB silicone optics M-Class (M1) For use with LUGA C modules DMC11C***E and DMC16C***E Material: silicone Optimum illumination – installation ratio: 4:1 (distance to height) Ref. No.: 559042 optics Ref. No.: 558607 support

Ø 100 Ø 90 8.5

10 .4 Ø3

7.5

11

I (cd/klm) 90°

60°

345 460 0°–180°

90°–270°

30°

5

230

24 1

115

12 63


Constant-current System – Street and Outdoor Lighting

LED Street and Outdoor Lighting – M-Class, S-Class, Area These LED modules are suitable for standardcompliant street lighting, paths and squares in accordance with EN 13201. These modules were designed for built-in into luminaire casings. They enable a modular luminaire design. The VS ECXd 700/150 W LED driver enables power reduction via phase inversion. The modules are available in four shapes (4, 16, 32 or 64 LEDs) and in three white colour tones. Technical notes LED built-in module for integration into luminaires 4, 16, 32 or 64 high-efficient High Power LEDs Allowed operating temperature at tc point at IF = 700 mA: –20 to 85 °C Use of external LED constant current driver Design for optimum thermal management Efficiency up to 136 lm/W Colour rendering index Ra: > 70 or > 80 Lumen maintenance L70/B10: 52,000 hrs. (IF 1050 mA) at tp 60 °C Surge protection: 4 kV ESD protection class 2 Typical Applications • Integration in luminaires • Streetlighting for ME- and S-classes (acc. to EN 13201) • Illumination of public places

64


Constant-current System – Street and Outdoor Lighting

LED Street and Outdoor Lighting – M-Class, S-Class, Area

1

Optical Characteristics at tp = 60 °C Type IP20

Colour IP66 (IP67) square

linear

Correlated

Luminous flux (lm) and typ. voltage (Utyp.)

colour

and power consumption (Pel)**

temperature*

400 mA

K

min.

4 LEDs

700 mA typ.

min.

typ.

CRI***

1050 mA

1400 mA

min.

min.

typ.

typ.

Pel = 4.5 W

Pel = 8.4 W

Pel = 13.7 W

Pel = 19.3 W

Utyp. = 11.3 V

Utyp. = 12 V

Utyp. = 13 V

Utyp. = 13.8 V

Ra

WU-M-444/B-..

WW warm white 3000 –130/+220

500

565

825

920

1125

1240

1425

1575 ³ 70

WU-M-444/B-..

NW neutral white 4000 –290/+260

500

565

825

920

1125

1240

1425

1575 ³ 70

WU-M-444/B-..

CW cool white

550

615

890

975

1225

1350

1550

1700 ³ 65

5000 –255/+310

Pel = 18 W

Pel = 33.6 W

Pel = 54.6 W

Pel = 77 W

16 LEDs

Utyp. = 45 V

Utyp. = 48 V

Utyp. = 52 V

Utyp. = 55 V

WU-M-475/16-.. WU-M-425/B-.. WU-M-438/B-.. WW warm white 3000 –130/+220

2000

2250

3300

3600

4500

4950

5700

6300 ³ 70

WU-M-475/16-.. WU-M-425/B-.. WU-M-438/B-.. NW neutral white 4000 –290/+260

2000

2250

3300

3600

4500

4950

5700

6300 ³ 70

WU-M-475/16-.. WU-M-425/B-.. WU-M-438/B-.. CW cool white

5000 –255/+310

2200

2450

3550

3900

4900

5400

6200

6800 ³ 65

WU-M-488

WW warm white 3000 –130/+220

2000

2250

3300

3600

4500

4950

5700

6300 ³ 70

WU-M-488

NW neutral white 4000 –290/+260

2000

2250

3300

3600

4500

4950

5700

6300 ³ 70

WU-M-488

CW cool white

2200

2450

3550

3900

4900

5400

6200

6800 ³ 65

5000 –255/+310

32 LEDs

Pel = 36 W

Pel = 67.2 W

Pel = 109.2 W

Utyp. = 90 V

Utyp. = 96 V

Utyp. = 104 V

WU-M-496-

WW warm white 3000 –130/+220

4000

4500

6600

7200

9000

9900 —

³ 70

WU-M-496-

NW neutral white 4000 –290/+260

4000

4500

6600

7200

9000

9900 —

³ 70

WU-M-496-

CW cool white

5000 –255/+310 4400

4900

7100

7800

9800

10800 —

³ 65

64 LEDs

Pel = 72 W

Pel = 134.4 W

Pel = 218.4 W

Pel = 308 W

Utyp. = 180 V

Utyp. = 192 V

Utyp. = 208 V

Utyp. = 220 V

WU-M-475/64-.. —

WW warm white 3000 –130/+220

8000

9000

13200 14400 18000 19800 22800 25200 ³ 70

WU-M-475/64-.. —

NW neutral white 4000 –290/+260

8000

9000

13200 14400 18000 19800 22800 25200 ³ 70

WU-M-475/64-.. —

CW cool white

8800

9800

14200 15600 19600 21600 24800 27200 ³ 65

5000 –255/+310

* The values mentioned above represent only statistical variables on account of the complex manufacturing process of light emitting diodes The values do not necessarily correspond exactly to the actual parameters of every single product which can vary from the typical specification. ** Production tolerance of voltage and power consumption: ± 10%; Measuring tolerance of luminous flux: ± 7% *** CRI > 80 on request

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 65


Constant-current System – Street and Outdoor Lighting

LED Roadway Light M-Class – IP20 Technical notes Dimensions (incl. optics) L x Wx H 4 LEDs: 60 x 65 x10 mm 16 LEDs: 120 x120 x10 mm 64 LEDs: 240 x 240 x10 mm Degree of protection: IP20/IK05* Push-in terminals (WAGO series 2060) Optics for illumination of streets with M-Class (acc. to EN 13201) Optimum illumination – installation ratio: 4.5:1 (distance between luminaire poles to the height of the luminaire pole)

I (cd/klm) 90°

130 260 520 0°–180°

Type

Ref. No.

WU-M-444/B-WW-R70

554901

4

WU-M-444/B-NW

553927

4

WU-M-444/B-CW

553926

4

WU-M-475/16-WW-R70

556227

16

WU-M-475/16-NW

553908

16

WU-M-475/16-CW

553907

16

WU-M-475/64-WW-R70

556228

64

Number of LEDs

WU-M-475/64-NW

554804

64

WU-M-475/64-CW

554022

64

* Degree of protection IK08 also possible by use of silicone optics; Ref. No. on request

WU-M-444/B

WU-M-475/16 180°

WU-M-475/64

120 110 60

10 1.6

Road/Straße/Route

270°

180°

10 1.6

240 Road/Straße/Route

270°

Road/Straße/Route

10 1.6

tc/tp

65 61.8 30

270°

240

120 110 60

180°

60 47.5

ø3.2 90°

90°

3.2 30

66

WU-M-475

60°

390

1500 mA DC max.

90°

Tc= 85°C max.

ø4.2 (8x)

tc/tp

90°–270°

30°


Constant-current System – Street and Outdoor Lighting

LED Roadway Light Linear M-Class – IP20

1 2

Technical notes Dimensions (incl. optics) L x Wx H 16 LEDs: 60 x 240 x10 mm Degree of protection: IP20/IK05* Push-in terminals (WAGO series 2060) Optics for illumination of streets with M-Class (acc. to EN 13201) Optimum illumination – installation ratio: 4.5:1 (distance between luminaire poles to the height of the luminaire pole)

Type

I (cd/klm) 90°

130 260

3

60°

390 520 0°–180°

90°–270°

30°

4

Ref. No. lengthwise

crosswise

WU-M-488-WW

on request

on request

WU-M-488-NW

556571

556493

WU-M-488-CW

556293

556292

5

* Degree of protection IK08 also possible by use of silicone optics; Ref. No. on request

6

WU-M-488 M-Class – lengthwise

Road/Straße/Route

7 8

tc/tp

9

WU-M-488 M-Class – crosswise

Road/Straße/Route

10 11

tc/tp

12 67


Constant-current System – Street and Outdoor Lighting

LED Roadway Light M-Class – Water Protected Technical notes Dimensions (incl. optics) L x Wx H 16 LEDs, square: 120 x120 x16 mm 16 LEDs, linear: 240 x 60 x16 mm Encapsulated for outdoor applications with degree of protection: IP66/IK05* Pre-assembled leads: 2 leads: + (red); – (blue) for luminaires of protection class II, length: 500 mm Version with 3 leads (incl. PE lead) on request Optics for illumination of streets with M-Class (acc. to EN 13201) Optimum illumination – installation ratio: 4.5:1 (distance between luminaire poles to the height of the luminaire pole)

Type

I (cd/klm) 90°

130 260

60°

390 520 0°–180°

30°

90°–270°

Ref. No.

Shape

Optics direction

lengthwise

crosswise

WU-M-425/B-WW

square

554784

WU-M-425/B-NW

square

554409

WU-M-425/B-CW

square

553067

WU-M-438/B-WW

linear

556699

556700

WU-M-438/B-NW

linear

554797

554798

WU-M-438/B-CW

linear

554789

554790

* Degree of protection IP67/IK08 also possible by use of silicone optics; Ref. No. on request

WU-M-438/B – crosswise 30 120 110 60

240 60

60

60

Road/Straße/Route

.2( 8x

)

16 10.5

Ø4

60 50

90°

16 10.3

5

5

90°

30

6

WU-M-425/B

tc/tp

6

30

WU-M-438/B – lengthwise 30

180°

270°

30

30

tc/tp

3.5

5

8

30

120 110 60

6.9

240 60

60

5

60 16 10.3

5

90°

30

3.5

60 50

Straße/Road

6

7.5 117 tc/tp

6.9

6

68

3.5

5

8

Road/Straße/Route


Constant-current System – Street and Outdoor Lighting

LED LightEngine M-Class – IP66

1

Technical notes Dimensions (incl. optics) L x Wx H 32 LED: 240 x120 x 61.7 mm Encapsulated for outdoor applications with degree of protection: IP66/IK05* Pre-assembled leads: 2 leads: + (red); – (blue) for luminaires of protection class II, length: 500 mm Optics for illumination of streets with M-Class (acc. to EN 13201) Optimum illumination – installation ratio: 4.5:1 (distance between luminaire poles to the height of the luminaire pole) Type

Ref. No.

Optics direction

lengthwise

crosswise

WU-M-496-WW-R70

558166

557138

WU-M-496-NW-R70

557140

557137

WU-M-496-CW-RNN

557139

557136

2 I (cd/klm) 90°

130 260

3

60°

390 520 0°–180°

90°–270°

30°

4 5

* Degree of protection IP67/IK08 also possible by use of silicone optics; Ref. No. on request

WU-M-496 M-Class – crosswise

6

267 256 240

28

7

44

5.2

28

120

Road/Straße/Route

44 12.7

61.7

8

8

18

30

6

7.3

tc/tp

9

WU-M-496 M-Class – lengthwise

10 28

44

12.7 5.2

61,7

44

120 28

267 256 240

11 6 30

18

tc/tp

7.3

Road/Straße/Route

12 69


Constant-current System – Street and Outdoor Lighting

LED Roadway Light S-Class – IP20 Technical notes Dimensions (incl. optics) L x Wx H 4 LEDs: 60 x 65 x12.4 mm 16 LEDs: 120 x120 x12.4 mm 64 LEDs: 240 x 240 x12.4 mm Degree of protection: IP20/IK05 Push-in terminals (WAGO series 2060) Optics for illumination of streets with S-Class (acc. to EN 13201) Optimum illumination – installation ratio: 7.5:1 (distance between luminaire poles to the height of the luminaire pole)

Ref. No.

Type

I (cd/klm) 200 400

800 0°–180°

Number

WU-M-444/B-WW

556229

4

WU-M-444/B-NW

553930

4

WU-M-444/B-CW

553929

4

WU-M-475/16-WW

556230

16

WU-M-475/16-NW

553912

16

WU-M-475/16-CW

553911

16

WU-M-475/64-WW

556231

64

WU-M-475/64-NW

554805

64

WU-M-475/64-CW

556706

64

WU-M-444/B

WU-M-475/16 0°

WU-M-475/64

120 110 60 Road/Straße/Route

12.4 1.6

270°

tc/tp

12.4 1.6

65 61.8 30

270°

ø3.2

30

3.2180°

90°

90°

90°

70

12.4 1.6

240 Road/Straße/Route

240

Road/Straße/Route

270°

120 110 60

60°

600

of LEDs

60 47.5

90°

WU-M-475

1500 mA DC max.

Tc= 85°C max.

ø4.2 (8x)

tc/tp 180°

180°

90°–270°

30°


Constant-current System – Street and Outdoor Lighting

LED Roadway Light Linear S-Class – IP20

1 2

Technical notes Dimensions (incl. optics) L x Wx H 16 LEDs: 60 x 240 x12,4 mm Degree of protection: IP20/IK05 Push-in terminals (WAGO series 2060) Optics for illumination of streets with S-Class (acc. to EN 13201) Optimum illumination – installation ratio: 7.5:1 (distance between luminaire poles to the height of the luminaire pole)

I (cd/klm) 200 400

3

60°

600 800 0°–180°

Ref. No.

Type

90°

lengthwise

crosswise

WU-M-488-WW

on request

on request

WU-M-488-NW

on request

on request

WU-M-488-CW

556295

556294

90°–270°

30°

4 5

WU-M-488 S-Class – lengthwise 240 60

30

60

60 12

Ø3.2(10x)

1.6

Road/Straße/Route

6

30

60

50

270°

7 90°

WU-M-488

1500mA DC max.

Tc=85°C max.

A1/O15

<Datecode>

tc/tp 180°

7x30=210

8

WU-M-488 S-Class – crosswise

9

240 60

30

60

60 12

Ø3.2(10x)

90°

1.6

30

60

50

Road/Straße/Route

180°

10

WU-M-488

1500mA DC max.

Tc=85°C max.

A1/O15

<Datecode>

tc/tp 270°

11

7x30=210

12 71


Constant-current System – Street and Outdoor Lighting

LED Roadway Light S-Class – Water Protected Technical notes Dimensions (incl. optics) L x Wx H 16 LEDs, square: 120 x120 x18.4 mm 16 LEDs, linear: 240 x 60 x18.4 mm Encapsulated for outdoor applications with degree of protection: IP66/IK05 Pre-assembled leads: 2 leads: + (red); – (blue) for luminaires of protection class II, length: 500 mm Version with 3 leads (incl. PE lead) on request Optics for illumination of streets with S-Class (acc. to EN 13201) Optimum illumination – installation ratio: 7.5:1 (distance between luminaire poles to the height of the luminaire pole)

Type

Shape

I (cd/klm) 90°

200 400

60°

600 800 0°–180°

30°

90°–270°

Ref. No.

Optics direction

lengthwise

crosswise

WU-M-425/B-WW square

554785

WU-M-425/B-NW

square

554780

WU-M-425/B-CW

square

554300

WU-M-438/B-WW linear

556701

556702

WU-M-438/B-NW

linear

554799

556695

WU-M-438/B-CW

linear

554792

554793

WU-M-425/B

WU-M-438/B – crosswise 240 60

60

60

5

.2(

10

x)

30

270°

90°

30

6

60 50

10.5

Road/Straße/Route

.2( 8x )

10

15.3

Ø4

90°

ø4

5

120 110 60

180°

15.3 8

30

120 110 60

tc/tp

6.87

6

30

WU-M-438/B – lengthwise

180°

240 60

60

60

5

x)

30

30

30

10

90°

ø4

5

30

15.3

.2(

tc/tp

10

270°

60 50

Road/Straße/Route

180°

6

3.5

7.5 117 270°

6.87

8

Road/Straße/Route

6

72

tc/tp


Constant-current System – Street and Outdoor Lighting

LED LightEngine S-Class – IP66

1

Technical notes Dimensions (incl. optics) L x Wx H 32 LEDs: 240 x120 x 61,3 mm Encapsulated for outdoor applications with degree of protection (in preparation): IP66/IK05 Pre-assembled leads: 2 leads: + (red); – (blue) for luminaires of protection class II, length: 500 mm Optics for illumination of streets with S-Class (acc. to EN 13201) Optimum illumination – installation ratio: 7.5:1 (distance between luminaire poles to the height of the luminaire pole) Type

Ref. No.

Optics direction

lengthwise

crosswise

WU-M-496-WW-R70

558172

558169

WU-M-496-NW-R70

558171

558168

WU-M-496-CW-RNN

558170

558167

2 I (cd/klm) 200 400

90°

3

60°

600 800 0°–180°

90°–270°

30°

4 5

WU-M-496 S-Class – crosswise 267 256 240

61.3

28

7

44

Road/Straße/Route

5.2

28

120

44

12.7

6

8

7.3

8

30

6

18

tc/tp

9

WU-M-496 S-Class – lengthwise

28

12.7

10

44

120 28

61.3

5.2

44

267 256 240

11

8 tc/tp

30

6

7.3

18

Road/Straße/Route

12 73


Constant-current System – Street and Outdoor Lighting

LED Roadway Light Area – IP20 Technical notes Dimensions (incl. optics) L x Wx H 4 LEDs: 60 x 65 x 6.2 mm 16 LEDs: 120 x120 x 6.2 mm 64 LEDs: 240 x 240 x 6.2 mm Degree of protection: IP20/IK05 Push-in terminals (WAGO series 2060) Optics for illumination of public places Optimum illumination – installation ratio: 5.5:1 (distance between luminaire poles to the height of the luminaire pole)

I (cd/klm) 70 210

90° 60°

350 490 0°–180°

Ref. No.

Type

Number of LEDs

WU-M-444/B-WW

556232

4

WU-M-444/B-NW

553939

4

WU-M-444/B-CW

553938

4

WU-M-475/16-WW

556233

16

WU-M-475/16-NW

553921

16

WU-M-475/16-CW

553920

16

WU-M-475/64-WW

556234

64

WU-M-475/64-NW

554808

64

WU-M-475/64-CW

554803

64

WU-M-444/B

WU-M-475/16

WU-M-475/64

120 110 60

6.2 1.6

tc/tp

65 61.8 30

270°

240

6.2 1.6

120 110 60

ø3.2

3.2 30

180°

90°

90°

90°

74

6.2 1.6

240

270°

270° 60 47.5

WU-M-475

1500 mA DC max.

Tc= 85°C max.

ø4.2 (8x)

tc/tp 180°

180°

90°–270°

30°


Constant-current System – Street and Outdoor Lighting

LED Roadway Light Linear Area – IP20

1 2

Technical notes Dimensions (incl. optics) L x Wx H 16 LEDs: 60 x 240 x 6.2 mm Degree of protection: IP20/IK05 Push-in terminals (WAGO series 2060) Optics for illumination of public places Optimum illumination – installation ratio: 5.5:1 (distance between luminaire poles to the height of the luminaire pole)

I (cd/klm) 70 210

90°

3

60°

350 490 0°–180°

90°–270°

30°

4 5

Type

Ref. No.

WU-M-488-WW

on request

WU-M-488-NW

on request

WU-M-488-CW

556296

6 7

WU-M-488 Area 240 60

30

60

60 6.2

Ø3.2(10x)

1.6

8 9

30

60

50

270°

90° WU-M-488

1500mA DC max.

Tc=85°C max.

A1/O15

<Datecode>

tc/tp

180°

7x30=210

10 11 12 75


Constant-current System – Street and Outdoor Lighting

LED Roadway Light Area – Water Protected Technical notes Dimensions (incl. optics) L x Wx H 16 LEDs, square: 120 x120 x12.2 mm 16 LEDs, linear: 240 x 60 x12.2 mm Encapsulated for outdoor applications with degree of protection: IP66/IK05 Pre-assembled leads: 2 leads: + (red); – (blue) for luminaires of protection class II, length: 500 mm Version with 3 leads (incl. PE lead) on request Optics for illumination of public places Optimum illumination – installation ratio: 5.5:1 (distance between luminaire poles to the height of the luminaire pole).

Type

Shape

Ref. No.

WU-M-425/B-WW

square

554786

WU-M-425/B-NW

square

554781

WU-M-425/B-CW

square

554410

WU-M-438/B-WW

linear

556703

WU-M-438/B-NW

linear

556696

WU-M-438/B-CW

linear

554794

I (cd/klm) 90°

70 210

60°

350 490 0°–180°

WU-M-425/B

30°

90°–270°

WU-M-438/B

8x )

120 110 60

14

Ø4 .2(

180°

10.5

30

90°

30

240 60

60

60

.2(

10

x)

14

ø4

90°

180°

5

10

270° 6

60 50

30 30

120 110 60

5

270° 0° 30

6.9

30

76

6

3.5

3.5

7.5 117

5

8

30

tc/tp


Constant-current System – Street and Outdoor Lighting

LED LightEngine Area – IP66

1

Technical notes Dimensions (incl. optics) L x Wx H 32 LEDs: 240 x120 x 54.6 mm Encapsulated for outdoor applications with degree of protection: IP66/IK05 Pre-assembled leads: 2 leads: + (red); – (blue) for luminaires of protection class II, length: 500 mm Optics for illumination of public places Optimum illumination – installation ratio: 5.5:1 (distance between luminaire poles to the height of the luminaire pole).

2 I (cd/klm) 70 210

90° 60°

350 490 0°–180°

Type

Ref. No.

WU-M-496-WW-R70

558175

WU-M-496-NW-R70

558174

WU-M-496-CW-RNN

558173

3

90°–270°

30°

4 5 6

WU-M-496 Area

28

44

12.7 5.2

54.6

7 8

44

120 28

267 256 240

9

8

30

6

18.6

tc/tp

10 11 12 77


Constant-current System – Street and Outdoor Lighting

LED Linear Allround Street & Outdoor These LED modules are suitable for standardcompliant street lighting, paths and squares in accordance with EN 13201. These Linear Allround modules were designed for built-in into luminaire casings. They enable an easy modular luminaire design with flexibility in system design. Technical notes LED built-in module for integration into luminaires 4, 16, 32 or 64 high-efficient High Power LEDs Allowed operating temperature at tc point at IF = 700 mA: –20 to 85 °C Use of external LED constant current driver Design for optimum thermal management efficiency up to 136 lm/W Lumen maintenancen L70/B10: 52,000 hrs. (IF 1050 mA) at tp 60 °C ESD protection class 2 Surge protection: 4 kV

Typical Applications • Integration in luminaires • Streetlighting for ME- and S-Classes • (acc. to EN 13201) • Illumination of public places

Optische Betriebsdaten bei tp = 60 °C Type

Colour

Correlated

Luminous flux (lm) and typ. voltage (Utyp.)

colour

and power consumption (Pel)**

temperatur*

400 mA

K

min.

700 mA typ.

Pel = 4.5 W 4 LEDs

min.

1050 mA typ.

Pel = 8.4 W

Utyp. = 11.3 V

CRI***

min.

1400 mA typ.

Pel = 13.7 W

Ra

Utyp. = 13 V

Utyp. = 13.8 V

WW

warm white 3000 –130/+220

500

565

825

920

1125

1240

1425

1575

³ 70

WU-M-479/4-...

NW

neutral white 4000 –290/+260

500

565

825

920

1125

1240

1425

1575

³ 70

WU-M-479/4-...

CW

cool white

550

615

890

975

1225

1350

1550

1700

³ 65

Pel = 9 W 8 LEDs

Pel = 16.8 W

Pel = 27.3 W

Pel = 38.6 W

Utyp. = 22.6 V

Utyp. = 24 V

Utyp. = 26 V

Utyp. = 27.6 V

WU-M-479/8-...

WW

warm white 3000 –130/+220

1000

1130

1650

1840

2250

2480

2850

3150

³ 70

WU-M-479/8-...

NW

neutral white 4000 –290/+260

1000

1130

1650

1840

2250

2480

2850

3150

³ 70

WU-M-479/8-...

CW

cool white

1100

1230

1780

1950

2450

2700

3100

3400

³ 65

5000 –255/+310

Pel = 18.1 W 16 LEDs

Pel = 33.6 W

Pel = 54.6 W

Pel = 77.3 W

Utyp. = 45.2 V

Utyp. = 48 V

Utyp. = 52 V

Utyp. = 55.2 V

WU-M-479/16-...

WW

warm white 3000 –130/+220

2000

2250

3300

3600

4500

4950

5700

6300

³ 70

WU-M-479/16-...

NW

neutral white 4000 –290/+260

2000

2250

3300

3600

4500

4950

5700

6300

³ 70

WU-M-479/16-...

CW

cool white

2200

2450

3550

3900

4900

5400

6200

6800

³ 65

5000 –255/+310

* The values mentioned above represent only statistical variables on account of the complex manufacturing process of light emitting diodes The values do not necessarily correspond exactly to the actual parameters of every single product which can vary from the typical specification. ** Production tolerance of voltage and power consumption: ± 10% | Measuring tolerance of luminous flux: ± 7% *** CRI > 80 on request

78

typ.

Pel = 19.3 W

WU-M-479/4-...

5000 –255/+310

Utyp. = 12 V

min.


Constant-current System – Street and Outdoor Lighting

M-Class Linear – Allround

1

Technical notes Dimensions (incl. optics) L x Wx H 4 LEDs: 50 x 62.3 x10 mm 8 LEDs: 50 x113.2 x10 mm 16 LEDs: 50 x 215 x10 mm Degree of protection: IP20/IK05* Push-in terminals (WAGO series 2060) Optics for illumination of streets with M-Class (acc. to EN 13201) Optimum illumination – installation ratio: 4.5:1 (distance between luminaire poles to the height of the luminaire pole).

2 I (cd/klm) 90°

130 260

60°

390 520 0°–180°

Ref. No.

Type

90°–270°

30°

crosswise

of LEDs

WU-M-479/4-WW

on request on request

4

WU-M-479/4-NW

on request on request

4

WU-M-479/4-CW

on request on request

4

WU-M-479/8-WW

on request 556252

8

WU-M-479/8-NW

556962

8

WU-M-479/8-CW

on request 554192

554191

5 6

8

WU-M-479/16-WW 556567

556251

16

WU-M-479/16-NW 556526

554188

16

WU-M-479/16-CW on request 554189

16

* Degree of protection IK08 also possible by use of silicone optics; Ref. No. on request

90°

3.2 47.5

180°

Road/Straße/Route

1.6 0°

50.9

Ø4.2

7.6x4.2 50.90

215 50.9

49.20

9

50.9

10 3.2(8x)

50

90°

49.20 62.75

Road/Straße/Route

90°

180°

49.20

1.6

4.2

Ø4.2 tc/tp

tc/tp

49.20 113.65

7.6x4.2 50.90

7.6x4.2 50.90

Road/Straße/Route

8

90°

WU-M-479/16 – lengthwise 10

7.6x4.2

7.6x4.2 50.90

1.6

50

4.2 49.20 113.65

50

47.5

tc/tp

113.2 50.9

3.2(4x)

Ø4.2

50

Ø4.2

10 3.2(8x)

180°

4.2

4.2

270°

1.6

50.9

tc/tp

WU-M-479/8 – lengthwise

270°

10 3.2

215 50.9

49.20

47.5

62.3 37.3

Ø4.2

Ø4.2

90°

49.20 62.75

WU-M-479/4 – lengthwise

50.9

Road/Straße/Route

180°

270°

270°

50

tc/tp

1.6

47.5

47.5

10 7.6x4.2

Ø4.2

90°

3.2

3.2(4x)

50

270°

WU-M-479/16 – crosswise

47.5

180°

1.6

113.2 50.9

47.5

4.2

47.5

tc/tp

Road/Straße/Route

Ø4.2

WU-M-479/8 – crosswise

4.2

10 3.2

7 Road/Straße/Route

WU-M-479/4 – crosswise 270°

4

Number

lengthwise

62.3 37.3

3

10

180°

49.20

11 12 79


Constant-current System – Street and Outdoor Lighting

S-Class Linear – Allround Technical notes Dimensions (incl. optics) L x Wx H 4 LEDs: 50 x 62.3 x12.4 mm 8 LEDs: 50 x113.2 x12.4 mm 16 LEDs: 50 x 215 x12.4 mm Degree of protection: IP20/IK05 Push-in terminals (WAGO series 2060) Optics for illumination of streets with S-Class (acc. to EN 13201) Optimum illumination – installation ratio: 7:1 (lengthwise) or 7.5:1 (crosswise) (distance between luminaire poles to the height of the luminaire pole)

Ref. No.

800 0°–180°

4 4

WU-M-479/4-CW

on request

on request

4

WU-M-479/8-WW

on request

556490

8

WU-M-479/8-NW

556963

556491

8

WU-M-479/8-CW

on request

556492

8

WU-M-479/16-WW on request

556255

16

WU-M-479/16-NW 556961

556256

16

WU-M-479/16-CW on request

556257

16

180°

3.2(4x)

47.5

180°

Road/Straße/Route

7.6x4.2 50.90

49.20

50.9

Ø4.2

215 50.9

50.9

tc/tp 90°

50

90°

49.20 62.75

180°

49.20

Road/Straße/Route

12.4 1.6

3.2(8x)

Ø4.2

50

50 3.2

tc/tp

7.6x4.2 50.90

90°

WU-M-479/16 – lengthwise 12.4 1.6

47.5

47.5

90°

49.20 113.65

7.6x4.2

Ø4.2

tc/tp

tc/tp

50

4.2

Ø4.2

12.4 1.6

3.2(8x)

180°

4.2

3.2

270°

113.2 50.9

50.9

WU-M-479/8 – lengthwise

12.4 1.6

215 50.9

Ø4.2

49.20

270°

62.3 37.3

Ø4.2

270°

WU-M-479/4 – lengthwise

50.9

90°

49.20 62.75

47.5

270°

47.5

4.2

tc/tp

90°

3.2

12.4 1.6

7.6x4.2

WU-M-479/16 – crosswise

47.5

180°

113.2 50.9

3.2(4x)

Ø4.2

50

tc/tp

270°

47.5

4.2

47.5

WU-M-479/8 – crosswise

12.4 1.6 Road/Straße/Route

Ø4.2

30°

50

on request on request

4.2

on request on request

Road/Straße/Route

WU-M-479/4-WW

3.2

90°–270°

of LEDs

WU-M-479/4-NW

62.3 37.3

60°

600

4.2

crosswise

WU-M-479/4 – crosswise

80

400

Number

lengthwise

270°

90°

200

Road/Straße/Route

Type

I (cd/klm)

49.20 113.65

7.6x4.2 50.90

7.6x4.2 50.90

Road/Straße/Route

180°

49.20


Constant-current System – Street and Outdoor Lighting

Area Linear – Allround

1

Technical notes Dimensions (incl. optics) L x Wx H 4 LEDs: 50 x 62,3 x 6.2 mm 8 LEDs: 50 x113,2 x 6.2 mm 16 LEDs: 50 x 215 x 6.2 mm Degree of protection: IP20/IK05 Push-in terminals (WAGO series 2060) Optics for illumination of public places Optimum illumination – installation ratio: 5.5:1 (distance between luminaire poles to the height of the luminaire pole).

2 I (cd/klm) 90°

70 210

60°

350 490 0°–180°

Ref. No.

Type

3

30°

90°–270°

4

Number of LEDs

WU-M-479/4-WW

on request

4

WU-M-479/4-NW

on request

4

WU-M-479/4-CW

on request

4

WU-M-479/8-WW

556261

8

WU-M-479/8-NW

556262

8

WU-M-479/8-CW

556263

8

WU-M-479/16-WW 556258

16

WU-M-479/16-NW

556259

16

WU-M-479/16-CW

556260

16

5 6 7 3.2(4x)

113.2 50.9

180°

3.2

90°

47.5

tc/tp

270°

50.9

Ø4.2

215 50.9

50.9

tc/tp

90°

49.20

8

180°

180°

49.20 62.75

6.2 1.6

3.2(8x)

Ø4.2

50

47.5

47.5

50

Ø4.2

tc/tp

6.2 1.6

7.6x4.2

50

4.2

Ø4.2

270°

4.2

6.2 1.6

3.2

270°

WU-M-479/16

47.5

62.3 37.3

WU-M-479/8

4.2

WU-M-479/4

49.20 113.65

7.6x4.2 50.90

7.6x4.2 50.90

90°

49.20

9 10 11 12 81


Constant-current System – Street and Outdoor Lighting

Streetlight FlatEmitter SMD 3000–11,000 lm Built-in lighting modules These LED modules are suitable for use both in street lighting as well as high-bay and industrial lighting. Technical notes Dimensions (L x Wx H) with 12 LEDs: 73.5 x 34 x 6 mm with 18 LEDs: 86 x 36.5 x 6 mm with 27 or 42 LEDs: 108 x 44 x 6 mm LEDs on the module are serial connected Push-in terminals (WAGO series 2060) LED module is operated at high voltage (up to 150 V). Safety must be considered acc. EN 60598 Allowed operating temperature at tc point: –20 to 95 °C Use of external LED constant current driver Efficiency up to 142 lm/W Lumen maintenance L70/B10: > 60,000 hrs. (IF 700 mA) at tp 65 °C Colour rendering index Ra: > 65 Surge protection: 3 kV NTC resistor for external driver feedback of module temperature WU-M-452-xx/B: optional WU-M-433-xx/B: Typ NCP18 xH103J03RB

I (cd/klm)

I (cd/klm) 90°

90°

85

85 60°

170 225

225

340

340

30°

WU-M-452-xx/B

WU-M-452-12/B

(4x)

30

25.75

6

Ø3.4

Ø

+

44

NTC

tc/tp

36 3. (4 x)

WU-M-452-18/B 86

(4x)

30

25.75

Ø3.4

+

44

NTC

tc/tp

36

37 29

tc/tp

1.5 3.7

Ø 3.4

Correlated colour Typ. luminous flux and efficiency, typ. voltage (Utyp.) and power consumption (Pel)** Typ. temperature*

400 mA

pcs.

K

lm

LED modules with 12 LEDs

700 mA lm/W

Pel = 13.8 W, Utyp. = 34.4 V warm white

1.5

WU-M-433-42/B 6

21

of LEDs

WU-M-452-12/B-WW 556221 12

1.5

108

108

Ref. No. Number Colour

6

1.50 3.65

40

26.50

6

34.00 26.00

tc/tp

31.5

Type

30°

WU-M-433-xx/B

WU-M-433-27/B

73.50 30.00

60°

170

3000 –130/+220

lm

CRI lm/W

1845

134

2990

118

> 70

WU-M-452-12/B-NW

554068 12

neutral white 4000 –300/+260

1845

134

2990

118

> 70

WU-M-452-12/B-CW

554821 12

cool white

2010

146

3260

128

> 65

5000 –255/+310

LED modules with 18 LEDs WU-M-452-18/B-WW 556222 18

Pel = 20.5 W, Utyp. = 51.3 V warm white

Pel = 37.8 W, Utyp. = 54 V

3000 –130/+220

2770

135

4485

119

> 70

WU-M-452-18/B-NW

554067 18

neutral white 4000 –300/+260

2770

135

4485

119

> 70

WU-M-452-18/B-CW

554823 18

cool white

3015

147

4890

129

> 65

5000 –255/+310

LED modules with 27 LEDs WU-M-433-27/B-WW 556223 27

Pel = 30.9 W, Utyp. = 77.2 V warm white

Pel = 56.5 W, Utyp. = 80.7 V

3000 –130/+220

4025

130

6530

116

> 70

WU-M-433-27/B-NW

554066 27

neutral white 4000 –300/+260

4025

130

6530

116

> 70

WU-M-433-27/B-CW

554817 27

cool white

4385

142

7110

126

> 65

5000 –255/+310

LED modules with 42 LEDs WU-M-433-42/B-WW 556224 42

warm white

Pel = 48 W, Utyp. = 120 V

Pel = 87.7 W, Utyp. = 125.3 V

3000 –130/+220

6265

130

10150

116

> 70

WU-M-433-42/B-NW

554065 42

neutral white 4000 –300/+260

6265

130

10150

116

> 70

WU-M-433-42/B-CW

554819 42

cool white

6820

142

11060

126

> 65

5000 –255/+310

Emission data at tp = 65 °C | * Measuring tolerance of luminous flux: ± 7% | **Production tolerance of voltage and power consumption: +15/–19% at 400 mA and +12/–10% at 700 mA | Suitable thermal tapes for these LED modules see page 91.

82

Ra

Pel = 25.3 W, Utyp. = 36.2 V


Constant-current System

PowerEmitter XP and XML

1

Built-in PCB lighting modules Thanks to the use of highly efficient LEDs, PowerEmitter modules guarantee an extremely high lumen output of up to 731 lm at max. 1050 mA. The modules can be safely operated with various constant-current converters (350 mA, 500 mA, 700 mA, 1050 mA). Sufficient cooling must be ensured. Cables have to be soldered onto the solder pads of PowerEmitter modules, which are available in white, neutral white and warm white, to enable terminal connections to be made. The colours of red, green and blue can be made available on request. To enable the creation of unique light solutions, VS also provides PowerOptics attachments with a variety of beam angle characteristics (see pages 87–89).

2 I (cd/klm)

Typical applications • Integration in luminaires • Architectural lighting • Marking paths, stairs, etc. • Furniture lighting • Light advertising • Entertainment, retail lighting

I (cd/klm) 90°

90°

85

85 60°

170

170

255

255

340

340

30°

XP-C

30°

XP-E

90°

90° 85

75 60°

150

60°

170 255

300

340

30°

XP-G

5

30°

XML

6

PowerEmitter XML

PowerEmitter XP

4

I (cd/klm)

I (cd/klm)

225

Ø3.2

24 30

8,6 24 30

Technical notes PCB diameter: 30 mm Allowed operating temperature at tc point: –20 to 60 °C for luminaires PowerEmitter XP –20 to 65 °C for luminaires PowerEmitter XML Use of external LED constant current driver FR4-PCB with thermal ducts (PowerEmitter XP) or aluminium PCB (PowerEmitter XML) for optimum thermal management Efficiency up to 132 lm/W Colour rendering index: white Ra = 75, warm white Ra = 80 ESD protection class 2 Minimum order quantity: 144 pcs.

3

60°

7

tc

tc

.2 Ø2 4.5

2

PowerEmitter XP Type

3

3.5

.2 Ø3

Ref. No.

Colour

Correlated colour

Luminous flux* (lm), voltage (U) and power consumption (Pel)

temperature*

350 mA

K

min.

500 mA typ.

min.

700 mA typ.

min.

Beam 1050 mA

typ.

min.

angle typ.

°

Pel = 1.19–1.37 W Pel = 1.75–2 W PowerEmitter XP-C

U = 3.4–3.9 V 546676

warm white

2870...3200

67.2

80.6

87.4

104.8

not allowed

not allowed

WU-M-421-XPC-NW

546671

neutral white 3700...4260

73.9

87.4

96.1

113.6

not allowed

not allowed

110

WU-M-421-XPC-CW

546673

cool white

100.0

114.0

130.0

148.2

not allowed

not allowed

110

Pel = 1.12–1.37 W Pel = 1.65–2 W PowerEmitter XP-E

U = 3.2–3.9 V

110

Pel = 2.38–2.87 W

U = 3.3–4 V

U = 3.4–4.1 V

WU-M-421-XPE-WW

546684

warm white

2870...3200

80.6

93.9

104.8

122.1

137.0

159.6

not allowed

115

WU-M-421-XPE-NW

546685

neutral white 3700...4260

93.9

107.0

122.1

139.1

159.6

181.9

not allowed

115

WU-M-421-XPE-CW

546680

cool white

107.0

122.0

139.1

158.6

181.9

207.4

not allowed

115

5650...6950

Pel = 1.05–1.31 W Pel = 1.55–1.93 W Pel = 2.24–2.77 W Pel = 3.47–4.25 W U = 3–3.75 V U = 3.1–3.85 V U = 3.2–3.95 V U = 3.3–4.05 V

PowerEmitter XP-G WU-M-421-XPG-WW

546688

warm white

2870...3200

100.0

114.0

140.0

159.6

180.0

205.2

250.0

250.0

125

WU-M-421-XPG-NW

546687

neutral white 3700...4260

107.0

122.0

149.8

170.8

192.6

219.6

267.5

267.5

125

WU-M-421-XPG-CW

546686

cool white

122.0

139.0

170.8

194.6

219.6

250.2

305.0

347.5

125

5300...7050

Emission data at tj = 25 °C | * Production tolerance of luminous flux: ± 7% Suitable thermal tapes for these LED modules see page 90.

9

U = 3.5–4 V

WU-M-421-XPC-WW

5650...6950

8

10 11 12 83


Constant-current System

PowerEmitter XML Type

Ref. No.

Colour

Correlated colour

Luminous flux* (lm), voltage (U) and power consumption (Pel)

Beam

temperature*

350 mA

angle

K

min.

500 mA typ.

Pel = 4–4.4 W

min.

700 mA typ.

min.

typ.

min.

typ.

°

U = 11.5–12.5 V U = 12–13 V

Pel = 8.7–9.45 W Pel = 12.7–14 W U = 12.4–13.5 V U = 12.7–14 V

WU-M-424-27K

548032

warm white

2650...2790

260

300

325

375

442

510

560

645

115

WU-M-424-30K

548031

warm white

2950...3125

280

320

350

400

476

544

602

688

115

WU-M-424-40K

548030

neutral white

3835...4110

300

340

375

425

510

578

645

731

115

PowerEmitter XML

Pel = 6–6.5 W

1050 mA

Emission data at tj = 85 °C | * Production tolerance of luminous flux: ± 7% Suitable thermal tapes for these LED modules see page 90.

TriplePowerEmitter XP Built-in PCB lighting modules Thanks to the use of highly efficient LEDs, TriplePowerEmitter modules guarantee an extremely high lumen output of up to 622 lm at max. 700 mA. The modules can be safely operated with various constant-current drivers (350 mA, 500 mA or 700 mA). Sufficient cooling must be ensured. The TriplePowerEmitter modules are available in white, neutral white and warm white. The modules are available without an optical attachment or with a fixed 10°, 20°, 30° or 40° optical attachment to enable the creation of different lighting scenes.

I (cd/klm)

Typical applications • Integration in luminaires • Architectural lighting • Marking paths, stairs, etc. • Furniture lighting • Light advertising • Entertainment, retail lighting

90° 85 170 255 340

I (cd/klm) 90°

90°

6000 12000

1500 60°

3000

18000 24000

6000

30°

20°

I (cd/klm)

I (cd/klm) 90°

90°

700 1400

500 60°

1000

2100

30°

60°

4500 30°

10°

2800

84

30°

Without optics I (cd/klm)

Technical notes PCB diameter: 45 mm Allowed operating temperature at tc point: –20 to 65 °C Use of external LED constant current driver Aluminium PCB for optimum thermal management Efficiency up to 109 lm/W Colour rendering index: white Ra = 75, warm white Ra = 80 ESD protection class 2 Minimum order quantity: 120 pcs.

60°

60°

1500 2000

30°

40°

30°


Constant-current System

TriplePowerEmitter XP Module without optics

Module with optics

9

9

2 38 50

Ø3 .2

38 45

Ø3 .2

1

Ø

3

13.3

Ø2 5

25

25

Ø

9

3.5 1.5

Ø45

Ø45

Type

4

3.5

9

5 Ref. No.

Colour

Correlated colour

Luminous flux* (lm), voltage (U) and power consumption (Pel)

Beam angle

temperature

350 mA

500 mA

Pel = 3.36–4.1 W

Pel = 4.95–6 W

Pel = 7.14–8.61 W

U = 9.6–11.7 V

U = 9.9–12 V

U = 10.2–12.3 V

K

min.

typ.

min.

typ.

min.

typ.

°

700 mA

6

Without optics WU-M-422-XPE-WW

546733

warm white

2870...3200

242

282

314

366

411

479

115

WU-M-422-XPE-NW

546727

neutral white

3700...4260

282

321

366

417

479

546

115

WU-M-422-XPE-CW

546729

cool white

5650...6950

321

366

417

476

546

622

115

TriplePowerEmitter XP 10° WU-M-422-XPE-WW-10°

546741

warm white

2870...3200

218

254

283

330

370

431

10

WU-M-422-XPE-NW-10°

546736

neutral white

3700...4260

254

289

330

376

431

491

10

WU-M-422-XPE-CW-10°

546735

cool white

5650...6950

289

329

376

428

491

560

10

TriplePowerEmitter XP 20° WU-M-422-XPE-WW-20°

546749

warm white

2870...3200

218

254

283

330

370

431

20

WU-M-422-XPE-NW-20°

546750

neutral white

3700...4260

254

289

330

376

431

491

20

WU-M-422-XPE-CW-20°

546748

cool white

5650...6950

289

329

376

428

491

560

20 30

7 8

TriplePowerEmitter XP 30° WU-M-422-XPE-WW-30°

548090

warm white

2870...3200

218

254

283

330

370

431

WU-M-422-XPE-NW-30°

548089

neutral white

3700...4260

254

289

330

376

431

491

30

WU-M-422-XPE-CW-30°

548088

cool white

5650...6950

289

329

376

428

491

560

30 40

9

TriplePowerEmitter XP 40° WU-M-422-XPE-WW-40°

546757

warm white

2870...3200

218

254

283

330

370

431

WU-M-422-XPE-NW-40°

546756

neutral white

3700...4260

254

289

330

376

431

491

40

WU-M-422-XPE-CW-40°

546755

cool white

5650...6950

289

329

376

428

491

560

40

Emission data at tj = 25 °C | * Production tolerance of luminous flux: ± 7% | Suitable thermal tapes for these LED modules see page 90.

10 11 12 85


Constant-current System

PowerOptics3 for XP/XT Modules A

PowerOptics3 were specially developed to supplement VS PowerEmitter making it possible for users to put unique lighting solutions into practice. Use of high-grade optical PMMA enables high efficiency factors of up to 90%. To guarantee easy mounting on PowerEmitter module, the PowerOptics3 are backed with selfadhesive tape. However, depending on the type of application and ambient conditions, the PowerOptics3 module may require additional fixing to ensure secure mounting.

B

For fixation of PowerOptics3 on Star LED modules use self-tapping screws acc. to ISO 1481/7049-ST2.9-C/F.

PowerOptics3 – Ø 26 mm

C

PowerOptics3 – Ø 35 mm D

Light distribution curves PowerOptics3 I (cd/klm)

I (cd/klm)

90°

90°

4800

1000 60°

60° 9600

2500

14400

5000

30°

30°

26° I (cd/klm)

I (cd/klm) 90°

90° 100

1000 60°

60° 700

6500 13000

1400

30°

16°

30°

45°

Type

Beam angle*

Ref. No.

Drawing

°

Dimensions* (mm)

Ref. No.

Drawing

diameter/module height

Optics Ø 26 mm – For VS PowerEmitter XP

Dimensions* (mm) diameter/module height

Optics Ø 35 mm – For VS PowerEmitter XP

PowerOptics3

8

547716

A

26/14.6

548868

B

PowerOptics3

16

547717

A

26/14.6

548869

B

35/14.6

PowerOptics3

26

547718

A

26/14.6

548870

B

35/14.6

PowerOptics3

45

547719

A

26/14.6

548871

B

35/14.6

Optics Ø 26 mm – For Star XP / XT

35/14.6

Optics Ø 35 mm – For Star XP / XT

PowerOptics3

8

550967

C

26/14.6

550971

D

PowerOptics3

16

550968

C

26/14.6

550972

D

35/14.6

PowerOptics3

26

550969

C

26/14.6

550973

D

35/14.6

PowerOptics3

45

550970

C

26/14.6

550974

D

35/14.6

*

86

PowerOptics3 – Star

35/14.6

The values mentioned above represent only statistical variables on account of the complex manufacturing process of light emitting diodes The values do not necessarily correspond exactly to the actual parameters of every single product which can vary from the typical specification.


Constant-current System

PowerOptics for XP Modules

1

Various attachable optics are available for XP modules to enable different beam characteristics and illumination levels.

2

PowerOptics are made of PMMA, a material of high optical efficiency, and therefore achieve efficiencies of up to 92%. PowerOptics XP The optics are available in various beam angles and are easily attached to the modules using self-adhesive tape. Depending on the type of application or the expected ambient conditions, it may be necessary to supplement this method of fastening to ensure the optics are securely mounted.

3 4 5 6

Light distribution curves I (cd/klm)

I (cd/klm)

I (cd/klm)

90°

90°

1500 7000

60°

18000

60°

4800

1200

7200

XP11°

60°

900

2400

30°

XP13°

60°

1350 1800

30°

XP30°

XP40°

I (cd/klm) 90°

275

450

1800

9600

30°

I (cd/klm) 90°

600

2400

12500

I (cd/klm) 90°

550

60°

825 30°

1100

90°

7

125 250

60°

325 30°

Strada A XP

500

90° C0–C180

30°

C90–C270

180°

0° 270°

Strada B XP

8 9 Type

Ref. No.

Beam angle*

Dimensions* (mm)

°

diameter x height / width x depth x height

Optics for LED modules of XP series PowerOptics XP 11°

543422

11

16.1 x 10.1

PowerOptics XP 13° diff

543423

12

16.1 x 10.1

PowerOptics XP 30°

543424

30

16.1 x 10.1

PowerOptics XP 40°

543425

40

16.1 x 10.1

PowerOpticsStrada A XP

544036

100 x 20

19.6 x 15.4 x 10.5

PowerOpticsStrada B XP

544038

116 x 44

20.0 x 15.5 x 5.3

*

10 11

The values mentioned above represent only statistical variables on account of the complex manufacturing process of light emitting diodes The values do not necessarily correspond exactly to the actual parameters of every single product which can vary from the typical specification.

12 87


Constant-current System

PowerOptics for XP Modules 11,2 30°

30°

1,2

2,45

2

For TriplePowerEmitter and Spot modules Various attachable optics are available for TriplePowerEmitter and the Spot modules of the XP series to enable different beam characteristics and illumination levels.

Ø24,9 Ø34 Ø50

PowerOptics are made of PMMA, a material of high optical efficiency, and therefore achieve efficiencies of up to 92% Fixing PowerOptics 3 XP: with glue PowerOptics 4 XP: by self tapping screw 2.9 mm x H (H = 6.8 mm + A + B)

PowerOptics 3XP

11,4

Ø50 16,6

Fixing

16,6

6,8

A B

2,45

35

PowerOptics 4XP

Light distribution curves PowerOptics 3XP I (cd/klm)

I (cd/klm) 90°

6000 12000

I (cd/klm)

I (cd/klm)

90°

90°

1500 60°

3000

60°

1400

18000

4500

2100

24000

6000

2800

30°

3XP 10°

90° 500

700

30°

3XP 20°

60°

1000

60°

1500 2000

30°

3XP 30°

30°

3XP 40°

Light distribution curves PowerOptics 4XP I (cd/klm)

I (cd/klm) 90°

4100 8200

I (cd/klm)

I (cd/klm)

90°

90°

1500 60°

3000

1400

12800

4500

2100

16400

6000

2800

30°

4XP 10°

30°

4XP 20°

Type

90°

700 60°

500 60°

60°

1500 2000

30°

4XP 30°

Ref. No.

1000

30°

4XP 40°

Beam angle*

Dimensions* (mm)

°

diameter x height

Optics for TriplePowerEmitter XP modules PowerOptics 3XP 10°

547591

10

50 x 11.6

PowerOptics 3XP 20°

547589

20

50 x 11.6

PowerOptics 3XP 30°

547587

30

50 x 11.6

PowerOptics 3XP 40°

547510

40

50 x 11.6

Optics for Spot XP modules PowerOptics 4XP 10°

547592

10

50 x 11.4

PowerOptics 4XP 20°

547590

20

50 x 11.4

PowerOptics 4XP 30°

547588

30

50 x 11.4

PowerOptics 4XP 40°

547511

40

50 x 11.4

*

88

The values mentioned above represent only statistical variables on account of the complex manufacturing process of light emitting diodes The values do not necessarily correspond exactly to the actual parameters of every single product which can vary from the typical specification.


Constant-current System

Reflectors for PowerEmitter XP modules Reflectors generate a high efficiency, round spot with homogeneous light distribution Material: PC, with reflective aluminium coating The reflectors are available in two various beam angles and are easily attached to the modules using self-adhesive tape. Depending on the type of application or the expected ambient conditions, it may be necessary to supplement this method of fastening to ensure the reflectors are securely mounted. Ref. No.: 548781 20° Ref. No.: 546370 45°

1 3,65 2,8

8,6

8,6

3,7

3,7

2 3 4

Heat Sinks for LED Modules XP and XML Under no circumstances may LEDSpots ever be covered by insulation material or similar. Air ventilation must be ensured. A Ø6,45 Ø3,2

24 Ø32,4

15,8 13,8

16,5

6

19

20

4,4

Heat sinks for PowerEmitter XP and XML modules For LED modules with one XP LED up to 700 mA For LED modules with one XML LED up to 350 mA Material: thermoconductive resin Dimensions: (Ø x depth): 32.4 x 20 mm / 48 x12.8 mm Fixing: with screws Weight: 16.4 g Unit: 250 pcs. Ref. No.: 548739 Drawing/photo A Ref. No.: 544804 Drawing/photo B

5

7

B

8

12,8 28

1,5

8 24

10

9

Ø3,2 Ø48

10 42,0

,4 Ø1

4

5

Heat sink for TriplePowerEmitter XP For LED modules up to 700 mA Material: thermoconductive resin Dimensions (Ø x depth): 46 x 37.5 mm Fixing: with screws Weight: 51 g Unit: 225 pcs. Ref. No.: 544805

2,5

3 42 Ø46

11

37,5

12 89


Thermal Tapes for LED Modules

Thermally Conductive Adhesive Transfer Tapes for LED Modules 3MTM type 8810 and Bergquist Bond-Ply® 100 Thermally Conductive Adhesive Transfer Tapes are designed to provide a preferential heat-transfer path between heat-generating components and heat-sinks or other cooling devices.

The specialized chemistry renders them modestly soft and able to wet to many surfaces, allowing them to conform well to non-flat substrates, provide high adhesion, and act as a good thermal interface.

These tapes are tacky pressure sensitive adhesives loaded with thermally conductive ceramic fillers that do not require a heat cure cycle to form an excellent bond to many substrates. Only pressure is needed to form an excellent bond and thermal interface.

The specialized acrylic chemistry of the tapes provides for excellent thermal stability of the base polymer. The thermally conductive tapes are provided on a silicone treated polyester release liner for ease of handling and die cutting. The tapes offer excellent adhesive performance with good wetting and flow onto many substrate surfaces.

For detailed information and application guidelines see 3M or Bergquist datasheet for thermally conductive adhesive transfer taper (8805; 8810; 8815; 8820; www.3m.com or Bergquist Bond-Ply® 100; www.bergquistcompany.com).

Depending on the type of application and/or the expected ambient conditions, the modules must be additionally secured to ensure optimum fixing.

Type

Ref. No.

Size

Tape thickness

Liner thickness

Thermal conductive Rth

mm

mm

μm

K/W

For VS LED modules

Catalogue page

For round LED modules Adhesive pad Ø28

536248

Ø 28

0.25

37.5–30

1.0

PowerEmitter

83–84

Adhesive pad Ø43

536977

Ø 43

0.20

76

0.5

TriplePowerEmitter Ø45mm, Ø50mm

84–85

Adhesive pad Ø63

539625

Ø 63

0.25

37.5–50

0.5

High Power 24V RGB Triple

194–195

Adhesive pad Ø107

539624

Ø 107

0.25

37.5–50

0.1

High Power 24V RGB Flood

194–195

49x49

0.25

37.5–50

0.3

TriplePowerEmitter Ø50mm

84–85

For square LED modules Adhesive pad 49x49

529157

For linear LED modules Adhesive pad 278x13 548179

278x13

0.25

35.5–50

0.3

LUGA Line

10–12

Adhesive pad 320x35 533815

320x35

0.20

76

0.1

LEDLine High Power

Adhesive pad 297x23 539626

297x23

0.25

37.5–50

0.1

High Power 24V RGB Line

194–195

This technical information for 3M™ Thermally Conductive Adhesive Transfer Tape 8810 or Bergquist Bond-Ply® 100 should be considered representative or typical only and should not be used for specification purposes.

90


Thermal Tapes for LED Modules

Thermal Tapes for LED Modules

1 2

Type

Ref. No.

Size

Thermal conductive Rth For VS LED modules

mm

K/W

Catalogue page

548252

54x54

£ 0.04

WU-M-425

51, 55, 68, 72, 76

552463

67.25x61

£ 0.04

WU-M-467

61

Thermal conductive graphite tape, adhesive on one side

552788

73x33.5

£ 0.04

WU-M-452-12

60, 82

Thermal conductive graphite tape, adhesive on one side

552787

85.5x36.5

£ 0.04

WU-M-452-18

60, 82

Thermal conductive graphite tape, adhesive on one side

550224

107.5x43.5

£ 0.04

WU-M-433

60, 82

3

For LED modules WU-M-425 (ME/S, SYM I, SYM II) Thermal conductive tape, adhesive on one side For LED modules LUGA Industrial 10,000 lm Thermal conductive graphite tape For LED modules Streetlight FlatEmitter SMD

4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 91


LED Modules for Direct Connection to Mains Voltage 220–240 V

LED MODULES FOR MAINS VOLTAGE RETROFIT UNIT FOR CONVENTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES

ADVANTAGES OF RECTANGULAR LED MODULES WITH HEAT SINK ¢ JUST ONE SINGLE UNIT: LED MODULE, DRIVER AND HEAT SINK ¢ VERY COMPACT SHAPE: IDENTICAL MOUNTING HOLE LAYOUT AND LAMP FOCUS LIKE FOR CONVENTIONAL BALLAST WITH MOUNTED LAMPHOLDER ¢ HIGH EFFICENT: POWER FACTOR > 0.9 ¢ FOR LUMINAIRES OF PROTECTION CLASS II

LED MODULES FOR OPERATION AT MAINS VOLTAGE 220–240 V Luminaires of slim and flat design often provide little or no room for additional control gear. Examples of devices that pose a major design challenge are, in particular, small wall, corridor, hall and ceiling luminaires as well as special applications such as lighting of restaurant menus. Up to now, incandescent or energy-saving lamps with an Edison base or compact fluorescent lamps with an integrated ballast were often used for such lighting projects. But in line with the ErP Directive, 2-pin-based compact fluorescent lamps are also set to be taken off the EU market with effect from 2017.

¢ LATERAL OR BASE FIXING OPTIONS ¢ CONNECTION WITH PUSH-IN TERMINALS WITH CORD GRIP

Luminaire Examples

LED Solutions – Made by Vossloh-Schwabe Vossloh-Schwabe's new 220–240 V LED modules now provide a perfect opportunity to switch to LED well ahead of time – and without requiring any time-consuming or expensive redesign work on already existing luminaires. Refitting existing installations with these LED modules is equally possible – and equally problem-free. The dimensions of the rectangular model (with an integrated heat sink) and the lamp focus are comparable to the specifications of a magnetic ballast with an integrated lampholder for compact fluorescent lamps. The circular module is particularly suitable for installation in simple luminaire systems that would more usually be fitted with angled Edison lampholders.

Perfect Retrofit Unit

92


LED Modules for Direct Connection to Mains Voltage 220–240 V

LEDSpot ReadyLine IP

1

Complete LEDSpot equipped with optics, heat sink, leads and metal frame Technical notes Mains voltage: 220–240 V, 50/60 Hz Power factor: > 0.95 Metal frame, round Heat sink material: thermoconductive resin For cut-out: Ø 56 mm Lens with clear glass Beam angle: 50° With leads: Cu tinned, stranded conductors 0.5 mm², double FEP/FEP-insulation MOV – metal-oxide varistor, enclosed Protection class II RFI suppressed Degree of protection: IP54/IP20 Unit: 45 pcs.

2 I (cd/klm) 90° 300

3

60° 450 900

30°

50°

IP20

4

IP54

5 6 7 8

Max.

Voltage AC

Number

Correlated colour

Luminous flux

output

Type

50/60 Hz

of LEDs

temperature

lm

W

V

pcs.

K

min.

typ.

220–240

12

2900...3200

350

370

Ref. No.

Colour

CRI

Light

Beam

Frame

Energy

intensity

angle

colour

efficiency

Ra

Candela

°

> 80

330

50

silver

A

Degree of protection: IP54 4.3

LCH024

554956

LCH024

554957

LCH024

554958

LCH024

554959

warm white

white 220–240

12

neutral white 3700...4200

380

400

> 80

350

50

silver

A

white

Degree of protection: IP20 4.3

LCH025

555016

LCH025

555017

LCH025

555019

LCH025

555020

9

220–240

12

warm white

2900...3200

350

370

> 80

330

50

silver

10

A

white 220–240

12

neutral white 3700...4200

380

400

> 80

350

50

silver white

A

11 12 93


LED Modules for Direct Connection to Mains Voltage 220–240 V

LEDSpot ReadyLine MR16 Complete LEDSpot equipped with optics, heat sink and leads Technical notes Mains voltage: 220–240 V, 50/60 Hz Power factor: > 0.95 Lens diameter: 50 mm Beam angle: 42° Heat sink material: aluminium Leads: Cu tinned, stranded conductors 0.5 mm², double FEP/FEP-insulation, length: 300 mm MOV – metal-oxide varistor, enclosed unassembled Protection class II RFI suppressed Unit: 30 pcs.

Max.

Type

Ref. No.

output W 8.7

94

LR8W

554960

LR8W

554961

Voltage AC

Number

50/60 Hz

of LEDs

V

pcs.

220–240

8

I (cd/klm) 90° 260 520

60°

780 1040

42°

Colour

Correlated colour

Luminous flux

temperature

lm

CRI

Light

Beam

Energy

intensity

angle

efficiency

K

min.

typ.

Ra

Candela

°

2900...3200

515

600

> 80

636

42

neutral white 3700...4200

580

670

warm white

680

A

30°


LED Modules for Direct Connection to Mains Voltage 220–240 V

ReadyLine S

1

Built-in LED modules with integrated driver for mains voltage Technical notes Mains voltage: 220–240 V, 50/60 Hz Power factor: > 0.97 Dimensions: with heat sink 155 x41x 32 mm without heat sink 132 x37.4 x9.2 mm Aluminium PCB for optimum thermal management Heat sink made of thermoconductive resin Protection cover: PC, UV-glued or rivetted (module with heat sink) Push-in terminals with push-button: 0.2–0.75 mm² (24–18AWG) Fixation for modules with heat sink: fixing holes for screws M4 or self-tapping screws 3.9 with cover: fixing holes for screws M3 or self-tapping screws 2.9 For luminaires of protection class II RFI suppressed Weight: 35/140 g (without/with heat sink) Unit: 80/40 pcs. (without/with heat sink)

2 I (cd/klm)

With heat sink

90° 100 200 300 400

30°

Type

output W 8.7

Without heat sink

6

13

7

Ref. No.

Ref. No. Voltage AC Number Colour

Correlated colour

with

without

50/60 Hz

temperature

heat sink

V

heat sink LUT33 559522

559526 220–240

LUT33 559523

559527

LUT33 550439

550441 220–240

LUT33 551983

551989

LUT33 551984

551990 220–240

LUT33 551985

551991

LUT33 559524

559030 220–240

LUT33 559525

559528

LUT33 550438

550440 220–240

LUT33 551986

551992

LUT33 551987

551993 220–240

LUT33 551988 Accessories

4 5

Typical applications • Integration in luminaires • Residential lighting • Architectural lighting • Retail lighting • Furniture lighting

Max.

3

60°

of LEDs pcs. 21 21 21 30

Cover

warm white

2600...2900 2900...3200

neutral white 3700...4200 warm white

2600...2900

CRI

Energy efficiency

lm

K warm white

Luminous flux min.

typ.

Ra

clear

590

650

> 80

diffuse

480

530

> 80

A A

clear

720

780

> 80

A

diffuse

610

660

> 80

A

clear

740

800

> 80

A

diffuse

630

680

> 80

A

clear

910

940

> 80

A

diffuse

780

800

> 80

A

clear

1100

1190

> 80

A

diffuse

935

1010

> 80

A

clear

1140

1210

> 80

A

551994

diffuse

955

1030

> 80

A

30

warm white

2900...3200

30

neutral white 3700...4200

Description

Tape thickness

Thermal conductivity

Breakdown voltage*

552039

Cord grip with 2 screws for LED modules with heat sink

555009

Thermally conductive adhesive transfer tape 132x38 mm

0.25 mm

0.8 W/mK

5.5 kV

553427

Thermally conductive transfer tape, non-adhesive 136x36 mm

0.25 mm

2 W/mK

3 kV

555008** Thermally conductive transfer tape, adhesive on both sides 136x42 mm 0.19 mm

0.9 W/mK

10.3 kV

* Average value (not for specification purpose) | ** For use in luminaires of protection class I (has to be tested in luminaire)

8 9 10 11 12 95


LED Modules for Direct Connection to Mains Voltage 220–240 V

LED Modules ReadyLine S IP54 Built-in LED modules with integrated driver for mains voltage Technical notes Mains voltage: 220–240 V, 50/60 Hz Power factor: > 0.97 Dimensions: with heat sink 155 x41x 32 mm without heat sink 132 x37.4 x9.2 mm Aluminium PCB for optimum thermal management Heat sink made of thermoconductive resin Protection cover: PC, UV-glued or rivetted (module with heat sink) Leads: Cu tinned, stranded conductors 0.5 mm², double FEP/FEP-insulation, length: 300 mm Fixation for modules with heat sink: fixing holes for screws M4 or self-tapping screws 3.9 with cover: fixing holes for screws M3 or self-tapping screws 2.9 For luminaires of protection class II Degree of protection: IP54 RFI suppressed Weight: 35/140 g (without/with heat sink) Unit: 80/40 pcs. (without/with heat sink)

I (cd/klm)

With heat sink

90° 100 200 300 400

Without heat sink

Typical applications • Integration in luminaires • Residential lighting • Architectural lighting • Retail lighting • Furniture lighting Max.

Type

output W 8.7

13

Ref. No.

Ref. No. Voltage AC Number Colour

Correlated colour

with

without

temperature

heat sink

heat sink

V

pcs.

LUT33 559529

559533

220–240

21

LUT33 559530

559534

LUT33 556749

556741

LUT33 556750

556742

LUT33 556751

556743

LUT33 556752

556744

LUT33 559531

559535

LUT33 559532

559536

220–240 220–240

21 21 30

Cover

warm white

2600...2900 2900...3200

neutral white 3700...4200 warm white

2600...2900

Energy efficiency

min.

typ.

Ra

clear

590

650

> 80

A

diffuse

480

530

> 80

A

clear

720

780

> 80

A

diffuse

610

660

> 80

A

clear

740

800

> 80

A

diffuse

630

680

> 80

A

clear

910

940

> 80

A

diffuse

780

800

> 80

A

clear

1100

1190

> 80

A

diffuse

935

1010

> 80

A

LUT33 555875

556745 556746

LUT33 556755

556747

clear

1140

1210

> 80

A

LUT33 556756

556748

diffuse

955

1030

> 80

A

220–240 220–240

30 30

warm white

2900...3200

neutral white 3700...4200

Description

Tape thickness

Thermal conductivity

Breakdown voltage*

552039

Cord grip with 2 screws for LED modules with heat sink

555009

Thermally conductive adhesive transfer tape 132x38 mm

0.25 mm

0.8 W/mK

5.5 kV

553427

Thermally conductive transfer tape, non-adhesive 136x36 mm

0.25 mm

2 W/mK

3 kV

555008** Thermally conductive transfer tape, adhesive on both sides 136x42 mm 0.19 mm

0.9 W/mK

10.3 kV

* Average value (not for specification purpose) | ** For use in luminaires of protection class I (has to be tested in luminaire)

96

CRI

lm

K warm white

Luminous flux

LUT33 556753

Accessories —

50/60 Hz of LEDs

220–240

60°

30°


LED Modules for Direct Connection to Mains Voltage 220–240 V

LED-Module ReadyLine DL

1

Built-in LED modules with integrated driver for mains voltage

2

Technical notes LED built-in module for luminaires Mains voltage: 220–240 V, 50–60 Hz Power factor: > 0.9 Dimensions: Ø 164 mm Allowed operating temperature at tc point: –25 to 80 °C Ambient temperature range ta: –25 to 65 °C Lumen maintenance L70/B50: 55,000 hrs. at tp 80 °C Unit: 36 pcs.

I (cd/klm) 90° 85 170 255

158.5 92

340 0°–180°

90°–270°

R83

Ref. No.

Colour

50–60 Hz

W 25

Voltage AC

1.2

13

Type

7 Correlated

Typ. luminous flux* and efficiency* Typ.

colour temperature at 230 V

V

beam angle

Typ.

Energy

CRI

efficiency

K

lm

lm/W

°

Ra

WU-M-498-830

557252

220–240

warm white

3000

2000

100

120

80

A+

WU-M-498-840

557253

220–240

neutral white 4000

2200

110

120

80

A++

WU-M-498-850

on request

220–240

cool white

2500

125

120

80

A++

* Production tolerance of luminous flux and efficiency: ±15 %

4

6

Ø4.5 (4x)

output

30°

5

92

158.5

Typical applications • Downlights • Replacement for compact fluorescent lamps

Max.

3

60°

5000

8 9 10 11 12 97


LED Modules for Direct Connection to Mains Voltage 220–240 V

LED Modules ReadyLine C Built-in LED modules with integrated driver for mains voltage Technical notes Mains voltage: 220–240 V, 50/60 Hz Aluminium PCB for optimum thermal management Heat sink made of thermoconductive resin or co-moulded heat sink made of thermoconductive resin and aluminium Protection cover: PC, UV-glued or rivetted (module with heat sink) For luminaires of protection class II RFI suppressed ReadyLine Heat sink C 10

with without

Weight (g) 40

36

140

54

40

28

C 08

with

C 07

with without

140

36

C 06

without

30

45

C 05

without

30

45

without

140

36

40

28

Typical applications • Integration in luminaires • Residential lighting • Architectural lighting • Retail lighting • Furniture lighting

98

Unit (pcs.)


LED Modules for Direct Connection to Mains Voltage 220–240 V

ReadyLine C 10

1

Technical notes Power factor: > 0.97 Dimensions: Ø 100 mm, Ø 120 mm with heat sink Screw terminals for LED module with heat sink: 2.5 mm² Welded leads for LED module without heat sink: double FEP/FEP-insulation, length: 300 mm, central or lateral lead exit Fixing holes for screws M3 or self-tapping screws 2.9

2 I (cd/klm) 90° 125

With central lead exit

With lateral lead exit

250

With heat sink, protection cover and 2-poles screw terminals

3

60°

375 500

30°

4 5

Max.

Type

output W 10

17.5

Ref. No.

Ref. No. Voltage AC Number Colour

Correlated

Version A –

without

colour temperature

with heat sink heat sink LR54

559537

LR54

on request 559540

LR54

559538

LR54

on request 559542

LR54

554951

LR54

on request 554944

LR54

554952

LR54

on request 554946

LR54

554953

LR54

on request 554948

LR54

554954

LR54

on request 554950

LR42

559543

LR42

on request 559546

LR42

559544

LR42

on request 559548

LR42

553828

LR42

on request 553821

LR42

553829

of LEDs

V

pcs.

559539 220–240 559541 220–240 554943 220–240 554945 220–240 554947 220–240 554949 220–240 559545 220–240 559547 220–240 553820 220–240 553822 220–240

LR42

on request 553823

LR42

553830

LR42

on request 553825

LR42

553831

LR42

on request 553827

Accessories

50/60 Hz

553824 220–240 553826 220–240

54 54 54

warm white warm white warm white

54 54

42 42

2600...2900 2600...2900 2900...3200

CRI

min. clear diffuse clear

1100 935 1100

1020 1200

> 80 > 80 > 80

1020

> 80

neutral white 3700...4200

clear

1150

1250

> 80

neutral white 3700...4200

diffuse

980

1060

> 80

warm white warm white

42

warm white

42 42

2600...2900 2900...3200 2900...3200

clear diffuse clear

1140 930 1440

Energy

1300 1070 1550

> 80 > 80 > 80

central

A+

lateral

A+

central

A+

lateral

A+

central

A+

lateral

A+

central

A+

lateral

A+

central

A+

lateral

A+

central

A+

lateral

A+

central

A

lateral

A

central

A

lateral

A

central

A

lateral

A A

diffuse

1230

1320

> 80

central lateral

A

neutral white 3700...4200

clear

1480

1590

> 80

central

A

lateral

A

neutral white 3700...4200

diffuse

1260

1350

> 80

central

A

lateral

A

Description

Tape thickness

6

Ra 1200

935

2600...2900

Lead exit

efficiency

diffuse

warm white

2900...3200

Luminous flux lm

K warm white

54

42

Cover

7 8 9 10 11

Thermal conductivity Breakdown voltage*

552039

Cord grip with 2 screws for LED modules with heat sink

555012

Thermally conductive adhesive transfer tape Ø 100 mm

0.25 mm

0.8 W/mK

5.5 kV

553981

Thermally conductive transfer tape, non-adhesive Ø 99 mm

0.25 mm

553795** Thermally conductive transfer tape, adhesive on both sides Ø 104 mm 0.19 mm

2 W/mK

3 kV

0.9 W/mK

10.3 kV

* Average value (not for specification purpose) | ** For use in luminaires of protection class I (has to be tested in luminaire)

12 99


LED Modules for Direct Connection to Mains Voltage 220–240 V

ReadyLine C 08 Technical notes Power factor: > 0.97 Dimensions: Ø 81.5 mm, Ø 120 mm with heat sink Screw terminals for LED module with heat sink: 2.5 mm² Welded leads for LED module without heat sink: double FEP/FEP-insulation, length: 300 mm, central or lateral lead exit Fixing holes for screws M3 or self-tapping screws 2.9

I (cd/klm) 90° 100 200

60°

300 400

With central lead exit

With lateral lead exit

Ref. No.

Ref. No. Voltage AC Number Colour

Correlated

output

Version A –

without

50/60 Hz of LEDs

colour temperature

lm

W

with heat sink heat sink

V

pcs.

K

min.

220–240

30

Max.

13

Type

LR30W 559550

559552

warm white 2600...2900

Cover

clear

Luminous flux

910

CRI

559554

940 > 80

557834

220–240

30

warm white 2900...3200

557836 557838

220–240

30

neutralweiß 3700...4200

557840 Description

lateral

A

clear

1100

1190 > 80

central

A

lateral

A A

diffuse

935

1010 > 80

central lateral

A

clear

1140

1210 > 80

central

A

lateral

A

diffuse

955

1030 > 80

central

A

lateral

A

Tape thickness

Thermal conductivity Breakdown voltage*

557692

Wärmeleitendes Transferklebeband Ø 76 mm

0.25 mm

0.8 W/mK

5.5 kV

558229

Thermally conductive adhesive transfer tape Ø 76 mm

0.25 mm

2 W/mK

3 kV

557691** Thermally conductive transfer tape, adhesive on both sides Ø 82 mm

0.19 mm

0.9 W/mK

10.3 kV

* Average value (not for specification purpose) | ** For use in luminaires of protection class I (has to be tested in luminaire)

100

A A

LR30W on request 557841 Accessories

A

lateral central

LR30W on request 557839 LR30W 557846

central

800 > 80

LR30W on request 557837 LR30W 557845

efficiency

780

LR30W on request 557835 LR30W 557844

Energy

exit

diffuse

LR30W on request 559555 LR30W 557843

Lead

Ra

LR30W on request 559553 LR30W 559551

30°

With heat sink, protection cover and 2-poles screw terminals


LED Modules for Direct Connection to Mains Voltage 220–240 V

ReadyLine C 07

1

Technical notes Power factor: > 0.95 Dimensions: Ø 73.3 mm; Ø 120 mm with heat sink Screw terminals for LED module with heat sink: 2.5 mm² Welded leads for LED module without heat sink: double FEP/FEP-insulation, length: 300 mm, central or lateral lead exit Fixing holes for screws M3 or self-tapping screws 2.9

2 I (cd/klm) 90° 125 250

3

60°

375 500

With central lead exit

With lateral lead exit

30°

With heat sink

4 5 6

Max.

Type

output

Ref. No.

W 17,5

Ref. No. Voltage AC

with heat sink without

Number of Colour

Correlated colour Cover Luminous flux

LEDs

temperature

heat sink

V

pcs.

556640

220–240

42

LR42

558025

LR42

on request 559559

LR42

559560

LR42

on request 559564

LR42

552019

LR42

on request 550958

LR42

552020

LR42

on request 552016

LR42

552021

LR42

on request 550959

LR42

552022

LR42

on request 552017

Accessories

50/60 Hz

559563 550382 552015 551448 552018

220–240 220–240 220–240

42 42 42

K warm white warm white warm white warm white

2600...2900 2600...2900 2900...3200 2900...3200

CRI

Lead exit Energy efficiency

lm clear

min.

Ra

1140 1300

> 80

diffuse clear

930 1070 1440 1550

diffuse 1230 1320

> 80 > 80 > 80

central

A

lateral

A

central

A

lateral

A

central

A

lateral

A

central

A

lateral

A

220–240

42

neutral white 3700...4200

clear

1480 1590

> 80

central

A

lateral

A

220–240

42

neutral white 3700...4200

diffuse 1260 1350

> 80

central

A

lateral

A

Description

Tape thickness Thermal conductivity Breakdown voltage*

552039

Cord grip with 2 screws for LED modules with heat sink

551265

Thermally conductive adhesive transfer tape Ø 71 mm

0.25 mm

0,8 W/mK

5.5 kV

553422

Thermally conductive transfer tape, non-adhesive Ø 68 mm

0.25 mm

2 W/mK

3 kV

555010** Thermally conductive transfer tape, adhesive on both sides Ø 74 mm

0.19 mm

0,9 W/mK

10.3 kV

* Average value (not for specification purpose) | ** For use in luminaires of protection class I (has to be tested in luminaire)

7 8 9 10 11 12 101


LED Modules for Direct Connection to Mains Voltage 220–240 V

ReadyLine C 06 Technical notes Power factor: > 0.95 Dimensions: Ø 60 mm Welded leads for LED module without heat sink: double FEP/FEP-insulation, length: 300 mm, central or lateral lead exit Fixing holes for screws M2

Max.

Type

Ref. No.

output W 8,7

LR21W

559565

LR21W

559566

LR21W

559567

LR21W

559568

LR21W

559569

LR21W

559570

Accessories

Voltage AC Number of LEDs Colour

Correlated colour Cover

Luminous flux

50/60 Hz

temperature

lm

V

pcs.

220–240

21

K warm white

2600...2900

min. 590

650

> 80

diffuse

480

530

> 80

720

780

> 80

220–240

21

warm white

2900...3200

clear diffuse

610

660

> 80

220–240

21

neutral white 3700...4200

clear

760

800

> 80

630

680

> 80

diffuse

Lead exit

Energy efficiency

central/lateral

A

central/lateral

A

central/lateral

A

Ra

clear

A A A

Description

Tape thickness Thermal conductivity

Breakdown voltage* 5.5 kV

559968

Thermally conductive adhesive transfer tape Ø 64 mm

0.25 mm

0,8 W/mK

559969

Thermally conductive transfer tape, non-adhesive Ø 59 mm

0.25 mm

2 W/mK

3 kV

559970** Thermally conductive transfer tape, adhesive on both sides Ø 64 mm

0.19 mm

0,9 W/mK

10.3 kV

* Average value (not for specification purpose) | ** For use in luminaires of protection class I (has to be tested in luminaire)

102

CRI


LED Modules for Direct Connection to Mains Voltage 220–240 V

ReadyLine C 05 / C 03

1

Technical notes Power factor: > 0.95 Dimensions: Ø 50 mm Welded leads for LED module without heat sink: double FEP/FEP-insulation, length: 300 mm, central or lateral lead exit MOV – metal-oxide varistor, enclosed unassembled Fixing holes for screws M2 4.3 W – With lateral lead exit

2

8.7 W – With lateral lead exit

I (cd/klm)

13 W – With lateral lead exit

90° 100 200

3

60°

300 400

30°

4

MOV

4.3 W – With central lead exit

8.7 W – With central lead exit

5

13 W – With central lead exit

6 Max.

Ref. No.

Voltage AC

Number

output

50/60 Hz

of LEDs

temperature

lm

W

V

pcs.

K

min.

220–240

12

4,3

8,7

Type

LR12W

559571

LR12W

559572

LR12W

559573

LR12W

559574

LR12W

556835

LR12W

556836

LR12W

556576

LR12W

556837

LR12W

556838

LR12W

556839

LR12W

556840

LR12W

556841

LR21W

559575

LR21W

559576

LR21W

559577

LR21W

559578

LR21W

559579

LR21W

554386

LR21W

559580

LR21W

554387

LR21W

559581

LR21W

554388

LR21W

559582

LR21W

554389

220–240

220–240

220–240

220–240

220–240

12

12

21

21

21

Colour

warm white

warm white

Correlated colour

2600...2900

2900...3200

neutral white 3700...4200

warm white

warm white

neutralweiß

2600...2900

2900...3200

3700...4200

Cover

clear

Luminous flux

290

CRI

Lead

Energy

exit

efficiency

central

A+

Ra 330

> 80

lateral

A+ A+

diffuse

255

290

> 80

central lateral

A+

clear

350

370

> 80

central

A+

lateral

A+

diffuse

312

330

> 80

central

A+

lateral

A+

central

A+

clear

380

7

400

> 80

lateral

A+ A+

diffuse

335

355

> 80

central lateral

A+

clear

590

650

> 80

central

A

lateral

A

diffuse

480

530

> 80

central

A

lateral

A

clear

720

780

> 80

central

A

lateral

A

diffuse

610

660

> 80

central

A

lateral

A

clear

760

800

> 80

central

A

lateral

A

diffuse

630

680

> 80

central

A

lateral

A

8 9 10 11 12

* Average value (not for specification purpose) | ** For use in luminaires of protection class I (has to be tested in luminaire)

103


LED Modules for Direct Connection to Mains Voltage 220–240 V

ReadyLine C 05 Max.

Type

Ref. No.

output W 13

LR30W 559583

Voltage AC Number Colour

Correlated colour

50/60 Hz

temperature

of LEDs

V

pcs.

220–240

30

Cover

CRI

min.

2600...2900

clear

650 > 80

220–240

30

warm white

2900...3200

220–240

30

neutral white

3700...4200

central lateral

A

clear

1100

1190 > 80

central

A

lateral

A

diffuse

935

1010 > 80

central

A

lateral

A

clear

1140

1210 > 80

central

A

lateral

A

diffuse

955

1030 > 80

central

A

LR30W 554395 LR30W 554396 LR30W 554397 Accessories

A A

530 > 80

LR30W 554393 LR30W 554394

A

lateral 480

LR30W 554391 LR30W 554392

central

diffuse

LR30W 559586 LR30W 554390

Energy efficiency

Ra

590

LR30W 559584 LR30W 559585

Lead exit

lm

K warm white

Luminous flux

lateral Description

Tape thickness

A

Thermal conductivity

Breakdown voltage*

555014

Thermally conductive adhesive transfer tape Ø 54 mm

0.25 mm

0.8 W/mK

5.5 kV

554419

Thermally conductive transfer tape, non-adhesive Ø 49 mm

0.25 mm

2 W/mK

3 kV

555013** Thermally conductive transfer tape, adhesive on both sides Ø 54 mm 0.19 mm

0.9 W/mK

10.3 kV

* Average value (not for specification purpose) | ** For use in luminaires of protection class I (has to be tested in luminaire)

ReadyLine C 03

Max.

Ref. No.

Voltage AC

Number

Correlated colour Cover

Luminous flux

output

50/60 Hz

of LEDs

temperature

lm

W

V

pcs.

K

min.

220–240

12

4.3

Type

MOV

LR12W

559690

LR12W

559691

LR12W

559693

LR12W

559694

LR12W

559695

LR12W

559696

Accessories

Colour

warm white

2600...2900

Lead

Energy

exit

efficiency A+

Ra

clear

290

330

> 80

lateral

diffuse

255

290

> 80

lateral

A+

350

370

> 80

lateral

A+

220–240

12

warm white

2900...3200

clear diffuse

312

330

> 80

lateral

A+

220–240

12

neutral white 3700...4200

clear

380

400

> 80

lateral

A+

diffuse

335

355

> 80

lateral

A+

Description

Tape thickness

Thermal conductivity

Breakdown voltage*

559965

Thermally conductive adhesive transfer tape Ø 37 mm

0.25 mm

0.8 W/mK

5.5 kV

559966

Thermally conductive transfer tape, non-adhesive Ø 32 mm

0.25 mm

2 W/mK

3 kV

559967**

Thermally conductive transfer tape, adhesive on both sides Ø 37 mm

0.19 mm

0.9 W/mK

10.3 kV

* Average value (not for specification purpose) | ** For use in luminaires of protection class I (has to be tested in luminaire)

104

CRI


Pro and Prime – LED Downlights

DOWNLIGHTS PRO SERIES / PRIME SERIES

ADVANTAGES OF VS LED DOWNLIGHTS LED Recessed Mounted Downlight The integration of solid state lighting technology to conventional down light provides optimal light distribution and extended lifetime, all at an affordable price. LED downlights are fully compatible with existing conventional downlight infrastructure, and are the perfect choice for both new and replacement markets.

¢ PRO SERIES • Slim design for easy installation in low false ceiling • Integrated driver, direct connection to mains without additional connectors and/or junction box • Dimmable with regular phase-cut dimmer (Pro Series) • Tunable white-option to regulate white colour temperature by simple switch of the mains via wall switch (Pro Tune Series)

¢ PRIME SERIES • Very high efficiency of up to 100 lm/W • Slim design for easy installation in low false ceiling • High CRI ³ 90 • Dimmable with external dimmable drivers

105


Pro and Prime – LED Downlights

Pro Series 12 W / 18 W

Pro 12 W

Advanced dimmable design (Pro Series) or tunable white function (Pro Tune Series) Voltage supply: 220–240 V AC Integrated driver for direct connection to mains Allowed operating temperature: –10 to 50 °C Allowed storage temperature: –10 to 50 °C Screw terminals: 2.5 mm² Quantity of screw terminals: 1x 2-poles primary Protection class II SELV Degree of protection: IP20 Service life time: > 35,000 hours (L50)

Pro 18 W

I (cd/klm)

I (cd/klm)

I (cd/klm) 90° 50%

60°

50%

30°

Pro 12 W

Type

Ref. No.

Colour

Colour temperature

I (cd/klm)

90°

50%

60°

30°

K

Ra

Luminous flux lm

60°

60°

50%

30°

30°

Pro 18 W

CRI

90°

90°

Pro Tune 12 W

Pro Tune 18 W

Beam

Power

Dimm- Efficiency

System

angle

factor

ing

power

°

lm/W

W

Pro – 12 W DL-PRO-12-3000-110 550880

warm white

3000

³ 80 850

110

> 0.9

Yes

71

12

DL-PRO-12-4000-110 550882

neutral white

4000

³ 80 880

110

> 0.9

Yes

73

12

DL-PRO-12-6000-110 550884

cool white

6000

³ 75 910

110

> 0.9

Yes

76

12

Pro – 18 W DL-PRO-18-3000-110 550885

warm white

3000

³ 80 1350

110

> 0.9

Yes

75

18

DL-PRO-18-4000-110 550886

neutral white

4000

³ 80 1450

110

> 0.9

Yes

80

18

DL-PRO-18-6000-110 550887

cool white

6000

³ 75 1500

110

> 0.9

Yes

85

18

Pro Tune DL-PROTUNE-12-110 550888

warm/neutral/cool white 3000/4000/6000

³ 80 730/870/860

110

> 0.9

No

61/73/72

12

DL-PROTUNE-18-110 550889

warm/neutral/cool white 3000/4000/6000

³ 80 1200/1480/1420

110

> 0.9

No

67/82/79

18

Test standards: IEC/EN 60598-1, IEC/EN 60598-2-2, IEC/EN 62493, IEC/EN 55015, IEC/EN 61000-3-2, IEC/EN 61000-3-3, IEC/EN 61547

106


Pro and Prime – LED Downlights

Prime L Series

1

12 W / 26 W

Prime L 12 W

2

23

Current supply for 12 W downlight: 350 mA DC for 26 W downlight: 700 mA DC Forward voltage: 37 V Allowed operating temperature: –40 to 45 °C Allowed storage temperature: –40 to 60 °C Dimmable (dimmable LED drivers see from page 163 on) Primary lead: PVC-insulation, length: 200 mm Protection class III Degree of protection: IP20 Service life time: > 50,000 hours (L70)

3

Prime L 26 W

4 I (cd/klm)

I (cd/klm)

I (cd/klm)

90° 50%

90°

60°

30°

Prime L 12 W 99% clear

90°

60°

50%

5

I (cd/klm)

50%

30°

90° 50%

60°

6 30°

Prime L 12 W 87% diffuse

60°

Prime L 26 W 99% clear

30°

Prime L 26 W 87% diffuse

7 Type

Ref. No. Colour

Colour temperature CRI

Luminous flux Beam Power Efficiency Front plate angle

K

Ra

DL-PRIME-L-12-3000-60-C 550890 warm white

3000

DL-PRIME-L-12-3000-80-D 550891 warm white

3000

lm

transparency

Unified glare

Energy

rating index

efficiency

°

W

lm/W

UGR

³ 90 1240

45

12

105

99% clear

16.9

A

³ 90 1130

80

12

95

87% diffuse

20.8

A

DL-PRIME-L-12-4000-60-C 550892 neutral white 4000

³ 90 1390

45

12

115

99% clear

16.1

A

DL-PRIME-L-12-4000-80-D 550893 neutral white 4000

³ 90 1240

80

12

105

87% diffuse

21.7

A

Prime L – 12 W

Prime L – 26 W DL-PRIME-L-26-3000-50-C 550894 warm white

3000

³ 90 2310

50

26

92

99% clear

19.8

A

DL-PRIME-L-26-3000-80-D 550895 warm white

3000

³ 90 2200

80

26

88

87% diffuse

22.9

A

DL-PRIME-L-26-4000-50-C 550896 neutral white 4000

³ 90 2400

50

26

92

99% clear

19.6

A

DL-PRIME-L-26-4000-80-D 550897 neutral white 4000

³ 90 2250

80

26

88

87% diffuse

23.6

A

Test standards: IEC/EN 60598-1, IEC/EN 60598-2-2, IEC/EN 62031, IEC/EN 62471, IEC/EN 55015, IEC/EN 61000-3-2, IEC/EN 61000-3-3, IEC/EN 61547

8 9 10 11 12 107


Pro and Prime – LED Downlights

Prime H 12 W

Prime H Series 12 W / 26 W / 38 W and 40 W Current supply for 12 W downlight: 350 mA DC for 26 W downlight: 700 mA DC for 38 W/40 W downlight: 1050 mA DC Forward voltage: 37 V Allowed operating temperature: –40 to 45 °C Allowed storage temperature: –40 to 60 °C Dimmable (dimmable LED drivers see from page 163 on) Primary lead: PVC-insulation, length: 200 mm (12 W and 26 W) 300 mm (38 W and 40 W) Protection class III Degree of protection: IP20 Service life time: > 50,000 hours (L70)

Prime H 26 W

Prime H 38 W and 40 W

I (cd/klm)

I (cd/klm) 90°

50%

60°

50%

30°

Prime H 12 W 99% clear

I (cd/klm)

I (cd/klm)

90° 60°

Type

Ref. No.

Colour

Colour

90°

60°

50%

30°

Prime H 26 W 99% clear

50%

30°

CRI

K

Ra

50%

60°

Prime H 38 W/40 W 99% clear

Power

90°

30°

Prime H 26 W 87% diffuse

temperature

I (cd/klm)

90°

60°

50%

30°

Prime H 12 W 87% diffuse

I (cd/klm)

90°

Luminous

Beam

flux

angle

Efficiency

lm

°

W

lm/W

30°

Prime H 38 W/40 W 87% diffuse

Front plate

Unified glare

Energy

transparency

rating index

efficiency

UGR

Prime H – 12 W DL-PRIME-H-12-3000-50-C

550898

warm white

3000

³ 90

895

50

12

75

99% clear

12.3

DL-PRIME-H12-3000-60-D

550899

warm white

3000

³ 90

765

60

12

65

87% diffuse

15.2

A

DL-PRIME-H-12-4000-50-C

550900

neutral white

4000

³ 90 1010

50

12

85

99% clear

14.2

A

DL-PRIME-H-12-4000-60-D

550901

neutral white

4000

³ 90

840

60

12

70

87% diffuse

15.3

A

DL-PRIME-H-26-3000-40-C

550902

warm white

3000

³ 90 2140

40

26

85

99% clear

11.2

A

DL-PRIME-H-26-3000-70-D

550903

warm white

3000

³ 90 1820

70

26

70

87% diffuse

19.3

A

DL-PRIME-H-26-4000-40-C

550904

neutral white

4000

³ 90 2170

40

26

85

99% clear

12.0

A

DL-PRIME-H-26-4000-70-D

550905

neutral white

4000

³ 90 1915

70

26

70

87% diffuse

18.6

A

DL-PRIME-H-383000-40-C

550906

warm white

3000

³ 90 3240

40

38

85

99% clear

12.4

A

DL-PRIME-H-38-3000-75-D

550907

warm white

3000

³ 90 3000

75

38

80

87% diffuse

20.2

A

DL-PRIME-H-40-4000-40-C

550908

neutral white

4000

³ 90 3240

40

40

85

99% clear

13.8

A

DL-PRIME-H-40-4000-75-D

550909

neutral white

4000

³ 90 2930

75

40

75

87% diffuse

20.3

A

A

Prime H – 26 W

Prime H – 38 W / 40 W

Test standards: IEC/EN 60598-1, IEC/EN 60598-2-2, IEC/EN 62031, IEC/EN 62471, IEC/EN 55015, IEC/EN 61000-3-2, IEC/EN 61000-3-3, IEC/EN 61547

108

60°


Pro and Prime – LED Downlights

Typical Luminance

1

At 1, 2 and 3 meters Pro Light intensity (Lux) Colour temperature

Pro-Serie 12 W

Pro-Serie 18 W

Pro Tune-Serie 12 W

Pro Tune-Serie 18 W

K

1m

2m

3m

1m

2m

3m

1m

2m

3m

1m

2m

3m

Warm white 3000 K

335

80

35

510

125

55

260

65

25

435

105

45

Neutral white 4000 K

380

90

40

620

150

65

310

75

30

525

130

55

Cool white 6000 K

425

105

45

680

170

75

320

80

35

545

135

60

2 3

Prime L

4

Light intensity (Lux) Colour temperature

Prime L 12 W

Prime L 26 W

K

1m

2m

3m

1m

2m

3m

Warm white 3000 K — 99% clear

1270

320

140

1995

500

220

Warm white 3000 K — 87% diffuse

580

145

65

1065

265

120

Neutral white 4000 K — 99% clear

1395

350

155

2060

515

230

Neutral white 4000 K — 87% diffuse

625

155

70

1075

270

120

5

Prime H

6

Light intensity (Lux) Colour temperature

Prime H 12 W

Prime H 26 W

Prime H 38 W / 40 W

K

1m

2m

3m

1m

2m

3m

1m

2m

3m

Warm white 3000 K — 99% clear

1120

280

125

3600

900

400

5200

1300

580

Warm white 3000 K — 87% diffuse

600

150

70

1210

300

135

1870

470

210

Neutral white 4000 K — 99% clear

1260

315

140

3600

900

400

5125

1280

570

Neutral white 4000 K — 87% diffuse

660

165

75

1290

325

145

1830

460

200

7 8 9 10 11 12 109


DecoLED

DECOLED A NEW GENERATION OF DECORATION

DECOLED – ECO-FRIENDLY LIGHTING FOR INDOOR APPLICATIONS DecoLED, a highly efficient LED downlight, is the perfect solution for commercial and residential applications. The die-cast casing is fitted with an easy adjustment function that allows the light to be positioned at the desirable angle. The adaptable spring clip makes installation quick, easy and hassle-free, and is suitable for all types of ceiling. The reflector design of DecoLED 7 W is a perfect 50 W dichroic halogen retrofit. This results in an energy saving of more than 87% and reduces CO2 emissions, all of which makes DecoLED the more environmentally sustainable option. VS DecoLED comes in different beam angles, wattages and white colours to suit any application. Going greener has never been easier – for further energy-efficient and highly eco-friendly lighting options, VS provides a full range of LED modules to suit your every need.

Typical applications • Commercial lighting • Showcase lighting • Bathroom and kitchen lighting • Residential lighting • Entertainment lighting

110


DecoLED

VS DecoLED

1

A slim and compact design with integrated thermal management and high-efficiency output, making it ideal for many lighting applications.

2

Allowed operating temperature: –20 to 40°C Allowed storage temperature: –40 to 60°C Dimmable (dimmable LED drivers see from page 163 on) Protection class III Degree of protection: IP20 Service life time: > 35,000 hrs (L50)

I (cd/klm) 90° 50%

DecoLED, 7 W Design style: reflector Current supply: 350 mA DC Beam angle: 36° Adjustable angle: 0 to 30°

60°

30°

Ø74 mm

3

36°

4 5

Type DecoLED-7-2700-36

Ref. No. 552096

Colour warm white

Colour temperature

CRI

Luminous flux

Light intensity

Beam angle

Field angle

Power

K

Ra

lm

cd

°

°

W

efficiency

2700

85

1150

36

74

7

A+

600

Energy

6 7

Typical Luminance Of DecoLEDs at 1, 2 and 3 meters

8

Intensity (lux) Colour temperature

36°

K

1m

2m

3m

Warm White 2700 K

1200

300

133

Warm White 3000 K

Neutral White 4000 K

Cool White 6000 K

LED Constant Current Drivers You will find LED drivers for the DecoLED modules on pages 138–182.

9 10 11 12 111


LEDSpots for Retail, Residential and Furniture Lighting

FOR RETAIL, RESIDENTIAL AND FURNITURE LIGHTING CONVENIENT LED TECHNOLOGY As the perfect replacement for halogen lamps, the new LED modules made by VS are ideal for use in furniture, false ceilings as well as cooker hoods. These LED modules are available with high-power LEDs and different optics attachments. The circular or square metal frame is available in a white, silver, Diffuse silver or gold finish. Furthermore, flexible snap-in fasteners make it extremely easy and quick to exchange halogen spots, which are still in widespread use. The package is rounded off by a matching LED drivers housed in a compact casing plus a set of cables with preassembled plugs for connecting up to two LED modules.

Typical applications for LEDSpots • Replacement of more common lamps (AR111, MR16, MR11) • Integration in luminaires (except PRO series) • Retail lighting • Marking paths, stairs, etc. • Furniture lighting (IP54 version for humid rooms) • Light advertising • Entertainment

The specifications contained in this catalogue can change due to technical innovations. Any such changes will be made without separate notification. Please read the safety and installation instructions on the individual products as well as further technical information provided in the extensive product descriptions at www.vossloh-schwabe.com.

112


LEDSpots for Retail, Residential and Furniture Lighting

LEDSpots at a Glance

1

The use of LEDs offers many advantages in comparison to conventional lighting solutions.

2 ShopLine Series • Replacement for HID lamps 20–100 W • Built-in spot with heat sink based on LUGA modules • Reflector for homogeneous light distribution

3 4 5

ActiveLine Series • Replacement for Halogen lamps 50 W and HID lamps 20–35 W (MR16) • Built-in spot with heat sink based on LUGA or other COB modules • Reflector or optics for homogeneous light distribution

6 7

Complete LEDSpots with Frame • Replacement for Halogen lamps 20–35 W • Flat LED spot with heat sink and frame based on COB or SMD modules • For built-in into ceilings or metal sheets

8 9 10 11 12 113


LEDSpots for Retail Lighting – HID Replacement

ShopLine 111 Built-in LEDSpot equipped with a reflector, heat sink, leads and optional plug – Replacement for AR111 Technical notes Reflector: Ø 111 mm Heat sink material: aluminium Allowed operating temperature at tp point: 65 °C (L90/B10) Max operating temperature tc: 85 °C Colour accuracy initially: 3 SDCM; after 50,000 hrs. operating time: 4 SDCM Use of external LED constant-current drivers required The ceramic PCB ensures optimum thermal management Fixation reflector: front and back of rim heat sink: lateral fixation with M5 screws and nuts or rear side fixation with tapping screws ST2.9 Plastic clear cover to protect reflector (opaque cover on request) Leads: Cu tinned, stranded conductors 0.5 mm², FEP-insulation and neoprene sleeve, length: 600 mm With integrated cord grip Unit: 6 pcs. Dimensions H1

ShopLine 111 HL I (cd/klm)

310

60 mm

119.65 mm

430

90°

2000 4000

600 60°

1200

6000 8000 10000

2400 3000

30°

12° (088) I (cd/klm)

I (cd/klm) 90°

90°

500 1000

325 60°

650

1500 2000 2500

1300 1625

30°

32° (088)

I (cd/klm) 90°

90°

1200

500 60°

3600

1000

2000 30°

18° (128, 158)

2500

30°

24° (128, 158) I (cd/klm) 90°

400 800

60°

1200 1600 2000

Colour

Correlated

Typ. luminous flux

colour

and power consumption (Pel)*

temperature

350 mA

500 mA

lm

lm

lm

Pel = 7.8 W

Pel = 11.4 W

Pel = 16.6 W

K H1 = 40 mm – ShopLine 111 088

Utyp. = 22.3 V

voltage (Utyp.)

CRI

Light intensity Beam at max.

700 mA

angle

current Ra

Candela

Energy efficiency at max.

°

current

Utyp. = 22.8 V

Utyp. = 23.7 V

ShopLine 111 088

553679

warm white

3000

925

1240

1630

85

17500

12

A+

ShopLine 111 088

553682

neutral white

4000

980

1305

1725

85

18400

12

A+

ShopLine 111 088

553680

warm white

3000

905

1205

1590

85

5500

24

A+

ShopLine 111 088

553683

neutral white

4000

955

1275

1680

85

5700

24

A+

ShopLine 111 088

553681

warm white

3000

975

1300

1710

85

4300

32

A+

ShopLine 111 088

553684

neutral white

4000

1030

1370

1810

85

4600

32

A+

ShopLine 111 088

558975

warm white

3000

950

1270

1670

85

3000

40

A+

ShopLine 111 088

558976

neutral white

4000

1005

1340

1770

85

3100

40

A+

ShopLine 111 088

558977

pearl white

3100

905

1235

1615

85

17000

12

A+

ShopLine 111 088

558978

pearl white

3100

880

1205

1575

85

5100

24

A+

ShopLine 111 088

558979

pearl white

3100

950

1295

1700

85

4200

32

A+

ShopLine 111 088

558980

pearl white

3100

925

1265

1660

85

2900

40

A+

* Production tolerance of luminous flux, voltage and power consumption: ± 10%

114

60°

1500

4800 6000

30°

40° (088)

I (cd/klm)

2400

60°

975

550

Ref. No.

30°

24° (088)

36° (128, 158)

Type

60°

1800

g

99.65 mm 139.65 mm

I (cd/klm) 90°

Weight H

40 mm 80 mm

ShopLine 111

30°


LEDSpots for Retail Lighting – HID Replacement

ShopLine 111 Type

Ref. No.

1 Colour

Correlated

Typ. luminous flux

colour

and power consumption (Pel)*

temperature

350 mA

K H1 = 40 mm – ShopLine 111 128

voltage (Utyp.) 500 mA

700 mA

lm

lm

lm

Pel = 11.7 W

Pel = 17.2 W

CRI

Light intensity

Beam

at max.

angle

current Ra

Candela

Energy efficiency at max.

°

Utyp. = 33.4 V

Utyp. = 34.4 V

ShopLine 111 128

555333

warm white

3000

1465

2000

85

12200

18

A++

ShopLine 111 128

555336

neutral white

4000

1560

2120

85

13000

18

A++

ShopLine 111 128

555334

warm white

3000

1480

2025

85

4900

24

A++

ShopLine 111 128

555337

neutral white

4000

1575

2145

85

5200

24

A++

ShopLine 111 128

555335

warm white

3000

1500

2050

85

4200

36

A++

ShopLine 111 128

555338

neutral white

4000

1600

2170

85

4400

36

A++

ShopLine 111 128

558989

pearl white

3100

1450

1980

85

12300

18

A+

ShopLine 111 128

558990

pearl white

3100

1470

2005

85

4100

24

A++

ShopLine 111 128

558991

pearl white

3100

1485

2025

85

4150

36

A++

Pel = 24.9 W

H1 = 60 mm – ShopLine 111 128

Pel = 11.7 W

Pel = 17.2 W

Utyp. = 33.4 V

Utyp. = 34.4 V

Utyp. = 35.6 V

ShopLine 111 128

555339

warm white

3000

1465

2000

2670

85

16200

18

A+

ShopLine 111 128

555342

neutral white

4000

1560

2120

2820

85

17100

18

A+

ShopLine 111 128

555340

warm white

3000

1480

2025

2700

85

6500

24

A+

ShopLine 111 128

555343

neutral white

4000

1575

2145

2855

85

6800

24

A+

ShopLine 111 128

555341

warm white

3000

1500

2050

2735

85

5600

36

A+

ShopLine 111 128

555344

neutral white

4000

1600

2170

2885

85

5800

36

A++

ShopLine 111 128

558992

pearl white

3100

1450

1980

2645

85

16200

18

A+

ShopLine 111 128

558993

pearl white

3100

1470

2005

2675

85

6500

24

A+

ShopLine 111 128

557888

pearl white

3100

1485

2025

2705

85

5100

36

A+

Pel = 31.1 W

H1 = 80 mm – ShopLine 111 158

Pel = 14.6 W

Pel = 21.4 W

Utyp. = 41.7 V

Utyp. = 42.8 V

Utyp. = 44.4 V

ShopLine 111 158

555345

warm white

3000

1825

2490

3310

85

21000

18

A+

ShopLine 111 158

555348

neutral white

4000

1925

2630

3490

85

22000

18

A+

ShopLine 111 158

555346

warm white

3000

1845

2520

3350

85

8100

24

A+

ShopLine 111 158

555349

neutral white

4000

1950

2650

3525

85

8500

24

A+

ShopLine 111 158

555347

warm white

3000

1845

2520

3350

85

6800

36

A+

ShopLine 111 158

555350

neutral white

4000

1950

2650

3525

85

7200

36

A+

ShopLine 111 158

559001

pearl white

3100

1805

2455

3280

85

20000

18

A+

ShopLine 111 158

559002

pearl white

3100

1825

2490

3315

85

8000

24

A+

ShopLine 111 158

557886

pearl white

3100

1825

2490

3315

85

7000

36

A+

Pel = 11.7 W

Pel = 17.2 W

Pel = 24.9 W

HL Versions – ShopLine 111 128

2

current

Utyp. = 33.4 V

Utyp. = 34.4 V

Utyp. = 35.6 V

ShopLine 111 128 HL 559494

pearl white

3100

1450

1980

2650

85

15600

18

A+

ShopLine 111 128 HL 559495

pearl white

3100

1470

2005

2675

85

5800

26

A+

ShopLine 111 128 HL 559496

pearl white

3100

1470

2005

2675

85

4900

34

A+

3 4 5 6 7 8 9

* Production tolerance of luminous flux, voltage and power consumption: ± 10% I (cd/klm)

I (cd/klm)

I (cd/klm)

90°

1200 2400

90°

500 60°

1000

3600

1500

4800

2000

6000

18° (128 HL)

30°

2500

26° (128 HL)

90°

400 60°

800

60°

10

1200 1600 30°

2000

34° (128 HL)

30°

11 12 115


LEDSpots for Retail Lighting – HID Replacement

ShopLine NEXT 111 Built-in LEDSpot equipped with a interchangeable reflector, heat sink and leads – Replacement for AR111 Technical notes Reflector: Ø 111 mm Heat sink material: aluminium Allowed operating temperature at tp point: 65 °C (L90/B10) Max operating temperature tc: 85 °C Colour accuracy initially: 3 SDCM; after 50,000 hrs. operating time: 4 SDCM Use of external LED constant-current drivers required The ceramic PCB ensures optimum thermal management Plastic clear cover to protect reflector (opaque cover on request) Fixation reflector: front rim heat sink: lateral fixation with M5 screws and nuts or rear side fixation with tapping screws ST2.9 Leads: Cu tinned, stranded conductors 0.5 mm², FEP-insulation and neoprene sleeve, length: 300 mm With integrated cord grip Unit: 6 pcs. Dimensions H1

I (cd/klm) 90°

600 60°

4000

310

60 mm

119.65 mm

430

139.65 mm

60°

1200

6000

1800

8000

2400

10000

3000

30°

12° (088)

30°

24° (088)

I (cd/klm)

I (cd/klm) 90°

90°

500

325 60°

1000

60°

650

1500

975

2000

1300

2500

1625

30°

32° (088)

30°

40° (088)

I (cd/klm)

I (cd/klm) 90°

90°

1200

500 60°

2400

60°

1000

3600

1500

4800

2000

6000

2500

30°

18° (128, 158)

g

99.65 mm

90°

2000

Weight H

40 mm 80 mm

I (cd/klm)

30°

24° (128, 158) I (cd/klm) 90°

400 60°

800 1200

550

1600 2000

30°

36° (128, 158)

Type

Ref. No.

Ref. No.

Colour

Correlated

Typ. luminous flux and typical voltage (Utyp.)

colour

and power consumption (Pel)*

For black

For white

temperature 350 mA

500 mA

700 mA

LEDSpot

LEDSpot

K

lm

lm

lm

Pel = 7.8 W

Pel = 11.4 W

Pel = 16.6 W

H1 = 40 mm – ShopLine NEXT 111 088

Utyp. = 22.3 V

Beam

at max.

angle

current

Energy efficiency at max.

Ra

Candela

°

current

Utyp. = 22.8 V

Utyp. = 23.7 V

Next 111 088

559208

559294

warm white

3000

925

1240

1630

85

17500

12

A+

Next 111 088

559216

559302

neutral white 4000

980

1305

1725

85

18600

12

A+

Next 111 088

559209

559295

warm white

3000

905

1205

1590

85

5500

24

A+

Next 111 088

559217

559303

neutral white 4000

955

1275

1680

85

5700

24

A+

Next 111 088

558137

559296

warm white

3000

975

1300

1710

85

4300

32

A+

Next 111 088

558140

559304

neutral white 4000

1030

1370

1810

85

4600

32

A+

Next 111 088

559210

559297

warm white

3000

950

1270

1670

85

3000

40

A+

Next 111 088

559218

559305

neutral white 4000

1005

1340

1770

85

3100

40

A+

Next 111 088

559211

559298

pearl white

3100

905

1235

1615

85

17000

12

A+

Next 111 088

559213

559299

pearl white

3100

880

1205

1575

85

5100

24

A+

Next 111 088

559214

559300

pearl white

3100

950

1295

1700

85

4200

32

A+

Next 111 088

559215

559301

pearl white

3100

925

1265

1660

85

2900

40

A+

* Production tolerance of luminous flux, voltage and power consumption: ± 10%

116

CRI Light intensity


LEDSpots for Retail Lighting – HID Replacement

ShopLine NEXT 111 Type

Ref. No.

Ref. No.

1

Colour

Correlated

Typ. luminous flux and typical voltage (Utyp.)

colour

and power consumption (Pel)*

at max.

For black

For white

temperature 350 mA

500 mA

700 mA

LEDSpots

LEDSpots

K

lm

lm

lm

Pel = 11.7 W

Pel = 17.2 W

Pel = 24.9 W Utyp. = 35.6 V

H1 = 60 mm – ShopLine NEXT 111 128

CRI Light intensity Beam Energy angle efficiency

current Ra

Candela

at max. °

current

Utyp. = 33.4 V

Utyp. = 34.4 V

Next 111 128

558141

559306

warm white

3000

1465

2000

2670

85

16200

18

A+

Next 111 128

558144

559311

neutral white

4000

1560

2120

2820

85

17100

18

A+

Next 111 128

558142

559194

warm white

3000

1480

2025

2700

85

6500

24

A+

Next 111 128

558145

559312

neutral white

4000

1575

2145

2855

85

6800

24

A+

Next 111 128

558143

559307

warm white

3000

1500

2050

2735

85

5600

36

A+

Next 111 128

558146

559313

neutral white

4000

1600

2170

2885

85

5800

36

A++

Next 111 128

559237

559308

pearl white

3100

1450

1980

2645

85

16200

18

A+

Next 111 128

559238

559309

pearl white

3100

1470

2005

2675

85

6500

24

A+

Next 111 128

559239

559310

pearl white

3100

1485

2025

2705

85

5200

36

A+

H1 = 80 mm – ShopLine NEXT 111 158

Pel = 14.6 W

Pel = 21.4 W

Pel = 31.1 W

Utyp. = 41.7 V

Utyp. = 42.8 V

Utyp. = 44.4 V

Next 111 158

558190

559326

warm white

3000

1825

2490

3310

85

21000

18

A+

Next 111 158

558193

559332

neutral white

4000

1925

2630

3490

85

22000

18

A+

Next 111 158

558191

559327

warm white

3000

1845

2520

3350

85

8100

24

A+

Next 111 158

558194

559333

neutral white

4000

1950

2650

3525

85

8500

24

A+

Next 111 158

558192

559328

warm white

3000

1845

2520

3350

85

6800

36

A+

Next 111 158

558195

559334

neutral white

4000

1950

2650

3525

85

7200

36

A+

Next 111 158

559287

559329

pearl white

3100

1805

2455

3280

85

20000

18

A+

Next 111 158

559288

559330

pearl white

3100

1825

2490

3315

85

8000

24

A+

Next 111 158

559289

559331

pearl white

3100

1825

2490

3315

85

7000

36

A+

2 3 4 5 6

Pel = 31.1 W Food Version – ShopLine NEXT 111 158

Utyp. = 44.4 V

Next 111 158

558728

559190

"pink effect"

2000

1670

82

3430

36

A+

Next 111 158

558729

559192

warm white

3000

2140

85

4400

36

A+

Next 111 158

558730

559191

"white effect"

4000

1945

70

4000

36

A+

Next 111 158

558731

559193

neutral white

4000

2235

85

4600

36

A+

7

* Production tolerance of luminous flux, voltage and power consumption: ± 10%

8

With Zhaga Adaptor for Aluminium Reflectors Reflektor size top: Ø 94 mm bottom: Ø 40 mm height: 50 mm Ref. No.

Ref. No.

For black

For white

temperature

350 mA

500 mA

700 mA

LEDSpots

LEDSpots

K

lm

lm

lm

H1 = 40 mm – ShopLine NEXT 111 088

Pel = 7.8 W

Pel = 11.4 W

Pel = 16.6 W

Without reflector

Utyp. = 22.3 V

Utyp. = 22.8 V

Utyp. = 23.7 V

Type

Next 111 088

559941

on request

Colour

pearl white

Correlated

Typ. luminous flux and typical voltage (Utyp.)

colour

and power consumption (Pel)*

3100

H1 = 60 mm – ShopLine NEXT 111 128 Without reflector

1135

1555

2035

Pel = 11.7 W

Pel = 17.2 W

Pel = 24.9 W Utyp. = 35.6 V

Utyp. = 33.4 V

Utyp. = 34.4 V

1720

2345

3135

H1 = 80 mm – ShopLine NEXT 111 158

Pel = 14.6 W

Pel = 21.4 W

Pel = 31.1 W

Without reflector

Utyp. = 41.7 V

Utyp. = 42.8 V

Utyp. = 44.4 V

2140

2915

3885

Next 111 128

Next 111 158

559943

559944

on request

on request

pearl white

pearl white

3100

3100

CRI

Ra

9 10

85

85

11

85

* Production tolerance of luminous flux, voltage and power consumption: ± 10%

12 117


LEDSpots for Retail Lighting – HID Replacement

ShopLine 85 Built-in LEDSpot equipped with a reflector, heat sink, leads and optional plug Technical notes Reflector: Ø 85 mm Heat sink material: aluminium Allowed operating temperature at tp point: 65 °C (L90/B10) Max operating temperature tc: 85 °C Colour accuracy initially: 3 SDCM; after 50,000 hrs. operating time: 4 SDCM Use of external LED constant-current drivers required The ceramic PCB ensures optimum thermal management Fixation heat sink: lateral fixation with M5 screws and nuts or rear side fixation with tapping screws ST2.9 Leads: Cu tinned, stranded conductors 0.5 mm², FEP-insulation and neoprene sleeve, length: 300 mm, with or without plug With integrated cord grip Weight: 375 g Unit: 6 pcs.

90°

1200

2400

8000 30°

12° (088)

3000

I (cd/klm) 90°

90°

350

500 60°

1000

2500

30°

32° (088)

Correlated

Typ. luminous flux and typical voltage (Utyp.)

colour

and power consumption (Pel)*

I (cd/klm) 500

temperature

350 mA

K

lm

lm

lm

Pel = 7.8 W

Pel = 11.4 W

Pel = 16.6 W

Utyp. = 22.3 V

500 mA

700 mA

1500 2000 30°

2000

36° (128)

Light intensity

Beam

at max.

angle

Energy efficiency at max.

°

current

Utyp. = 22.8 V

Utyp. = 23.7 V

ShopLine 85 088

554969 warm white

3000

960

1285

1690

85

17675

12

A+

ShopLine 85 088

555351 neutral white 4000

1020

1360

1790

85

18600

12

A+

ShopLine 85 088

554971 warm white

3000

940

1255

1650

85

5555

24

A+

ShopLine 85 088

555353 neutral white 4000

1000

1320

1750

85

5755

24

A+

ShopLine 85 088

554973 warm white

3000

1000

1330

1755

85

4350

32

A+

ShopLine 85 088

555355 neutral white 4000

1055

1405

1855

85

4645

32

A+

ShopLine 85 088

559098 warm white

3000

975

1300

1710

85

3030

40

A+

ShopLine 85 088

559099 neutral white 4000

1030

1370

1810

85

3130

40

A+

ShopLine 85 088

559100 pearl white

3100

935

1280

1675

85

17170

12

A+

ShopLine 85 088

559101 pearl white

3100

915

1250

1635

85

5150

24

A+

ShopLine 85 088

559102 pearl white

3100

970

1326

1735

85

4220

32

A+

ShopLine 85 088

559103 pearl white

3100

950

1295

1700

85

2930

40

A+

Pel = 17.2 W

Pel = 24.9 W

Pel = 11.7 W ShopLine 85 128

Utyp. = 33.4 V

Utyp. = 34.4 V

Utyp. = 35.6 V

ShopLine 85 128

554981 warm white

3000

1535

2095

2794

85

17600

18

A+

ShopLine 85 128

555357 neutral white 4000

1630

2220

2952

85

18300

18

A++

ShopLine 85 128

554983 warm white

3000

1550

2120

2826

85

7050

24

A+

ShopLine 85 128

555359 neutral white 4000

1650

2245

2986

85

7500

24

A++

ShopLine 85 128

554985 warm white

3000

1535

2095

2794

85

5850

36

A+

ShopLine 85 128

555361 neutral white 4000

1630

2220

2952

85

6050

36

A++

ShopLine 85 128

559104 pearl white

3100

1520

2075

2770

85

17500

18

A+

ShopLine 85 128

559105 pearl white

3100

1535

2100

2800

85

7000

24

A+

ShopLine 85 128

559106 pearl white

3100

1520

2080

2770

85

5800

36

A+

* Production tolerance of luminous flux, voltage and power consumption: ± 10%

60°

1600

2500

Candela

800 1200

current Ra

90°

400 60°

1000

30°

30°

I (cd/klm) 90°

24° (128)

CRI

1750

40° (088)

90° 60°

60°

1400

2000

18° (128)

700 1050

1500

1250

30°

24° (088)

I (cd/klm)

I (cd/klm)

60°

1800

10000

6250

118

60°

6000

5000

ShopLine 85 088

600

4000

3750

Ref. No. Colour

90°

2000

2500

Type

I (cd/klm)

I (cd/klm)

30°


LEDSpots for Retail Lighting – HID Replacement

ShopLine EVO90

1

Built-in LEDSpot equipped with a reflector, heat sink and leads Technical notes Reflector: Ø 90 mm, aluminium, bayonet fixing Holder: PBT, inner ring: metallized Heat sink material: aluminium Allowed operating temperature at tp point: –25 to 85 °C DMC125 (L90/B10; 40,000 hrs) DMC128 (L90/B10; 50,000 hrs) Colour accuracy initially: 3 SDCM; after 50,000 hrs. operating time: 4 SDCM Use of external LED constant-current drivers required The ceramic PCB ensures optimum thermal management Fixation heat sink: lateral fixation with M5 screws and nuts or rear side fixation with tapping screws ST2.9 Leads: Cu tinned, stranded conductors 0.5 mm², FEP-insulation and neoprene sleeve, length: 350 mm With integrated cord grip Weight: 360 g Unit: 6 pcs.

EVO90 125

2 I (cd/klm)

I (cd/klm)

I (cd/klm)

90°

90°

1905 3810

60°

5715 7620

90° 342

665 1330

60°

1995 30°

2660

685 1028

30°

1370

EVO90 125 – 12°

EVO90 125 – 22°

EVO90 125 – 32°

I (cd/klm)

I (cd/klm)

I (cd/klm)

90°

1960

60°

2940 3920

EVO90 128 – 18°

90° 530

980

1060

2120

EVO90 128 – 26°

30°

4 90°

340 60°

1590 30°

3

60°

680

60°

1020 30°

1360

30°

5

EVO90 128 – 36°

6

EVO90 088/128

7 8 9 10 11 12 119


LEDSpots for Retail Lighting – HID Replacement

ShopLine EVO90 Type

Ref. No. Colour

Correlated

Typ. luminous flux and typical voltage (Utyp.)

colour

and power consumption (Pel)

temperature

350 mA

K Narrow beam angle: 12°

CRI

Light intensity Beam

Energy efficiency

at max.

at max. current

500 mA

700 mA

current

lm

lm

lm

Ra

Candela

°

Pel = 12 W

Pel = 17.7 W

Utyp. = 34.1 V

Utyp. = 35.4 V

EVO90 125

558406 warm white 2700

1250

1630

82

12350

12

A+

EVO90 125

558409 warm white 3000

1340

1750

85

13650

12

A+

EVO90 125

558415 neutral white 4000

1430

1870

85

14550

12

A+

Pel = 12 W

Pel = 17.7 W

Medium beam angle: 22°

Utyp. = 34.1 V

Utyp. = 35.4 V

EVO90 125

558407 warm white 2700

1235

1615

82

4550

22

A+

EVO90 125

558410 warm white 3000

1325

1730

85

5150

22

A+

EVO90 125

558413 neutral white 4000

1415

1850

85

5350

22

A+

Pel = 12 W

Pel = 17.7 W

Wide beam angle: 32°

Utyp. = 34.1 V

Utyp. = 35.4 V

EVO90 125

558408 warm white 2700

1235

1615

82

2500

32

A+

EVO90 125

558411 warm white 3000

1325

1730

85

2750

32

A+

EVO90 125

558414 neutral white 4000

1415

1850

85

2850

32

A+

Pel = 11.7 W

Pel = 17.2 W

Pel = 24.9 W

Narrow beam angle: 18°

Utyp. = 33.4 V

Utyp. = 34.4 V

Utyp. = 35.6 V

EVO90 128

558085 warm white 2700

1515

2070

2760

82

12500

18

A+

EVO90 128

558089 warm white 3000

1590

2170

2890

85

12550

18

A++

EVO90 128

558094 neutral white 4000

1685

2300

3055

85

13150

18

A++

Pel = 11.7 W

Pel = 17.2 W

Pel = 24.9 W

Medium beam angle: 26°

Utyp. = 33.4 V

Utyp. = 34.4 V

Utyp. = 35.6 V

EVO90 128

558086 warm white 2700

1515

2070

2760

82

6970

26

A+

EVO90 128

557898 warm white 3000

1590

2170

2890

85

7040

26

A++

EVO90 128

558095 neutral white 4000

1685

2300

3055

85

7450

26

A++

Pel = 11.7 W

Pel = 17.2 W

Pel = 24.9 W

Wide beam angle: 36°

Utyp. = 33.4 V

Utyp. = 34.4 V

Utyp. = 35.6 V

EVO90 128

558088 warm white 2700

1515

2070

2760

82

4230

36

A+

EVO90 128

558090 warm white 3000

1590

2170

2890

85

4280

36

A++

EVO90 128

558096 neutral white 4000

1685

2300

3055

85

4500

36

A++

Pel = 7.8 W

Pel = 11.4 W

Pel = 16.6 W

Pearl White 2000 lm

Utyp. = 22.3 V

Utyp. = 22.8 V

Utyp. = 23.7 V

EVO90 088

558412 pearl white

3100

1030

1405

1840

85

10400

14

A+

EVO90 088

558413 pearl white

3100

1030

1405

1840

85

4800

24

A+

EVO90 088

558414 pearl white

3100

1030

1405

1840

85

2530

34

A+

Pel = 11.7 W

Pel = 17.2 W

Pel = 24.9 W

Pearl White 3000 lm

Utyp. = 33.4 V

Utyp. = 34.4 V

Utyp. = 35.6 V

EVO90 128

558091 pearl white

3100

1570

2150

2865

85

12000

18

A+

EVO90 128

558092 pearl white

3100

1570

2150

2865

85

6920

26

A+

EVO90 128

558093 pearl white

3100

1570

2150

2865

85

420

36

A+

CRI > 90 on request

Reflectors for ShopLine EVO90 Reflectors made of aluminium with bayonet fixation Surface: anodised, Weight: 27 g, Unit: 30 pcs. Ref. No.

120

angle

Beam characteristic

Usage and maintenance

Beam angle

Reflectors D90 H50

DMC125 DMS088 DMS128

557359

narrow

12°

14°

18°

557360

medium

22°

26°

26°

557361

wide

32°

36°

36°

If necessary clean reflectors with mild soap, water and soft cloth. Never use any commercial cleaning solvents on reflectors, like alcohol. Please handle or install reflectors with wearing gloves, skin oils may damage reflector or its optical characteristic.


LEDSpots for Retail Lighting – HID Replacement

ShopLine EVO75

1

Built-in LEDSpot equipped with a reflector, heat sink and leads Technical notes Reflector: Ø 75 mm, aluminium, bayonet fixing Holder: PBT, inner ring: metallized Heat sink material: aluminium Allowed operating temperature at tp point: –25 to 85 °C DMC125 (L90/B10; 40,000 hrs) DMS088 (L90/B10; 50,000 hrs) Colour accuracy initially: 3 SDCM; after 50,000 hrs. operating time: 4 SDCM Use of external LED constant-current drivers required The ceramic PCB ensures optimum thermal management Fixation heat sink: lateral fixation with M5 screws and nuts or rear side fixation with tapping screws ST2.9 Leads: Cu tinned, stranded conductors 0.5 mm², FEP-insulation and neoprene sleeve, length: 350 mm With integrated cord grip Weight: 295 g, Unit: 6 pcs. Type

Ref. No. Colour

2 I (cd/klm)

2675

543 60°

4013 5350

1085

3

60°

1628 30°

EVO75 125 – 15°

2710

30°

4

EVO75 125 – 25° I (cd/klm) 90° 343 685

60°

1028 1370

EVO75 125 – 32°

Typ. luminous flux and typical voltage (Utyp.)

colour

and power consumption (Pel)

temperature

350 mA

Narrow beam angle: 15°

90°

1338

Correlated

K

I (cd/klm) 90°

CRI

Light intensity Beam

Energy efficiency

at max.

at max. current

angle

500 mA

700 mA

lm

lm

lm

Ra

Candela

°

Pel = 12 W

Pel = 17.7 W

30°

5 6

current

Utyp. = 34.1 V

Utyp. = 35.4 V

EVO75 125

557782 warm white 2700

1260

1650

82

13480

15

A+

EVO75 125

557785 warm white 3000

1355

1765

85

14740

15

A+

EVO75 125

557791 neutral white 4000

1445

1890

85

15430

15

A+

7

Medium beam angle: 25° EVO75 125

557783 warm white 2700

1260

1650

82

6100

25

A+

EVO75 125

557786 warm white 3000

1355

1765

85

6700

25

A+

EVO75 125

557792 neutral white 4000

1445

1890

85

7040

25

A+

8

Wide beam angle: 32° EVO75 125

557784 warm white 2700

1260

1650

82

3155

32

A+

EVO75 125

557787 warm white 3000

1355

1765

85

3440

32

A+

EVO75 125

557793 neutral white 4000

1445

1890

85

3620

32

A+

Pel = 7.8 W

Pel = 11.4 W

Pel = 16.6 W

Pearl White

Utyp. = 22.3 V

Utyp. = 22.8 V Utyp. = 23.7 V

EVO75 088

557788 pearl white

3100

1030

1405

1840

85

12050

16

A+

EVO75 088

557789 pearl white

3100

1040

1420

1860

85

5950

28

A+

EVO75 088

557790 pearl white

3100

1030

1405

1840

85

3350

34

A+

CRI > 90 on request

Reflectors for ShopLine EVO75 Reflectors made of aluminium with bayonet fixation Surface: anodised, Weight: 17 g, Unit: 30 pcs. Ref. No.

Beam characteristic

Beam angle

Reflectors D75 H40

DMC125 DMS088

557152

narrow

15°

16°

557153

medium

25°

28°

557154

wide

32°

34°

Usage and maintenance If necessary clean reflectors with mild soap, water and soft cloth. Never use any commercial cleaning solvents on reflectors, like alcohol. Please handle or install reflectors with wearing gloves, skin oils may damage reflector or its optical characteristic.

9 10 11 12 121


LEDSpots for Retail Lighting – HID Replacement

ActiveLine LUGA Built-in LEDSpot equipped with a reflector, heat sink and leads Technical notes Reflector: Ø 50 mm Heat sink material: aluminium Allowed operating temperature at tc point: –40 to 65 °C (L90/B10) Colour accuracy initially: 3 SDCM; after 50,000 hrs. operating time: 4 SDCM Use of external LED constant-current drivers required The ceramic PCB ensures optimum thermal management Plastic clear cover to protect reflector (opaque cover on request) Version with plug on request

ActiveLine 9.1 / 7.1 / 6.1 / Quad Built-in LEDSpot equipped with a reflector, heat sink and leads Technical notes Reflector: Ø 50 mm Heat sink material: aluminium (Quad: thermoconductive resin) Allowed operating temperature at tc point: –40 to 85 °C (L70/B30) –20 to 80 °C (Quad) Colour accuracy: 3 SDCM Use of external LED constant-current drivers required Aluminium PCB for optimum thermal management Plastic clear cover to protect reflector (opaque cover on request) Version with plug on request

ActiveLine PRO Complete LEDSpots equipped with a reflector or optics, heat sink, leads and metal frame Type and Ref. No. on request

122


LEDSpots for Retail Lighting – HID Replacement

ActiveLine LUGA C

1

Technical notes Reflector: Ø 50 mm Leads: Cu tinned, stranded conductors 0.5 mm², FEP-insulation and neoprene sleeve, length: 200 mm With integrated cord grip Weight: 300 g Unit: 35 pcs.

2 I (cd/klm)

I (cd/klm)

I (cd/klm)

90°

300

400 800

90°

90°

60°

185 60°

600

370

1200

900

555

1600

1200

740

2000

1500

30°

25°

925

30°

34°

3

60°

30°

4

48°

5 Type

Ref. No.

Colour

Correlated

Typ. luminous flux and typical voltage (Utyp.) CRI

Light intensity Beam

colour

and power consumption (Pel)*

at max.

temperature

350 mA

current

K Narrow beam angle: 25°

500 mA

lm

min.

Pel = 11 W

Pel = 16.3 W

angle

Energy efficiency at max.

Ra

Candela

°

current

A+

Utyp. = 31.4 V

Utyp. = 32.6 V

Luga C 115 27K

559397

warm white

2700

1190

1580

82

3165

25

Luga C 115 30K

559400

warm white

3000

1275

1685

85

3370

25

A+

Luga C 115 40K

559403

neutral white

4000

1355

1795

85

3590

25

A+

Luga C 115 30K

559418

warm white

3000

1065

1405

95

2815

25

A+ A+

6 7

Medium beam angle: 34° Luga C 115 27K

559398

warm white

2700

1170

1545

82

2160

34

Luga C 115 30K

559401

warm white

3000

1250

1650

85

2310

34

A+

Luga C 115 40K

559404

neutral white

4000

1325

1760

85

2460

34

A+

Luga C 115 30K

559419

warm white

3000

1045

1380

95

1930

34

A+ A+

8

Wide beam angle: 48° Luga C 115 27K

559399

warm white

2700

1210

1600

82

1460

48

Luga C 115 30K

559402

warm white

3000

1295

1710

85

1560

48

A+

Luga C 115 40K

559405

neutral white

4000

1375

1820

85

1660

48

A+

Luga C 115 30K

559420

warm white

3000

1080

1430

95

1310

48

A+

9

* Production tolerance of luminous flux, voltage and power consumption: ± 15%

10 11 12 123


LEDSpots for Retail Lighting – HID/Halogen Replacement

ActiveLine LUGA C Technical notes Reflector: Ø 50 mm Leads: Cu tinned, stranded conductors AWG22, PVC-insulation, length: 200 mm With integrated cord grip Weight: 145 g Unit: 45 pcs. ActiveLine LUGA C 104

ActiveLine LUGA C 115

I (cd/klm)

I (cd/klm)

I (cd/klm)

90°

300

400 800

60°

600

Colour

370

740 925

30°

34°

48°

Typ. luminous flux and typical voltage (Utyp.) CRI

Light intensity Beam

colour

and power consumption (Pel)*

at max.

temperature

350 mA

current

K

lm

angle

Energy efficiency at max.

Ra

Candela

°

current A+

Pel = 10.2 W, Utyp. = 29.2 V

Luga C 104 27K

559379

warm white

2700

1020

82

2050

25

Luga C 104 30K

559382

warm white

3000

1080

85

2170

25

A+

Luga C 104 40K

559385

neutral white

4000

1160

85

2330

25

A++

Luga C 104 30K

559406

warm white

3000

914

95

1850

25

A+ A+

Medium beam angle: 34° – LUGA C 104

Pel = 10.2 W, Utyp. = 29.2 V

Luga C 104 27K

559380

warm white

2700

1005

82

1410

34

Luga C 104 30K

559383

warm white

3000

1065

85

1495

34

A+

Luga C 104 40K

559386

neutral white

4000

1145

85

1610

34

A++

Luga C 104 30K

559407

warm white

3000

905

95

1270

34

A+ A+

Wide beam angle: 48° – LUGA C 104

Pel = 10.2 W, Utyp. = 29.2 V

Luga C 104 27K

559381

warm white

2700

1045

82

955

48

Luga C 104 30K

559384

warm white

3000

1105

85

1010

48

A+

Luga C 104 40K

559387

neutral white

4000

1190

85

1090

48

A++

Luga C 104 30K

559408

warm white

3000

940

95

860

48

A+ A+

Narrow beam angle: 25° – LUGA C 115

Pel = 11 W, Utyp. = 31.4 V

Luga C 115 27K

559388

warm white

2700

1190

82

2390

25

Luga C 115 30K

559391

warm white

3000

1275

85

2560

25

A+

Luga C 115 40K

559394

neutral white

4000

1355

85

2720

25

A++

Luga C 115 30K

559412

warm white

3000

1065

95

3220

25

A+ A+

Medium beam angle: 34° – LUGA C 115

Pel = 11 W, Utyp. = 31.4 V

Luga C 115 27K

559389

warm white

2700

1170

82

1645

34

Luga C 115 30K

559392

warm white

3000

1250

85

1755

34

A+

Luga C 115 40K

559395

neutral white

4000

1325

85

1860

34

A++

Luga C 115 30K

559413

warm white

3000

1045

95

1465

34

A+ A+

Wide beam angle: 48° – LUGA C 115

Pel = 11 W, Utyp. = 31.4 V

Luga C 115 27K

559390

warm white

2700

1210

82

1110

48

Luga C 115 30K

559393

warm white

3000

1295

85

1185

48

A+

Luga C 115 40K

559396

neutral white

4000

1375

85

1260

48

A++

Luga C 115 30K

559414

warm white

3000

1080

95

990

48

A+

* Production tolerance of luminous flux, voltage and power consumption: ± 15%

60°

555

Correlated

Narrow beam angle: 25° – LUGA C 104

124

1500

30°

25°

Ref. No.

60°

1200

1600

Type

185

900

1200

2000

90°

90°

30°


LEDSpots for Residential Lighting – Halogen Replacement

ActiveLine 9.1

1

Technical notes Reflector: Ø 50 mm Heat sink material: aluminium Leads: Cu tinned, stranded conductors AWG22, PVC-insulation, length: 200 mm With integrated cord grip Weight: 145 g Unit: 45 pcs.

2 ActiveLine 9.1 I (cd/klm)

I (cd/klm) 90°

90°

250 500

250 60°

500

750

750

1000

1000

1250

1250

30°

25°

3

60°

30°

4

36°

5 Type

Ref. No.

Colour

Correlated

Typ. luminous flux and typical voltage (Utyp.)

Light intensity

Beam

colour

and power consumption (Pel)

at max.

angle

temperature

350 mA

current

K Narrow beam angle: 25°

CRI

500 mA

lm

lm

Pel = 6.2 W

Pel = 9.3 W

Ra

Candela

Energy efficiency at max.

°

current

Utyp. = 17.8 V

Utyp. = 18.5 V

ActiveLine 9.1 27K

559442

warm white

2700

580

780

80

1400

25

A+

ActiveLine 9.1 30K

559444

warm white

3000

615

825

80

1430

25

A+

ActiveLine 9.1 40K

559446

neutral white

4000

645

865

80

1540

25

A++

Medium beam angle: 36° ActiveLine 9.1 27K

559443

warm white

2700

580

780

80

1150

36

A+

ActiveLine 9.1 30K

559445

warm white

3000

615

825

80

1220

36

A+

ActiveLine 9.1 40K

559447

neutral white

4000

645

865

80

1350

36

A++

6 7 8 9 10 11 12 125


LEDSpots for Residential Lighting – Halogen Replacement

ActiveLine 7.1 & 6.1 Technical notes Reflector: Ø 50 mm Heat sink material: aluminium Leads: Cu tinned, stranded conductors AWG22, PVC-insulation, length: 200 mm With integrated cord grip Weight: 145 g Unit: 45 pcs.

ActiveLine 7.1 I (cd/klm)

ActiveLine 6.1 I (cd/klm)

I (cd/klm)

90°

250 500

60°

500

25° – ActiveLine 7.1

Ref. No.

Colour

60°

500

1250

250 60°

500

750

1000 30°

90°

250

750

1000

Type

90°

250

750

1250

I (cd/klm)

90°

1000 1250

30°

36° – ActiveLine 7.1

1000 1250

30°

24° – ActiveLine 6.1

Typ. luminous flux and typical voltage (Utyp.) CRI

Light intensity Beam

colour

and power consumption (Pel)

at max.

temperature

350 mA

current

K

lm

angle

Energy efficiency at max.

Ra

Candela

°

current A+

Pel = 6.2 W, Utyp. = 17.8 V

ActiveLine 7.1 27K

559436

warm white

2700

580

80

1000

25

ActiveLine 7.1 30K

559438

warm white

3000

615

80

1075

25

A+

ActiveLine 7.1 40K

559440

neutral white

4000

645

80

1150

25

A++ A+

Medium beam angle: 36° – ActiveLine 7.1 ActiveLine 7.1 27K

559437

warm white

2700

580

80

865

36

ActiveLine 7.1 30K

559439

warm white

3000

615

80

925

36

A+

ActiveLine 7.1 40K

559441

neutral white

4000

645

80

1010

36

A++

Narrow beam angle: 24° – ActiveLine 6.1

Pel = 6.8 W, Utyp. = 19.4 V

ActiveLine 6.1 27K

559430

warm white

2700

520

80

950

24

A+

ActiveLine 6.1 30K

559432

warm white

3000

550

80

1010

24

A+

ActiveLine 6.1 40K

559434

neutral white

4000

575

80

1050

24

A+ A+

Medium beam angle: 36° – ActiveLine 6.1

126

30°

36° – ActiveLine 6.1

Correlated

Narrow beam angle: 25° – ActiveLine 7.1

60°

750

ActiveLine 6.1 27K

559431

warm white

2700

520

80

800

36

ActiveLine 6.1 30K

559433

warm white

3000

550

80

870

36

A+

ActiveLine 6.1 40K

559435

neutral white

4000

575

80

950

36

A+


LEDSpots for Residential and Furniture Lighting – Halogen Replacement

12,8

37,5

ActiveLine Quad

1 2

Ø50 Ø46

Technical notes Optics: Ø 50 mm Leads: Cu tinned, stranded conductors AWG22, PVC-insulation, length: 300 mm ESD protection class 2 Weight: 90 g Unit: 45 pcs.

I (cd/klm)

I (cd/klm) 90°

90°

4100 8200

1500 60°

3000

12800 16400

4500 6000

30°

10° I (cd/klm)

4

I (cd/klm) 90°

90°

700

500 60°

1000

2100 2800

30°

Type

Description

2000

Correlated

Luminous flux (lm) and typical voltage (Utyp.)

Light intensity Beam

without

colour

and power consumption (Pel)*

at max.

plug

plug

temperature

350 mA

K

min.

LEDSpot ActiveLine Quad 10°

typ.

min.

typ.

min.

angle

current typ.

Pel = 3.99 W

Pel = 5.8 W

Utyp. = 11.4 V

Utyp. = 11.6 V

Utyp. = 12.1 V

30°

40°

Ref. No. Ref. No. Colour

700 mA

60°

1500 30°

with

500 mA

30°

20°

1400

3

60°

5

Energy efficiency at max.

Candela

°

current

6

Pel = 8.5 W

LR4W

XTE 3000K bin Q3

547794 547790 warm white

2870...3200 338

373

450

496

601

663

10000

10

A

LR4W

XTE 4000K bin Q4

549917 548864 neutral white 3700...4260 360

398

479

529

640

707

10600

10

A+

LR4W

XPE 6300K bin Q4 547802 547798 cool white

5650...6950 360

398

468

517

612

676

10200

10

A+

7

LEDSpot ActiveLine Quad 20° LR4W

XTE 3000K bin Q3

547793 547789 warm white

2870...3200 338

373

450

496

601

663

3100

20

A

LR4W

XTE 4000K bin Q4

549916 547940 neutral white 3700...4260 360

398

479

529

640

707

3300

20

A+

LR4W

XPE 6300K bin Q4 547801 547797 cool white

5650...6950 360

398

468

517

612

676

3150

20

A+

LEDSpot ActiveLine Quad 30° LR4W

XTE 3000K bin Q3

547792 547788 warm white

2870...3200 338

373

450

496

601

663

1600

30

A

LR4W

XTE 4000K bin Q4

549915 548863 neutral white 3700...4260 360

398

479

529

640

707

1700

30

A+

LR4W

XPE 6300K bin Q4 547800 547796 cool white

5650...6950 360

398

468

517

612

676

1630

30

A+

LEDSpot ActiveLine Quad 40° LR4W

XTE 3000K bin Q3

547791 547726 warm white

2870...3200 338

373

450

496

601

663

1100

40

A

LR4W

XTE 4000K bin Q4

549914 547837 neutral white 3700...4260 360

398

479

529

640

707

1180

40

A+

LR4W

XPE 6300K bin Q4 547799 547795 cool white

398

468

517

612

676

1130

40

A+

5650...6950 360

Emission data at tj = 85 °C | * Production tolerance of luminous flux, voltage and power consumption: ± 7%

8 9 10 11 12 127


LEDSpots for Residential and Furniture Lighting – Halogen Replacement

LEDSpots Complete LEDSpot equipped with optics, heat sink, leads and frame LEDSpot IPLine Metal frame, round For cut-out: Ø 56 mm Degree of protection: IP54 LEDSpot SmartLine COB / XT Metal frame, round or square For cut-out: Ø 56 mm Degree of protection: IP40 LEDSpot StartLine Resin or steel frame, round For cut-out: Ø 56 mm Degree of protection: IP20 Surface Kit with Mounted LEDSpot Plastic frame to use IPLine, SmartLine or StartLine as surface mounting spots Dimensions (ØxH): Ø 67 x 30 mm Degree of protection: IP20 LEDSpot DiscLine Metal frame, round For cut-out: Ø 56 mm Degree of protection: IP40 LEDSpot EffectLine Metal frame, round or square For cut-out: Ø 37 mm Degree of protection: IP20 LEDSpot Sets On request, you will receive complete sets that contain the desired number of LEDSpots, a respective number of cable sets and the required LED drivers. Lead sets for LEDSpots Lead sets with connector for easy and fast connection.

128


LEDSpots for Residential and Furniture Lighting – Halogen Replacement

LEDSpot IPLine

1

Complete LEDSpot IP54 equipped with optics, heat sink, leads and metal frame Technical notes Metal frame, round For cut-out: Ø 56 mm LEDSpot with one LED and with thermoplastic heat sink Reflector with clear glass (opaque glass on request) Beam angle: 30° or 50° (XTE), 40° (COB) Leads: Cu tinned, stranded conductors AWG22, PVC-insulation, length: 250 mm Use of external LED constant-current drivers required Snap-in clips for easy installation Degree of protection: IP54 Unit: 45 pcs.

2 I (cd/klm)

LCH-022 / LCH-023

I (cd/klm) 90°

90° 283

500 60°

1000

565

1500

3

60°

848

2000

1130

30°

30°

30°

4

50° I (cd/klm) 90° 290 580

60°

870 1160

30°

40°

5 6 7

Type

Description

LEDSpot Colour

Correlated

Luminous flux (lm) and typical voltage (Utyp.)

Light intensity

Beam

version

colour

and power consumption (Pel)*

at max.

angle

temperature

350 mA

500 mA

700 mA

current

K

min.

min.

min.

Candela

LEDSpot IPLine (LCH-022)

typ.

typ.

typ.

Pel = 0.98 W

Pel = 1.48 W

Pel = 2.17 W

Utyp. = 3.5 V

Utyp. = 3 V

Utyp. = 3.1 V

LCH-022

XTE 3000K bin min Q3

A

warm white 2870...3200

79.8

LCH-022

XTE 4500K bin min Q5

B

neutral white 4250...4750

91

LCH-022

XTE 6000K bin min R3

C

cool white

88

103.7 114.4 135.7 149.6

Energy efficiency at max.

30°

50°

°

current

A+

290

170

50

133.4 161.7 178.3

360

190

50

A++

5000...6950 103.7 114.3 139.7 152.1 184.4 203.3

370

210

50

A++

100.3 121

Pel = 3.5 W LEDSpot IPLine COB (LCH-023)

8 9

350 mA / 40°

Utyp. = 10 V

LCH-023

COB 3000K bin min Q3 D

warm white 2920...3070 250

285

330

40

A+

LCH-023

COB 4200K bin min Q5 E

neutral white 3850...4650 263

300

380

40

A+

Emission data at tj = 85 °C | * Production tolerance of luminous flux, voltage and power consumption: ± 7% LEDSpot IPLine

10

LEDSpot IPLine COB

Frame

Ref. No.

Ref. No.

Ref. No.

Ref. No.

colour

A (warm white)

B (neutral white)

C (cool white)

D (warm white)

Ref. No. E (neutral white)

30°

50°

30°

50°

30°

50°

40°

40°

silver

555403

552083

555405

552085

555407

552087

552089

552091

white

555402

552082

555404

552084

555406

552086

552088

552090

11 12 129


LEDSpots for Residential and Furniture Lighting – Halogen Replacement

LEDSpot SmartLine COB Complete LEDSpot equipped with optics, heat sink, leads and metal frame Technical notes Metal frame, round or square For cut-out: Ø 56 mm LEDSpot with one LED and with an aluminium heat sink Beam angle: 40° Leads: Cu tinned, stranded conductors AWG22, PVC-insulation, length: 250 mm Use of external LED constant-current drivers required Snap-in clips for easy installation for luminaire sheets (type LCH-017 and -020) for ceilings (type LCH-019 and -021) Degree of protection: IP40 Unit: 90 pcs. (type LCH-017 and -020), 40 pcs. (type LCH-019 and -021)

I (cd/klm) 90°

LCH-017

Description

60°

580 870 1160

30°

40°

LCH-020

Type

290

LCH-019

LCH-021

LEDSpot

LEDSpot

Correlated

Luminous flux (lm) and typical voltage

Light intensity Frame shape

version

version

colour

(Utyp.) and power consumption (Pel)*

at max.

efficiency

for luminaire

for ceiling

temperature

at 350 mA

current

at max.

K

min.

Colour

sheets

typ.

Candela

Energy

round square

current

Pel = 3.5 W Utyp. = 10 V All types

COB 3000K 40° A

C

warm white

2920...3070 250

285

330

round square

A+

All types

COB 4200K 40° B

D

neutral white 3850...4650 263

300

380

round square

A+

Emission data at tc = 25 °C | * Production tolerance of luminous flux, voltage and power consumption: ± 7%

130

For luminaire sheets (LCH-017 and LCH-020)

For ceilings (LCH-019 and LCH-021)

Frame

Ref. No.

Ref. No.

Ref. No.

colour

A (warm white)

B (neutral white)

C (warm white)

Ref. No. D (neutral white)

round

square

round

square

round

square

round

square

silver

548912

548928

548916

548932

548920

548936

548924

548940

silver mat

548913

548917

548921

548925

gold

548914

548918

548922

548926

white

548915

548931

548919

548935

548923

548939

548927

548943


LEDSpots for Residential and Furniture Lighting – Halogen Replacement

LEDSpot SmartLine XT

1

Complete LEDSpot equipped with optics, heat sink, leads and metal frame

2 I (cd/klm)

LCH-002

LCH-004

90° 285 20

18

4,7

4,7

855 Ø67

Ø67

1140

30°

4

56±0.2

56±0,2

10,5±0,2

50°

tc

tc

5

58±0,2

6

72

Ø56±0,2

10,5±0,2

56±0,2

72

4,6 18

3,6 21,2

LCH-009

0,5-1

LCH-008

Tc point

7

Tc point

58±0,2

Type

Description

3

60°

570

0,5-1

Technical notes Metal frame, round or square For cut-out: Ø 56 mm LEDSpot with one LED and with thermoplastic heat sink Beam angle: 50° Leads: Cu tinned, stranded conductors AWG22, PVC-insulation, length: 250 mm Use of external LED constant-current drivers required Snap-in clips for easy installation for luminaire sheets (type LCH-002 and -008) for ceilings (type LCH-004 and -009) Degree of protection: IP40 Unit: 90 pcs. (type LCH-002 and -008), 40 pcs. (type LCH-004 and -009)

LEDSpot

LEDSpot Colour

Correlated

Luminous flux (lm) and typical voltage (Utyp.)

Light intensity Frame shape

version

version

colour

and power consumption (Pel)*

at max.

efficiency

for luminaire for ceiling

temperature

350 mA

500 mA

700 mA

current

at max.

sheets

K

min.

min.

min.

Candela

typ.

typ.

typ.

Energy

round square current

8

Pel = 0.98 W Pel = 1.48 W Pel = 2.17 W Utyp. = 2.8 V

Utyp. = 3 V

Utyp. = 3.1 V

All types XTE 3000K bin Q3 A

D

warm white 2870...3200

79.8

All types XTE 4500K bin Q5 B

E

neutral white 4250...4750

91.0 100.3 121.0 133.4 161.7 178.3 240

All types XTE 6000K bin R3 C

F

cool white

88.0 103.7 114.4 135.7 149.6 210

5000...6950 103.7 114.3 139.7 152.1 184.4 203.3 270

round square A+ round square A+ round square A++

9

Emission data at tj = 85 °C | * Production tolerance of luminous flux, voltage and power consumption: ± 7% For luminaire sheets (LCH-002 and LCH-008)

For ceilings (LCH-004 and LCH-009)

Frame

Ref. No.

Ref. No.

Ref. No.

Ref. No.

Ref. No.

Ref. No.

colour

A (warm white)

B (neutral white)

C (cool white)

D (warm white)

E (neutral white)

F (cool white)

round

square

round

square

round

square

round

square

round

square

round

square

silver

548898

548363

548902

548369

548906

548375

548886

548418

547838

548429

548894

548435

silver mat

548899

548903

548907

548887

548891

548895

gold

548900

548904

548908

548888

548892

548896

white

548901

548366

548905

548372

548909

548378

548889

548424

548893

548432

548897

548438

10 11 12 131


LEDSpots for Residential and Furniture Lighting – Halogen Replacement

LEDSpot StartLine Complete LEDSpot equipped with optics, heat sink, leads and frame Technical notes Frame, round: resin (LCH-015) or steel (LCH-016) For cut-out: Ø 56 mm LEDSpot with one LED and with thermoplastic heat sink Beam angle: 20°or 40° Leads: Cu tinned, stranded conductors 0.5 mm², PVC-insulation, length: 250 mm Use of external LED constant-current drivers required Snap-in clips for easy installation Degree of protection: IP20 Unit: 90 pcs.

LCH-015

I (cd/klm)

LCH-016

90° 800 1600

60°

2400 3200

30°

20° I (cd/klm) 90° 290 580

60°

870 1160

30°

40°

Type

Description

LEDSpot

Colour

version

Correlated

Luminous flux (lm) and typical voltage (Utyp.)

Light intensity

Energy efficiency

colour

and power consumption (Pel)*

at max. current

at max. current

temperature

350 mA

K

min. el

500 mA typ.

min.

= 1.02 W

700 mA typ.

Pel = 1.49 W

Utyp. = 2.9 V

Utyp. = 3 V

min.

Candela typ.

20°

40°

Pel = 2.17 W Utyp. = 3.1 V

All types

XBD Min Q2

A

warm white

2870...3200

74.3

82.5

96.6

107.2

127.8

141.8

430

160

A+

All types

XBD Min Q4

B

neutral white

3850...4250

85

93.9

110.5

122.1

146.2

161.6

520

220

A+

All types

XBD Min Q5

C

cool white

5250...6250

91

100.3

118.2

130.2

156.4

172.5

600

230

A+

Emission data at tj = 85 °C | * Production tolerance of luminous flux, voltage and power consumption: ± 7% With resin frame (LCH-015)

132

With steel frame (LCH-016)

Frame

Ref. No.

Ref. No.

Ref. No.

Frame

Ref. No.

Ref. No.

colour

A (warm white)

B (neutral white)

C (cool white)

colour

A (warm white)

B (neutral white)

Ref. No. C (cool white)

20°

40°

20°

40°

20°

40°

20°

40°

20°

40°

20°

40°

silver mat

553424

553426

553429

553431

553433

553435

silver

553442

551758

553444

551748

553446

551750

white

553423

553425

553428

553430

553432

553434

white

553441

551757

553443

551747

553445

551749


LEDSpots for Residential and Furniture Lighting – Halogen Replacement

Surface Kit with Mounted LEDSpot

1

Plastic frame to use IPLine, SmartLine or StartLine as surface mounting spots Two single pole terminal for electrical connection inside the kit Fixation by self tapping screws Unit: 90 pcs. Ref. No.: 554845 Frame colour: white Ref. No.: 554843 Frame colour: silver

2 Frame

3

Surface Kit with LEDSpot StartLine Colour temperature: 3000 K Beam angle: 40° Unit: 1 pcs. Type: StartLine SFK LCH016 Ref. No.: 557621 Frame colour: white Ref. No.: 557157 Frame colour: silver

4 5

Surface Kit with LEDSpot SmartLine Colour temperature: 3000 K Beam angle: 50° Unit: 1 pcs. Type: SmartLine SFK LCH002 Ref. No.: 557158 Frame colour: white Ref. No.: 557622 Frame colour: silver

6 7

Surface Kit with LEDSpot IPLine Colour temperature: 4500 K Beam angle: 30° Unit: 1 pcs. Type: IPLine SFK LCH022 Ref. No.: 559624 Frame colour: white Ref. No.: 559623 Frame colour: silver

Type

Description

Ref. No.

8 9 Colour

Correlated

Luminous flux* (lm) at

colour

350 mA

500 mA

700 mA

at max.

temp. (K)

min.

min.

min.

current (Cd) °

typ.

Light intensity Beam Energy typ.

typ.

angle efficiency

10

700 mA

Pel = 1.02 W Pel = 1.49 W Pel = 2.17 W Surface Kit with LEDSpot StartLine StartLine SFK LCH016 XBD Min Q2

Utyp. = 2.9 V Utyp. = 3 V 557157/559621 warm white 2870...3200 74.3 82.5

Surface Kit with LEDSpot SmartLine

Utyp. = 3.1 V

96.6 107.2 127.8 141.8 160

40

A+

50

A+

30

A++

Pel = 0.98 W Pel = 1.48 W Pel = 2.17 W Utyp. = 3.1 V Utyp. = 2.8 V Utyp. = 3 V

SmartLine SFK LCH002 XTE 3000K bin Q3 557158/559622 warm white 2870...3200 79.8 88

103.7 114.4 135.7 149.6 210

11

Pel = 0.98 W Pel = 1.48 W Pel = 2.17 W Surface Kit with LEDSpot IPLine IPLine SFK LCH022

Utyp. = 3.5 V Utyp. = 3 V

XTE 4500K bin Q5 559623/559624 neutral white 4250...4750 91

Emission data at tj = 85 °C | * Measurement tolerance of luminous flux: ± 7%

100.3 121

Utyp. = 3.1 V

133.4 161.7 178.7 190

12 133


LEDSpots for Residential and Furniture Lighting – Halogen Replacement

LEDSpot DiscLine Complete LEDSpot equipped with optics, heat sink, leads and metal frame

21

1,2 Ø56±0.2

10,5±0,2

Ø68,6

I (cd/klm) 90° 500

tc

1000 58±0,2

60°

1500 2000

30°

30°

LCH-007 I (cd/klm) 90° 283

1,2 21

Technical notes Metal frame, round For cut-out: Ø 56 mm LEDSpot with one LED and with thermoplastic heat sink Reflector with clear glass (opaque glass on request) Beam angle: 30° or 50° Leads: Cu tinned, stranded conductors AWG22, PVC-insulation, length: 250 mm Use of external LED constant-current drivers required Snap-in clips for easy installation for luminaires sheets (type LCH-006) for ceilings (type LCH-007) Degree of protection: IP40 Unit: 90 pcs. (type LCH-006), 40 pcs. (type LCH-007)

0,5-1

LCH-006

565

Ø68,6

60°

848 1130

30°

Ø56±0,2

50°

tc

Type

Description

LEDSpot

LEDSpot Colour

Correlated

Luminous flux (lm) and typical voltage (Utyp.)

Light intensity

Energy

version

version

colour

and power consumption (Pel)*

at max. current

efficiency

for luminaire for ceiling

temperature

350 mA

Candela

at max.

sheet

K

min.

30°

50°

current

A+

500 mA typ.

Pel = 0.98 W Utyp. = 2.8 V

min.

700 mA typ.

min.

typ.

Pel = 1.48 W

Pel = 2.17 W

Utyp. = 3 V

Utyp. = 3.1 V

All types XTE 3000K min Q3 A

D

warm white

2870...3200

79.8

88.0

103.7 114.4 135.7

149.6

290

170

All types XTE 4500K min Q5 B

E

neutral white 4250...4750

91.0

100.3

121.0 133.4 161.7

178.3

360

190

A++

C

F

cool white

5000...6950 103.7

114.3

139.7 152.1 184.4

203.3

370

210

A++

All types XTE 6000K min R3

Emission data at tj = 85 °C | * Production tolerance of luminous flux, voltage and power consumption: ± 7% For luminaire sheets (LCH-006)

134

For ceilings (LCH-007)

Frame

Ref. No.

Ref. No.

Ref. No.

Ref. No.

Ref. No.

colour

A (warm white)

B (neutral white)

C (cool white)

D (warm white)

E (neutral white)

Ref. No. F (cool white)

30°

50°

30°

50°

30°

50°

30°

50°

30°

50°

30°

silver

548769

548782

548944

548948

548775

548788

548794

548806

548952

548956

548800

548812

silver brushed

548771

548784

554907

554908

548777

548790

548796

548808

554910

554911

548802

548814

white

548772

548785

548947

548951

548778

548791

548797

548809

548955

548959

548803

548815

50°


LEDSpots for Residential and Furniture Lighting – Halogen Replacement

LEDSpot EffectLine XTE

1 LCH-010

Complete LEDSpot equipped with optics, heat sink, leads and metal frame

2 Ø37

Ø50

0,5

41

Technical notes Metal frame, round or square For cut-out: Ø 37 mm LEDSpot with one LED and with thermoplastic heat sink Beam angle: 8°, 16°, 26° or 45° Leads: Cu tinned, stranded conductors AWG22, PVC-insulation, length: 250 mm Use of external LED constant-current drivers required Snap-in clips for easy installation Degree of protection: IP20 Unit: 45 pcs.

I (cd/klm)

I (cd/klm) 90°

90°

1825

1375 60°

3650 5475

4125

7300

LCH-011

5500

30°

30°

4

16°

I (cd/klm)

I (cd/klm) 90°

90° 400

41

713 60°

0,5

1425

60°

800

2138

1200

2850

1600

30°

30°

45°

50

6

50

Description

LEDSpot Colour

Correlated

version

colour temperature and power consumption (Pel)*

Luminous flux (lm) and typical voltage (Utyp.) 350 mA

K

5

Ø37

26°

Type

3

60°

2750

min.

500 mA typ.

min.

efficiency 700 mA

typ.

Light intensityat max. current Energy

min.

Candela typ.

Pel = 0.98 W

Pel = 1.48 W

Pel = 2.17 W

Utyp. = 2.8 V

Utyp. = 3 V

Utyp. = 3.1 V

7

at max.

16°

26°

45° current

All types

XTE 3000K bin Q3 A

warm white

2870...3200

84.5

93.2

109.9 121.1 163.7 158.4 1160 880

460

260 A+

All types

XTE 4500K bin Q4 B

neutral white 4250...4750

90.0

99.4

117.0 129.3 153.0 169.0 1200 900

490

280 A++

8

Emission data at tj = 85 °C | * Production tolerance of luminous flux, voltage and power consumption: ± 7% Frame

Ref. No.

Ref. No.

colour

A (warm white)

B (neutral white)

round 8°

square 16°

26°

45°

9

round 16°

26°

45°

square 16°

26°

45°

16°

26°

45°

silver

554912 554914 548964 548960 554921 554923 548966 548962 554916 554918 548965 548961 554925 554927 548967 548963

white

554913 554915 552398 552399 554922 554924 552406 552407 554917 554919 552400 552401 554926 554928 552408 552409

10 11 12 135


LEDSpots for Residential and Furniture Lighting – Halogen Replacement

LEDSpot Sets On request, you will receive complete sets that contain the desired number of LEDSpots, a respective number of cable sets and the required LED drivers. Several examples of such sets can be seen to the right. Contact us – we will gladly support you when it comes to dimensioning your lighting application. LEDSpot set 1 – Ref. No.: 554529 / 554530

LEDSpot set 2 – Ref. No.: 554532 / 554533

LEDSpot set 3 – Ref. No.: 554534

LEDSpot set 4 – Ref. No.: 554535 Set No.

Sets includes LEDSpot

Beam angle

Frame

554529

1 piece LEDSpot ActiveLine LUGA Pro 3000 K

40°

round

554530

2 pieces ActiveLine LUGA Pro 3000 K

554532

1 piece ActiveLine 600 Pro 3000 K

186342

554533

2 pieces ActiveLine 600 Pro 3000 K

186294

3

554534

2 pieces SmartLine COB 3000 K

186341

4

554535

2 pieces StartLine 3000 K

186348

1 2

136

Ref. No.

silver

Driver

Lead set

186350

inclusive

186353


LEDSpots for Residential and Furniture Lighting – Halogen Replacement

Lead sets

545029

1

136 31,9

14 Brown cable

Blue cable

For LEDSpots with connectors 546388 Lead sets with connector for easy and fast connection Connector material: PA, natural, UL94V-0 Leads: Cu tinned, stranded conductors 0.5 mm², PVC-insulation, with connector, lead ends: ferrules on bare end of core Lead sets Lead sets with connector and lead ends Leads: H03VVH2-F Weight: 18/36/58/90 g, unit: 10 pcs. Ref. No.: 545029 with 1 connector Ref. No.: 546388 with 2 connectors Ref. No.: 545315 with 3 connectors Ref. No.: 554929 with 4 connectors Ref. No.: 545316 with 5 connectors

2

2000

136 31,9

14 Brown cable

Black cable

Blue cable

Red cable

Red cable

1000

1000

545029

3

545315 136

3000 31,9

14 Brown cable

2000 Black cable

Blue cable

Red cable

Red cable

1000

1000

1000

4

554929

546388

5

545316 5000 4000 136

3000 31,9

14 Brown cable

Blue cable

2000

6

Black cable

Red cable

1000

Red cable

1000

1000

1000

1000

7 8 9 10 11 12 137


LED Constant Current Drivers

LEDLINE ECX ELECTRONIC CONSTANT CURRENT DRIVERS

LED CONSTANT CURRENT DRIVERS Electronic converters for LED modules operated with constant current LED drivers To ensure the safe operation of LEDs that are wired in series, the operating current must be limited to a constant value by the LED driver. Light-emitting diodes are semiconductor devices with a light-emitting p-n junction. Due to the specific diode characteristics, the current can only flow through an LED in one direction. Coupled with the special properties of a semiconductor, this non-linear behaviour can increase the current and power uptake of an LED as it heats up. If this effect is not limited, uncontrolled heating can finally destroy the semiconductor junction. For this reason, VS recommends using an external constant current driver to operate all constant current driven LED modules. To ensure that the same current flows through every LED, constant current driven LED modules can only be wired in series. The constant current source has to be selected to suit the respective application, i.e. it must supply the required current and also provide sufficient voltage for the LED string. The number of VS LED modules that can be connected to a single operating device is dependent on the forward voltage of the respective modules.

LEDLine ECX

¢ OVERLOAD PROTECTION ¢ SHORT CIRCUITING PROTECTION ¢ SELV OR SELV EQUIVALENT

138


LED Constant Current Drivers

Product Classification and Overview of LED Drivers The electronic constant current drivers are optimised to operate constant current driven LED modules. Before connecting LED modules ensure that the power supply is disconnected from mains.

1

Most converters are designed for DC-operation (mains frequency: 0 Hz) and can be used for emergency power supplies.

2

PrimeLine

ComfortLine

EasyLine

Intelligent

Comfortable

Cost-efficient

Digital networking and control

Many dimming options

Approved VS quality

Up to 100,000 hrs. expected service life time

Up to 100,000 hrs. expected service life time

Up to 100,000 hrs. expected service life time

3

Maximum flexibility

Product overview by main application fields Main application Capacity range

Output current DC

field

W

mA

Office

4x9

4x60

Retail

15

350

2x20

2x350

27.5/33/38.5

125/150/175

2x28.5/2x40

2x500/2x700

Ref. No.

Version

Current setting

Dimming

Max. service lifetime

Page

186384

ComfortLine

DALI, PUSH

100,000

186305

ComfortLine

100,000

143 147

186229

ComfortLine

100,000

149

186407

ComfortLine

1–10 V

100,000

144

186406

ComfortLine

100,000

147

186486

ComfortLine

Push-in terminal

100,000

145

186410

ComfortLine

Dip switch

1–10 V

100,000

144

186409

ComfortLine

Dip switch

100,000

147

40

350/500/700

186444

ComfortLine

Push-in terminal

100,000

146

42

350–700

186446

PrimeLine

Programmable

DALI, PUSH

100,000

141

350

186414

EasyLine

50,000

150

44/47

200/225/250

186487

ComfortLine

Push-in terminal

100,000

145

47

275/300/325

186488

ComfortLine

Push-in terminal

100,000

145

60

700

186429

EasyLine

50,000

150

2x70

2x700

186356

ComfortLine

DALI, PUSH

100,000

142

186355

ComfortLine

1–10 V

100,000

144

186354

ComfortLine

100,000

147

186227

ComfortLine

DALI, PUSH

100,000

143

186226

ComfortLine

100,000

147

186445

PrimeLine

Programmable

DALI, PUSH

100,000

141

350/500/700

186443

ComfortLine

Push-in terminal

100,000

146

375/400/425

186491

ComfortLine

Push-in terminal

100,000

145

550/600/650

186492

ComfortLine

Push-in terminal

100,000

145

107

500

186460

ComfortLine

DALI, PUSH

100,000

143

186315

ComfortLine

100,000

148

10/14/20

250/350/500

186463

EasyLine

Push-in terminal

50,000

158

15/18/21

500/600/700

186464

EasyLine

Push-in terminal

50,000

158 151

75

350

77/84

350–700

79/85 85

24

350–700

186465

PrimeLine

Programmable

DALI, PUSH

100,000

24

700

186280

ComfortLine

DALI, PUSH

100,000

152

186279

ComfortLine

1–10 V

100,000

154 155

186278

ComfortLine

100,000

25

500

186363

EasyLine

50,000

159

34

700

186177, 186195

ComfortLine

DALI, PUSH

100,000

153

35

700

186364

EasyLine

50,000

159

1050

186365

EasyLine

50,000

159

350–700

186503

PrimeLine

Programmable

DALI, PUSH

100,000

152

700

186308

ComfortLine

DALI, PUSH

100,000

152

186306

ComfortLine

100,000

155

37

40

700

51.3

900

60

1050

4

hrs.

186221, 186222

ComfortLine

DALI, PUSH

100,000

153

186266, 186267

ComfortLine

100,000

156

186330, 186331

ComfortLine

100,000

157

186386, 186387

ComfortLine

100,000

157

186196, 186197

ComfortLine

DALI, PUSH

100,000

153

186268, 186269

ComfortLine

100,000

156

186328, 186329

ComfortLine

100,000

157

5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 139


LED Constant Current Drivers

Product overview by main application fields Main application Capacity range

Output current DC

field

mA

Residential

W

Current setting

Dimming

Max. service lifetime

Page

hrs.

5.2

700

186458

EasyLine

50,000

164

700

186348

EasyLine

50,000

165

6

150

186447

EasyLine

L,C

50,000

163

7

350

186342

EasyLine

50,000

165

100,000

161

50,000

163

8

350

186180

ComfortLine

10

500

186448

EasyLine

L,C

11

350

186424

ComfortLine

12

250

186449

EasyLine

L,C

100,000

161

50,000

163

12.6

350

186341

EasyLine

50,000

166

15

350

186415

EasyLine

L,C

50,000

163

700

186450

EasyLine

L,C

50,000

163

500

186349

EasyLine

50,000

166

16

500

186425

ComfortLine

100,000

161

17

700

186426

ComfortLine

100,000

161

20

1050

186427

ComfortLine

100,000

161

350

186431

EasyLine

50,000

166

700

186350

EasyLine

50,000

166

25

700

186416

EasyLine

L,C

50,000

163

25.2

700

186353

EasyLine

50,000

166

30

700

186393

ComfortLine

L,C

100,000

160

350

186430

EasyLine

50,000

167

1050

186351

EasyLine

50,000

167

31.5 32

1050

186479

ComfortLine

100,000

162

36

1050

186394, 186395

ComfortLine

L,C

100,000

160

700

186451

EasyLine

L,C

50,000

163

700

186490

ComfortLine

1–10 V

100,000

171

186489

ComfortLine

100,000

174 176

40 42

350

186175

ComfortLine

100,000

60

1050

186316

ComfortLine

1–10 V

100,000

170

75

700

186400

ComfortLine

1–10 V

100,000

169

700 / 400

186397

ComfortLine

Power reduction

100,000

173

82/90/90

700/1000/1400

186367

PrimeLine

Dip switch/DALI

DALI, PUSH, MidNight

100,000

168

100

700

186401

ComfortLine

1–10 V

100,000

169

700 / 400

186398

ComfortLine

Power reduction

100,000

173

700

186402

ComfortLine

1–10 V

100,000

169 172

150

700 / 400

Industry

Version

5.6

20.3

Street

Ref. No.

186202, 186203

ComfortLine

Power reduction

100,000

186509

ComfortLine

Power reduction

100,000

173

700

186399

ComfortLine

100,000

175

19.95/28.5/

350/500/

186326, 186327

ComfortLine

Rotary switch

1–10 V

100,000

179

34.2/39.9

600/700

38.7/45.1/

900/1050/

186208

ComfortLine

Rotary switch

1–10 V

100,000

178

51.6/60.2

1200/1400

50

700

186452

EasyLine

50,000

181

75

1050

186453

EasyLine

50,000

181

100

1400

186454

EasyLine

50,000

181

112

700

186299, 186300

ComfortLine

DALI, PUSH

100,000

177

186297, 186298

ComfortLine

100,000

180

50,000

181

125

1700

186455

EasyLine

126

1050

186303, 186304

ComfortLine

DALI, PUSH

100,000

177

186301, 186302

ComfortLine

100,000

180 181

150

2100

186456

EasyLine

50,000

175

2400

186510

EasyLine

50,000

181

200

2800

186477

EasyLine

50,000

181

230

3200

186478

EasyLine

50,000

181

Ref. No. 186428

The iProgrammer is designed to let you configure LED drivers using the 3C function.

Accessories iProgrammer

140

182


LED Constant Current Drivers – Office

PrimeLine LED Drivers – with Selectable Current

1 2

350–700 mA, max. 42 W and max. 84 W The linear LED constant-current drivers are designed for use in office and retail lighting.

3

Expected service life time at operation temperatures at tc point

Electrical characteristics Secondary side switching of LED modules is not allowed. Power factor at full load: 0.97 Stand-by losses: < 0.5 W

Operation Ref. No.

Dimming The dimming function is achieved by applying a PWM signal to the nominal current. Dimming range: 3 to 100%. If no dimming interface is connected, brightness will stay at 100%.

current

186446

350 mA

70 °C

60 °C

60 °C

186445 50 °C

500 mA

75 °C

65 °C

65 °C

55 °C

700 mA

80 °C

70 °C

70 °C

60 °C

hrs.

50,000

100,000

50,000

100,000

4 5

M10 Programmability The output current can be freely adjusted in 1 mA steps between 350 mA and 700 mA (factory setting: 350 mA). An iProgrammer (Ref. No. 186428) and a PC running the respective VS software are required for programming purposes.

6 7

Connection details Mains voltage: 220–240 V ± 10% Mains frequency: 50–60 Hz Push-in terminals: 0.2–1.5 mm²

8

Safety features Electronic short-circuit protection Overtemperature protection Protection against "no load" operation Degree of protection: IP20 Protection class I

9

Products under development; preliminary technical datas Max.

Type

Ref. No.

output W

Mains voltage Mains

Current output DC

Voltage

Max. voltage Efficiency

Ambient

Casing

50–60 Hz

programmable

output*

without load

at

temperature

temperature

DC

DC

full load

ta

tc

V

current

Weight

mA

mA

V

V

% (230 V)

°C

°C

g

420–390

350–700 ± 5%

28–114

< 250

> 88

–25 to 50

70

227

10

M10 – Dimensions: 359x30x21 mm 42

ECXe 700.150

186446

220–240

75 77

ECXe 700.149

186445

84

220–240

200–110

350–700 ± 5%

60–220

< 250

> 88

–25 to 50

60

250

11

65

* Depends on the adjusted current output

12 141


LED Constant Current Drivers – Office

ComfortLine LED Drivers – Dimmable 2 x 700 mA / max. 2 x 70 W The linear LED constant-current drivers are designed for use in office and retail lighting. Electrical characteristics Secondary side switching of LED modules is not allowed. Power factor at full load: 0.95 Stand-by losses: < 0.5 W

Expected service life time at operation temperatures at tc point

Dimming The dimming function is achieved by applying a PWM signal to the nominal current. Dimming range: 3 to 100%. If no dimming interface is connected, brightness will stay at 100%. Connection details Mains voltage: 220–240 V ± 10% Mains frequency: 50–60 Hz DC operation: 198–264 V DC, 0 Hz (can be reduced to 176 V with reduced service life time) Push-in terminals: 0.2–1.5 mm²

Operation

Ref. No.

current

186356

2x700 mA

80 °C

hrs.

50,000 100,000

70 °C

M12

Safety features Electronic short-circuit protection Overload and overtemperature protection Protection against "no load" operation Degree of protection: IP20 Protection class I SELV

Max.

Type

Ref. No. Mains voltage Mains

output

0 Hz,

Current output DC Voltage

current

output

50–60 Hz W

V

mA

mA

Max. voltage

Efficiency

Ambient

Casing

without load

at

temperature

temperature

ta

Weight

DC

DC

full load

V

V

% (230 V) °C

°C

tc g

42–100

< 120

> 90

80

400

M12 – Dimensions: 359x40x21 mm 2x70

142

ECXd 2700.089 186356

198–264

834–625 2x700 ± 5%

220–240

750–688

–20 to 50


LED Constant Current Drivers – Office

ComfortLine LED Drivers – Dimmable

1

4 x 60 mA / max. 4 x 9 W 350 mA / max. 75 W 500 mA / max. 107 W The linear LED constant-current drivers are designed for use in office and retail lighting.

2

Electrical characteristics Secondary side switching of LED modules is not allowed. Power factor at full load: > 0.95 Stand-by losses: < 0.5 W

3

Expected service life time at operation temperatures at tc point Operation

Ref. No.

current

all types

all

70 °C

Dimming The dimming function is achieved by applying a PWM signal to the nominal current. Dimming range: 3 to 100%. If no dimming interface is connected, brightness will stay at 100%.

hrs.

50,000 100,000

Connection details Mains voltage: 220–240 V ± 10% Mains frequency: 50–60 Hz DC operation: 198–264 V DC, 0 Hz 176–264 V DC, 0 Hz (186227) Push-in terminals: 0.2–1.5 mm²

M10

60 °C

4 5 6

Safety features Electronic short-circuit protection Overload protection Protection against "no load" operation Degree of protection: IP20 Protection class I

7 8

Max.

Type

Ref. No.

Mains voltage

Mains

Current

Voltage

Max. voltage Efficiency

Ambient

Casing

output

0 Hz,

current

output

output

without load

at

temperature

temperature

DC

DC

DC

full load

ta

tc

W

V

mA

mA

V

V

% (230 V)

°C

°C

g

198–264

190–140

4x60 ± 5%

55–150

< 450

> 91

–25 to 65

70

230

220–240

170–150

176–264

364–334

350 + 5/–10% 90–215

< 450

> 93

–20 to 50

70

235

220–240

370–320

198–264

557–412

500 + 5/–10% 90–215

< 450

> 90

–20 to 50

70

220

220–240

502–460

50–60 Hz

Weight

M10 – Dimensions: 359x30x21 mm 4x9 75 107

ECXd 460.110 186384 ECXd 350.029 186227 ECXd 500.163 186460

9 10 11 12 143


LED Constant Current Drivers – Office

ComfortLine LED Drivers – Dimmable 2 x 350 mA / max. 2 x 20 W 2 x 500 mA / max. 2 x 28.5 W 2 x 700 mA / max. 2 x 40 W and max. 2 x 70 W The linear LED constant-current drivers are designed for use in office and retail lighting. Expected service life time at operation temperatures at tc point

Electrical characteristics Secondary side switching of LED modules is not allowed. Power factor at full load: 0.95

Operation

Dimming The dimming function is achieved by applying a PWM signal to the nominal current (M12) or with an analogue dimming signal (M10/M11). Dimming range: 3 to 100%. If no dimming interface is connected, brightness will stay at 100%.

1–10 V

Ref. No.

current

186407

186410

2x350 mA

75 °C 65°C

186355 —

2x500 mA

75 °C 65 °C

2x700 mA

75 °C 65 °C

80 °C 70 °C

hrs.

50,000 100,000 50,000 100,000 50,000 100,000

M10/M11 5

Type

21

4.2

Current

Voltage

Max. voltage Efficiency

Ambient

Casing

current

output

output

without load

at

temperature

temperature

DC

DC

DC

full load

ta

mA

mA

V

V

% (230 V) °C

°C

g

198–264

500–340

2x350 ± 5%

17–57

42

> 85

–20 to 50

75

270

220–240

400–370 17–57

60

> 88

–20 to 50

75

310

42–100

120

> 90

–20 to 50

80

400

0 Hz, 50–60 Hz

W

4.2

11.5 Ø4.2

M12

Ref. No. Mains voltage Mains

output

30

359/425

Safety features Electronic short-circuit protection Overload and overtemperature protection Protection against "no load" operation Degree of protection: IP20 Protection class I SELV

Max.

(8)

346/412

Ø4.2

Connection details Mains voltage: 220–240 V ± 10% Mains frequency: 50–60 Hz DC operation: 198–264 V DC, 0 Hz (can be reduced to 176 V with reduced service life time) Push-in terminals: 0.2–1.5 mm²

V

Weight

tc

M10 – Dimensions: 359x30x21 mm 2x20

ECXd 2350.124

186407

M11 – Dimensions: 425 x 30 x 21 mm 2x28,5/ ECXd 2700.127

186410

2x40

198–264

260–175

2x500 ± 5%/

220–240

200–190

2x700 ± 5%

198–264

834–625

2x700 ± 5%

220–240

750–688

M12 – Dimensions: 359x40x21 mm 2x70

144

ECXd 2700.088

186355


LED Constant Current Drivers – Office

ComfortLine LED Drivers – with Selectable Current

1 2

125 to 650 mA / 27.5 W to 85.1 W The linear LED constant-current drivers are designed for use in office and retail lighting. Electrical characteristics Secondary side switching of LED modules is not allowed. Power factor at full load: 0.97

3

Expected service life time at operation temperatures at tc point Operation

Selectable current output The required current output can be chosen by selecting the respective pin at the output terminal.

Ref. No.

current

186486

186487

186488

186491

186492

350 mA

55 °C 45 °C

60 °C 50 °C

60 °C 50 °C

65 °C 55 °C

65 °C 55 °C

500 mA

55 °C 45 °C

60 °C 50 °C

60 °C 50 °C

65 °C 55 °C

70 °C 60 °C

700 mA

55 °C 45 °C

60 °C 50 °C

60 °C 50 °C

65 °C 55 °C

70 °C 60 °C

hrs.

50,000 100,000 50,000 100,000 50,000 100,000 50,000 100,000 50,000 100,000

Connection details Mains voltage: 220–240 V ± 10% Mains frequency: 50–60 Hz Push-in terminals: 0.2–1.5 mm²

4 5

M10 Safety features Electronic short-circuit protection Overtemperature protection Protection against "no load" operation Degree of protection: IP20 Protection class I

6 7

* Products under development; preliminary technical datas Max.

Type

Ref. No.

Mains voltage Mains

Current

Voltage

Max. voltage

Efficiency

Ambient

Casing

output

50–60 Hz

current

output

output

without load

at

temperature

temperature

Weight

DC

DC

DC

full load

ta

tc

W

V

mA

mA

V

V

% (230 V)

°C

°C

g

< 250

> 90

–25 to 50

55

220

–25 to 50

60

220

–25 to 50

60

220

–25 to 50

60

243

–25 to 50

65

244

8

M10 – Dimensions: 359x30x21 mm 27.5

ECXe 175.173 186486

220–240

150–140 125

155–220

175–165 150

130–220

200–190 175

110–220

220–205 200

112–220

47

230–220 225

104–208

47

235–220 250

94–188

235–220 275

85–170

235–220 300

78–156

> 91

235–220 325

72–144

> 91

33 38.5 44

46.8

82.5

ECXe 250.174 186487

ECXe 325.175 186488

ECXe 425.178 186491*

220–240

220–240

220–240

84.8 85

410–375 375

113–220

420–385 400

105–212

> 91 > 92 < 250

> 93 > 92 > 92

< 250

< 250

> 91

> 93

420–390 425

100–200 77–154

84.6

420–390 600

71–141

> 93

70

85.1

420–390 650

65–131

> 93

70

ECXe 650.179 186492*

220–240

10

> 94

420–390 550

84.7

9

> 94 < 250

> 93

11 12 145


LED Constant Current Drivers – Office

ComfortLine LED Drivers – with Selectable Current 350/500/700 mA, max. 40 W and max. 85 W The linear LED constant-current drivers are designed for use in office and retail lighting. Expected service life time at operation temperatures at tc point

Electrical characteristics Secondary side switching of LED modules is not allowed. Power factor at full load: 0.97

Operation

Selectable current output The required current output can be chosen by selecting the respective pin at the output terminal. Connection details Mains voltage: 220–240 V ± 10% Mains frequency: 50–60 Hz Push-in terminals: 0.2–1.5 mm²

Ref. No.

current

186444

350 mA

60 °C

50 °C

70 °C

186443 60 °C

500 mA

65 °C

55 °C

75 °C

65 °C

700 mA

70 °C

60 °C

80 °C

hrs.

50,000

100,000 50,000

70 °C 100,000

M10

Safety features Electronic short-circuit protection Overtemperature protection Protection against "no load" operation Degree of protection: IP20 Protection class I

Max.

Type

Ref. No.

Mains voltage Mains

Current

Voltage

Max. voltage

Efficiency

Ambient

Casing

output

50–60 Hz

current

output

output

without load

at

temperature

temperature

Weight

DC

DC

DC

full load

ta

tc

W

V

mA

mA

V

V

% (230 V)

°C

°C

g

400–370 350 ± 5%

57–114

< 250

> 90

–25 to 50

60

227

420–390 500 ± 5%

40–80

420–390 700 ± 5%

28–57

200–190 350 ± 5%

120–225

205–190 500 ± 5%

80–170

> 93

75

210–195 700 ± 5%

60–120

> 92

80

M10 – Dimensions: 359x30x21 mm 40

79 85

146

ECXe 700.148 186444

ECXe 700.147 186443

220–240

220–240

> 89

65

> 88 < 250

> 94

70 –25 to 50

70

250


LED Constant Current Drivers – Office

ComfortLine LED Drivers

1

2 x 350 mA / max. 2 x 20 W 2 x 500 mA / max. 2 x 28.5 W 2 x 700 mA / max. 2 x 40 W and max. 2 x 70 W The linear LED constant-current drivers are designed for use in office and retail lighting.

2 3

Expected service life time at operation temperatures at tc point

Electrical characteristics Secondary side switching of LED modules is not allowed. Power factor at full load: 0.95

Operation

Connection details Mains voltage: 220–240 V ± 10% Mains frequency: 50–60 Hz DC operation: 198–264 V DC, 0 Hz (can be reduced to 176 V with reduced service life time) Push-in terminals: 0.2–1.5 mm²

Ref. No.

current

186406

186409

2x350 mA

75 °C 65°C

186354 —

2x500 mA

75 °C 65 °C

2x700 mA

75 °C 65 °C

80 °C 70 °C

hrs.

50,000 100,000 50,000 100,000 50,000 100,000

4 5

M10/M11 (8)

30

6

4.2

Ø4.2

11.5

4.2

Ø4.2

346/412

21

5

Safety features Electronic short-circuit protection Overload and overtemperature protection Protection against "no load" operation Degree of protection: IP20 Protection class I SELV

359/425

7

M12

8 Max.

Type

Ref. No. Mains voltage Mains

output

0 Hz,

Current output DC Voltage

current

50–60 Hz W

Max. voltage

Efficiency

Ambient

Casing

output

without load

at

temperature

temperature

ta

Weight

DC

DC

full load

mA

mA

V

V

% (230 V) °C

°C

g

198–264

500–340

2x350 ± 5%

17–57

< 60

> 85

–20 to 50

75

270

220–240

400–370 17–57

< 60

> 88

–20 to 50

75

310

42–100

< 120

> 90

–20 to 50

80

400

V

tc

M10 – Dimensions: 359x30x21 mm 2x20

ECXe 2350.123 186406

9 10

M11 – Dimensions: 425 x 30 x 21 mm 2x28.5/

ECXe 2700.126 186409

2x40

198–264

260–175

2x500 ± 5%/

220–240

200–190

2x700 ± 5%

198–264

834–625

2x700 ± 5%

220–240

750–688

M12 – Dimensions: 359x40x21 mm 2x70

ECXe 2700.087 186354

11 12 147


LED Constant Current Drivers – Office

ComfortLine LED Drivers 4 x 60 mA / max. 4 x 9 W 350 mA / max. 75 W 500 mA / max. 107 W The linear LED constant-current drivers are designed for use in office and retail lighting. Electrical characteristics Secondary side switching of LED modules is not allowed. Power factor at full load: > 0.95

Expected service life time at operation temperatures at tc point Operation

70 °C

hrs.

50,000 100,000

M6.1

5

217

(8)

5

217

(8)

60 °C

30

4,2

20,9

4,2

11,5

4,2

Safety features Electronic short-circuit protection Overload protection Protection against "no load" operation Degree of protection: IP20 Protection class I

all types

all

4,2

Connection details Mains voltage: 220–240 V ± 10% Mains frequency: 50–60 Hz DC operation: 176/198–264 V DC, 0 Hz (except 186305) Push-in terminals: 0.2–1.5 mm²

Ref. No.

current

230

M10

Max.

Type

Ref. No.

output

Mains voltage Mains

Current

Voltage

Max. voltage Efficiency

Ambient

Casing

0 Hz,

current

output

output

without load

at

temperature

temperature

DC

DC

DC

full load

ta

tc

mA

mA

V

V

% (230 V)

°C

°C

g

4x60 ± 5%

110–150 450

> 88

–20 to 60

70

156

220–240

180–165

50–60 Hz W

V

Weight

M6.1 – Dimensions: 230 x 30 x 20.9 mm 4x9

ECXe 460.061

186305

M10 – Dimensions: 359x30x21 mm 75 107

148

ECXe 350.028 ECXe 500.068

186226 186315

176–264

250–160

220–240

370–320

198–264

650–410

220–240

520–440

350 + 5/–10% 90–215

450

> 93

–20 to 50

70

228

90–215

450

> 94

–25 to 50

70

273

500 ± 5%


LED Constant Current Drivers – Office

ComfortLine LED Drivers

1

350 mA / max. 15 W The linear LED constant-current drivers are designed for use in office and retail lighting.

2

Electrical characteristics Secondary side switching of LED modules is not allowed. Power factor at full load: 0.6

3

Expected service life time at operation temperatures at tc point

Connection details Mains voltage: 220–240 V ± 10% Mains frequency: 50–60 Hz DC operation: 176–264 V DC, 0 Hz Push-in terminals: 0.2–1.5 mm²

Operation

Safety features Electronic short-circuit protection Overload protection Protection against "no load" operation Degree of protection: IP20 Protection class II SELV

Ref. No.

current

186229

350 mA

80 °C

hrs.

50,000 100,000

70 °C

4 5 18

K21

21

6

4,4

141,7 146,7

7 8 Max.

Type

Ref. No.

output

Mains voltage Mains

Current

Voltage

Max. voltage Efficiency

Ambient

Casing

0 Hz,

output

output

without load

at

temperature

temperature

DC

DC

DC

full load

ta

tc

mA

V

V

% (230 V)

°C

°C

42

> 81

–20 to 50

80

current

50–60 Hz W

V

mA

Weight

9

g

K21 – Dimensions: 146.7x21x18 mm 15

ECXe 350.031

186229

176–264

140–90 350 + 5/–10% 2–40

220–240

81–75

49

10 11 12 149


LED Constant Current Drivers – Office

EasyLine LED Drivers 350 mA / max. 42 W 700 mA / max. 60 W The linear LED constant-current drivers are designed for use in office and retail lighting. Electrical characteristics Secondary side switching of LED modules is not allowed. Power factor at full load: > 0.9 Expected service life time at operation temperatures at tc point

Connection details Mains voltage: 220–240 V ± 10% Mains frequency: 50–60 Hz Push-in terminals: 0.2–1.5 mm²

Operation Ref. No.

Safety features Electronic short-circuit protection Overload protection Protection against "no load" operation Degree of protection: IP20 Protection class I SELV (186429)

Max.

Type

Ref. No.

current

186414

350 mA

70 °C

60 °C

186429

700 mA

75 °C

65 °C

hrs.

30,000

50,000

30,000

50,000

M7.1

Mains voltage Mains

Current

Voltage

Max. voltage

Efficiency

Ambient

Casing

output

50–60 Hz

current

output

output

without load

at

temperature

temperature

Weight

DC

DC

DC

full load

ta

tc

W

V

mA

mA

V

V

% (230 V)

°C

°C

g

M7.1 – Dimensions: 280x30x21 mm

150

42

ECXe 350.129 186414

220–240

220–200 350 ± 5%

80–120

< 130

> 88

–15 to 45

70

200

60

ECXe 700.140 186429

220–240

305–275 700 ± 5%

46–86

< 95

> 89

–15 to 45

75

200


LED Constant Current Drivers – Retail

PrimeLine LED Drivers – with Selectable Current

1 2

350–700 mA / max. 24 W and max. 37 W Compact casing shape with integrated cord grip optional for built-in or independent operation. Electrical characteristics Secondary side switching of LED modules is allowed (hot wiring). Power factor at full load: > 0.9 Stand-by losses: < 0.5 W

3

Safety features Electronic short-circuit protection Overload and overtemperature protection Protection against "no load" operation Degree of protection: IP20 Protection class II SELV

Dimming The dimming function is achieved by applying a PWM signal to the nominal current. Dimming range: 1 to 100%. If no dimming interface is connected, brightness will stay at 100%.

4

Expected service life time at operation temperatures at tc point

5

Operation Ref. No. current

all types

all

75 °C

65 °C

hrs.

50.000

100.000

6

31

7

123.4±0.5

103.6

4.2±0.1

4±0.1

8.35

4.2

4.2±0.1

57.6 67

24.8

4

12.7±0.1 33.9±0.15 55.1±0.3

Connection details Mains voltage: 220–240 V ± 10% Mains frequency: 50–60 Hz DC operation: 198–264 V DC, 0 Hz (can be reduced to 176 V with reduced service life time) With integrated through-wiring Push-in terminals: 0.2–1.5 mm²

K3.2 32.6±0.4

K2.1

67±0.3 79.4±0.3

Programmability The output current can be freely adjusted in 1 mA steps between 350 mA and 700 mA (factory setting: 350 mA). An iProgrammer (Ref. No. 186428) and a PC running the respective VS software are required for programming purposes.

5.3

93.8

6±0.15

111.1±0.3

11.5±0.1

9

*Products under development; preliminary technical datas Max.

Type

Ref. No.

output

Mains voltage Mains

Current output DC Voltage

Max. voltage Efficiency

Ambient

Casing

0 Hz,

current

programmable

output

without load

at

temperature

temperature

DC

DC

full load

ta

tc

mA

mA

V

V

% (230 V)

°C

°C

g

198–264

160–100

350–700 ± 5%

14–34

< 45

> 84

–25 to 50

75

145

220–240

130–120 350–700 ± 5%

30–53

< 60

> 87

–25 to 50

75

190

50–60 Hz W

V

Weight

K2.1 – Dimensions: 103.6 x 67 x 31 mm 24

ECXd 700.166 186465

8

9

10

K3.2 – Dimensions: 123.4 x 79.4 x 32.6 mm 37

ECXd 700.184 186503* 198–264

235–155

220–240

200–180

11 12 151


LED Constant Current Drivers – Retail

ComfortLine LED Drivers – Dimmable 700 mA / max. 24 W and max. 37 W Compact casing shape with integrated cord grip optional for built-in or independent operation. Electrical characteristics Secondary side switching of LED modules is allowed (hot wiring). Power factor at full load: > 0.9 Stand-by losses: < 0.5 W

Expected service life time at operation temperatures at tc point Operation Ref. No. current

all types

all

75 °C

65 °C

hrs.

50,000

100,000

K3.2 31

32.6±0.4

K2.1

123.4±0.5

103.6

4.2±0.1

57.6 67

8.35

4.2 5.3

93.8

Type

Ref. No.

output

6±0.15

111.1±0.3

11.5±0.1

Mains voltage Mains

Current

Voltage

Max. voltage

Efficiency

Ambient

Casing

0 Hz,

current

output

output

without load

at

temperature

temperature

DC

DC

DC

full load

ta

tc

mA

mA

V

V

% (230 V)

°C

°C

g

198–264

160–100

700 ± 5%

14–34

< 45

> 84

–25 to 50

75

145

220–240

130–120 700 ± 5%

30–53

< 60

> 87

–25 to 50

75

190

50–60 Hz W

4±0.1

9

Safety features Electronic short-circuit protection Overload and overtemperature protection Protection against "no load" operation Degree of protection: IP20 Protection class II SELV

Max.

4.2±0.1

24.8

4

12.7±0.1 33.9±0.15 55.1±0.3

Connection details Mains voltage: 220–240 V ± 10% Mains frequency: 50–60 Hz DC operation: 198–264 V DC, 0 Hz (can be reduced to 176 V with reduced service life time) With integrated through-wiring Push-in terminals: 0.2–1.5 mm²

67±0.3 79.4±0.3

Dimming During dimming operations, the driver can be controlled via DALI-compatible controllers or conventional light switches (PUSH). The dimming function is achieved by applying a PWM signal to the nominal current. Dimming range: 1 to 100%. If no dimming interface is connected, brightness will stay at 100%.

V

Weight

K2.1 – Dimensions: 103.6 x 67 x 31 mm 24

ECXd 700.044 186280

K3.2 – Dimensions: 123.4 x 79.4 x 32.6 mm 37

152

ECXd 700.064 186308

198–264

235–155

220–240

200–180


LED Constant Current Drivers – Retail

ComfortLine LED Drivers – Dimmable

1

700 mA / max. 34 W and max. 40 W, 1050 mA / max. 60 W

2

Electrical characteristics Secondary side switching of LED modules is not allowed. Power factor at full load: 0.97 Stand-by losses: < 0.5 W

3

Expected service life time at operation temperatures at tc point

Dimming The dimming function is achieved by applying a PWM signal to the nominal current. Dimming range: 0.5 to 100%. If no dimming interface is connected, brightness will stay at 100%.

Operation Ref. No.

Connection details Mains voltage: 220–240 V ± 10% Mains frequency: 50–60 Hz DC operation: 176–264 V DC, 0 Hz Push-in terminals: 0.2–1.5 mm²

current

all types

700

75 °C

1050

80 °C

70 °C

hrs.

50,000

100,000

65 °C

4 5

K3

K3 with cord grip 99

99

4.2

5.4

30 4

123

147.1

0)

Ref. No.

4.2

8

117.3

Mains voltage Mains

Current

Voltage Max. voltage

Efficiency 12 V

Ambient

0 Hz,

current

output

output

without load

at

temperature temperature

DC

DC

DC

full load

ta

tc

mA

mA

V

V

% (230 V) max. 2 W

°C

°C

g

700 ± 5%

9–48

52

> 85

no

–20 to 50

75

180

700 ± 5%

20–57

60

> 85

yes

–20 to 50

75

186

1050 ± 5%

20–57

60

> 85

yes

–20 to 50

80

220

700 ± 5%

9–48

52

> 85

no

–20 to 50

75

215

700 ± 5%

20–57

60

> 85

yes

–20 to 50

75

223

1050 ± 5%

20–57

60

> 85

yes

–20 to 50

80

250

50–60 Hz W

79

67.4

67

79

7 4,2

Type

output

159

111

(13

Max.

V

interface

Casing

Weight

K3 – Dimensions: 123 x 79 x 33 mm 34 40 60

ECXd 700.017 ECXd 700.026 ECXd 1050.020

186177 186221 186196

176–264

230–160

220–240

190–170

176–264

280–185

220–240

230–200

176–264

380–252

220–240

305–275

34

ECXd 700.017

186195

176–264 220–240

190–170

40

ECXd 700.026

186222

176–264

280–185

220–240

230–200

176–264

380–252

220–240

305–275

ECXd 1050.020

186197

230–160

9 10 11

K3 with cord grip – Dimensions: 159 x 79 x 33 mm

60

6

4

33

Safety features Electronic short-circuit protection Overload protection Protection against "no load" operation Degree of protection: IP20 Protection class I SELV equivalent

33

4,2

12 153


LED Constant Current Drivers – Retail

ComfortLine LED Drivers – Dimmable 700 mA / max. 24 W Compact casing shape with integrated cord grip optional for built-in or independent operation. Electrical characteristics Secondary side switching of LED modules is allowed (hot wiring). Power factor at full load: > 0.9

Expected service life time at operation temperatures at tc point

Dimming The dimming function is achieved by applying a PWM signal to the nominal current. Dimming range: 1 to 100%. If no dimming interface is connected, brightness will stay at 100%.

Operation Ref. No.

Connection details Mains voltage: 220–240 V ± 10% Mains frequency: 50–60 Hz DC operation: 198–264 V DC, 0 Hz (can be reduced to 176 V with reduced service life time) With integrated through-wiring Push-in terminals: 0.2–1.5 mm²

Type

Ref. No.

current

186279

700

75 °C

65 °C

hrs.

50,000

100,000

31

K2.1

103.6

24.8

4

8.35

4.2

57.6 67

Safety features Electronic short-circuit protection Overload and overtemperature protection Protection against "no load" operation Degree of protection: IP20 Protection class II SELV

Max.

1–10 V

5.3

93.8

9

Mains voltage

Mains

Current

Voltage

Max. voltage

Efficiency

Ambient

Casing

output

0 Hz,

current

output

output

without load

at

temperature

temperature

DC

DC

DC

full load

ta

W

V

mA

mA

V

V

% (230 V) °C

°C

g

198–264

160–100

700 ± 5%

14–34

< 45

> 84

75

145

220–240

130–120

50–60 Hz

Weight

tc

K2.1 – Dimensions: 103.6 x 67 x 31 mm 24

154

ECXd 700.043

186279

–25 to 50


LED Constant Current Drivers – Retail

ComfortLine LED Drivers

1

700 mA / max. 24 W and max. 37 W Compact casing shape with integrated cord grip optional for built-in or independent operation.

current

all types

700

75 °C

65 °C

hrs.

50,000

100,000

4 5 K3.2 32.6±0.4

K2.1

4.2±0.1

4±0.1 12.7±0.1 33.9±0.15 55.1±0.3

4

67±0.3 79.4±0.3

123.4±0.5

103.6

8.35

4.2

4.2±0.1

57.6 67

Safety features Electronic short-circuit protection Overload and overtemperature protection Protection against "no load" operation Degree of protection: IP20 Protection class II SELV

Operation Ref. No.

24.8

Connection details Mains voltage: 220–240 V ± 10% Mains frequency: 50–60 Hz DC operation: 198–264 V DC, 0 Hz (can be reduced to 176 V with reduced service life time) With integrated through-wiring Push-in terminals: 0.2–1.5 mm²

3

Expected service life time at operation temperatures at tc point

31

Electrical characteristics Secondary side switching of LED modules is allowed (hot wiring). Power factor at full load: > 0.9

2

5.3

93.8

9 6±0.15

111.1±0.3

6 7

11.5±0.1

8 Max.

Type

Ref. No.

output

Mains voltage Mains

Current

Voltage Max. voltage Efficiency

0 Hz,

current

output

output

DC mA

mA

198–264

160–100

700 ± 5%

220–240

130–120 700 ± 5%

50–60 Hz W

V

Ambient

Casing

without load

at

temperature

temperature

Weight

DC

DC

full load

ta

V

V

% (230 V) °C

°C

g

14–34

< 45

> 84

–25 to 50

75

135

30–53

< 60

> 87

–25 to 50

75

170

tc

9

K2.1 – Dimensions: 103.6 x 67 x 31 mm 24

ECXe 700.042

186278

K3.2 – Dimensions: 123.4 x 79.4 x 32.6 mm 37

ECXe 700.062

186306

198–264

235–155

220–240

200–180

10 11 12 155


LED Constant Current Drivers – Retail

ComfortLine LED Drivers 700 mA / max. 40 W 1050 mA / max. 60 W With 12 V interface Electrical characteristics Secondary side switching of LED modules is not allowed. Power factor at full load: 0.98

Expected service life time at operation temperatures at tc point

Connection details Mains voltage: 220–240 V ± 10% Mains frequency: 50–60 Hz DC operation: 176–264 V DC, 0 Hz Push-in terminals: 0.2–1.5 mm²

Operation Ref. No.

Safety features Electronic short-circuit protection Overload and overtemperature protection Protection against "no load" operation Degree of protection: IP20 Protection class I SELV equivalent

current

all types

700

75 °C

1050

80 °C

70 °C

hrs.

50,000

100,000

65 °C

K3

K3 with cord grip 99

99

4.2

5.4

4

4

33

30

33

4,2

123

159

111

0)

4,2

(13

Max.

Type

Ref. No.

output

4.2

117.3

Mains voltage Mains

Current

Voltage Max. voltage Efficiency 12 V

Ambient

0 Hz,

current

output

output

temperature temperature

DC mA

mA 700 ± 5%

50–60 Hz W

79

67.4

67

79

147.1

V

interface

Casing

Weight

without load

at

DC

DC

full load

ta

tc

V

V

% (230 V) max. 2 W

°C

°C

g

20–57

60

> 85

yes

–20 to 50

75

182

1050 ± 5%

20–57

60

> 85

yes

–20 to 50

80

213

700 ± 5%

20–57

60

> 85

yes

–20 to 50

75

220

1050 ± 5%

20–57

60

> 85

yes

–20 to 50

80

248

K3 – Dimensions: 123 x 79 x 33 mm 40 60

ECXe 700.034 ECXe 1050.035

186266 186268

176–264

280–185

220–240

230–200

176–264

380–252

220–240

305–275

K3 with cord grip – Dimensions: 159 x 79 x 33 mm 40 60

156

ECXe 700.034 ECXe 1050.035

186267 186269

176–264

280–185

220–240

230–200

176–264

380–252

220–240

305–275


LED Constant Current Drivers – Retail

ComfortLine LED Drivers

1

700 mA / max. 40 W 900 mA / max. 51.3 W 1050 mA / max. 60 W

2

Electrical characteristics Secondary side switching of LED modules is not allowed. Power factor at full load: 0.98

3

Expected service life time at operation temperatures at tc point

Connection details Mains voltage: 220–240 V ± 10% Mains frequency: 50–60 Hz DC operation: 176–264 V DC, 0 Hz With integrated through-wiring Push-in terminals: 0.2–1.5 mm²

Operation Ref. No. all types

700

75 °C

65 °C

900

80 °C

70 °C

1050

80 °C

70 °C

hrs.

50,000

100,000

4

M3

5

K34 with cord grip 99

(5,5)

6

23

170.5

110 4,2

75

,2 Ø4

7

5,5

10

45

64

(20)

4,2

(5,5)

30

3

4,2

32

5,5

163

4,2 5,5

83

Safety features Temporary electronic short-circuit protection Overload protection Protection against "no load" operation Degree of protection: IP20 Protection class I SELV equivalent

current

(5,5)

99

8 Max.

Type

Ref. No.

output

Mains voltage Mains

Current

Voltage

Max. voltage Efficiency

Ambient

0 Hz,

output

output

without load

at

temperature temperature

DC

DC

DC

full load

ta

tc

mA

V

V

% (230 V)

°C

°C

g

± 5%

20–57

60

> 90

–20 to 60

75

210

900 ± 5%

20–57

60

> 90

–20 to 60

80

210

1050 ± 5%

20–57

60

> 90

–20 to 60

80

226

700 ± 5%

20–57

60

> 90

–20 to 60

75

257

900 ± 5%

20–57

60

> 90

–20 to 60

80

257

1050 ± 5%

20–57

60

> 90

–20 to 50

80

273

current

50–60 Hz W

V

mA

176–264

250–160

220–240

200–180

176–264

325–210

220–240

255–235

176–264

391–261

220–240

308–286

Casing

Weight

M3 – Dimensions: 110 x 75 x 30 mm 40 51.3 60

ECXe 700.022 ECXe 900.111 ECXe 1050.021

186330 186386 186328

700

9 10

K34 with cord grip – Dimensions: 170.5x 83 x 32 mm 40 51.3 60

ECXe 700.022 ECXe 900.111 ECXe 1050.021

186331 186387 186329

176–264

250–160

220–240

200–240

176–264

325–210

220–240

255–235

176–264

391–261

220–240

308–286

11 12 157


LED Constant Current Drivers – Retail

EasyLine LED Drivers 250/350/500 mA / max. 20 W 500/600/700 mA / max. 21 W Compact casing shape with integrated cord grip optional for built-in or independent operation. Electrical characteristics Secondary side switching of LED modules is not allowed. Power factor at full load: > 0.9 Expected service life time at operation temperatures at tc point

Connection details Mains voltage: 220–240 V ± 10% Mains frequency: 50–60 Hz Push-in terminals: 0.2–1.5 mm²

Operation Ref. No.

Safety features Temporary electronic short-circuit protection Overload and overtemperature protection Protection against "no load" operation Degree of protection: IP20 Protection class II SELV

current

all types

all

80 °C

70 °C

hrs.

30,000

50,000

31

K2.1

103.6

8.35

4.2

57.6 67

24.8

4

5.3

Max.

Type

Ref. No.

93.8

9

Mains voltage Mains

Current

Voltage

Max. voltage

Efficiency

Ambient

Casing

output

50–60 Hz

current

output

output

without load

at

temperature

temperature

Weight

DC

DC

DC

full load

ta

W

V

mA

mA

V

V

% (230 V) °C

°C

g

53–48

250 ± 7.5%

17–40

< 60

> 85

–20 to 50

80

145

73–67

350 ± 7.5% 17–30

< 60

> 85

–20 to 40

80

145

tc

K2.1 – Dimensions: 103,6 x 67 x 31 mm 10

ECXe 500.164

186463

220–240

14 20

104–95

500 ± 7.5%

80–71

500 ± 7.5%

18

94–86

600 ± 7.5%

21

110–100

700 ± 7.5%

15

158

ECXe 700.165

186464

220–240


LED Constant Current Drivers – Retail

EasyLine LED Drivers

1

500 mA / max. 25 W 700 mA / max. 35 W 1050 mA / max. 35 W Compact casing shape with integrated cord grip optional for built-in or independent operation.

2

Electrical characteristics Secondary side switching of LED modules is not allowed. Power factor at full load: > 0.9

3

Expected service life time at operation temperatures at tc point

Connection details Mains voltage: 220–240 V ± 10% Mains frequency: 50–60 Hz Push-in terminals: 0.2–1.5 mm²

Operation Ref. No.

Safety features Temporary electronic short-circuit protection Overload and overtemperature protection Protection against "no load" operation Degree of protection: IP20 Protection class II SELV

current

all types

all

70 °C

60 °C

hrs.

30,000

50,000

4 5 32.6±0.4

K3.2

6

6±0.15

4.2±0.1

4±0.1

67±0.3 79.4±0.3

12.7±0.1 33.9±0.15 55.1±0.3

4.2±0.1

123.4±0.5

111.1±0.3

7

11.5±0.1

8 Max.

Type

Ref. No.

Mains voltage Mains

Current

Voltage

Max. voltage

Efficiency

Ambient

Casing

output

50–60 Hz

current

output

output

without load

at

temperature

temperature

Weight

DC

DC

DC

full load

ta

W

V

mA

mA

V

V

% (230 V) °C

°C

g

tc

K3.2 – Dimensions: 123.4 x 79.4 x 32.6 mm 25

ECXe 500.093

186363

220–240

135–125

500

25–50

< 60

> 89

–20 to 50

70

170

35

ECXe 700.094

186364

220–240

185–170

700 ± 7.5% 25–50

< 60

> 89

–20 to 50

70

170

35

ECXe 1050.095

186365

220–240

185–170

1050 ± 7.5% 16–34

< 60

> 90

–20 to 50

70

180

± 7.5%

9 10 11 12 159


LED Constant Current Drivers – Residential

ComfortLine LED Drivers – Dimmable 700 mA / max. 30 W 1050 mA / max. 36 W Electrical characteristics Secondary side switching of LED modules is not allowed. Power factor at full load: > 0.9 Dimming (Type ECXd) Dimmable with phase-cutting leading- and trailing-edge dimmer (phase-cutting trailing-edge is recommended). Minimum dimmer load has to be observed. The compatibility of the driver and the dimmer has to be confirmed prior to installation to avoide flickering and/or noises. Connection details Mains voltage: 220–240 V ± 10% Mains frequency: 50–60 Hz Push-in terminals: 0.2–1.5 mm²

Expected service life time at operation temperatures at tc point Operation

186393

700 mA

75 °C

65°C

1050 mA

75 °C

65 °C

75 °C

65 °C

hrs.

50,000 100,000 50,000 100,000 50,000 100,000

Ref. No.

186395

31.5

31.5

K35 with cord grip

127 (5) 4.5

4.5

4.5

50

50

41

1

(4.5)

117.5

(3.5)

87

4.5

4.5

4.5

41.5

(4)

96

4.5

Type

186394

K35

Safety features Electronic short-circuit protection Overload protection Protection against "no load" operation Degree of protection: IP20 Protection class II SELV

Max.

Ref. No.

current

Mains voltage Mains

Current output Voltage

Max. voltage Efficiency

Ambient

output

50–60 Hz

current

DC

output

without load

at

temperature temperature

Casing

Weight

DC

DC

full load

ta

tc

W

V

mA

mA

V

V

% (230 V)

°C

°C

g

220–240

155–140

17–42

< 60

> 88

–25 to 50

75

130

18–36

< 60

> 85

–10 to 40

75

140

18–36

< 60

> 85

–10 to 40

75

155

K35 – Dimensions: 96x50x31.5 mm 30

ECXe 700.112

186393

700 ± 5%

K35 – Dimmable – Dimensions: 96x50x31.5 mm 36

ECXd 1050.113

186394

220–240

200–180 1050 ± 10%

K35 with cord grip – Dimmable – Dimensions: 127x50x31.5 mm 36

160

ECXd 1050.113

186395

220–240

200–180 1050 ± 10%


LED Constant Current Drivers – Residential

ComfortLine LED Drivers

1

350 mA / max. 8 W to 1050 mA / max. 20 W

2

Electrical characteristics Secondary side switching of LED modules is not allowed. Power factor at full load: > 0.55

Operation

Safety features Electronic short-circuit protection Overload protection Protection against "no load" operation Degree of protection: IP20 Protection class II SELV equivalent

Ref. No.

current

186180

186424

186425

350 mA

80 °C 70 °C

70 °C 60 °C

500 mA

700 mA

1050 mA

hrs.

50,000 100,000 50,000 100,000 50,000 100,000 50,000 100,000 50,000 100,000

75 °C 65 °C

75 °C 65 °C

75 °C 65 °C

3,2

(3,85)

(4)

3,85

21,5

current

50–60 Hz V

6

30,7

mA

57,5

7

Current

Voltage

Max. voltage Efficiency

Ambient

Casing

Weight

output

output

without load

at

temperature

temperature

DC

DC

DC

full load

ta

tc

mA

V

V

% (230 V)

°C

°C

g

350 ± 5%

2–24

25

> 78

–20 to 50

80

33

350 ± 5%

2–32

34

> 87

–20 to 50

70

71

500 ± 5%

2–32

34

> 88

–20 to 50

75

71

700 ± 5%

2–25

27

> 87

–20 to 50

75

71

1050 ± 5%

2–19

21

> 87

–20 to 45

75

71

K29 – Dimensions: 65x30.7x21.5 mm 8

ECXe 350.018

4

23

Ref. No. Mains voltage Mains 0 Hz,

W

K39

3,2

output

186427

K29

3,5

Type

186426 —

5 65

Max.

3

Expected service life time at operation temperatures at tc point

Connection details Mains voltage: 220–240 V ± 10% Mains frequency: 50–60 Hz DC operation: 176–264 V DC, 0 Hz Screw terminals: 2.5 mm² With integrated cord grip (except 186180)

186180 176–264

60–40

220–240

91–88

8 9

K39 – Dimensions: 128 x 37 x 28 mm 11

ECXe 350.009

186424 176–264 220–240

16

ECXe 500.010

186425 176–264

17

ECXe 700.011

186426 176–264

220–240 220–240 20

ECXe 1050.012

186427 176–264 220–240

75–51 122–117 106–72

10

160–155 117–79 188–178 137–92 210–202

11 12 161


LED Constant Current Drivers – Residential

ComfortLine LED Drivers 1050 mA / max. 32 W Electrical characteristics Secondary side switching of LED modules is not allowed. Power factor at full load: > 0.9 Expected service life time at operation temperatures at tc point

Connection details Mains voltage: 220–240 V ± 10% Mains frequency: 50–60 Hz Pre-assembled connection leads primary: 2 x 0.5 mm², length: 385 mm secondary: 2 x0.5 mm², length: 185 mm

Operation

Safety features Electronic short-circuit protection Overload protection Protection against "no load" operation Degree of protection: IP20 Protection class II SELV

Ref. No.

current

186479

1050 mA

75 °C

hrs.

50,000 100,000

65 °C

K35 with leads

Products under development; preliminary technical datas Max.

Type

Ref. No.

Mains voltage Mains

Current output

Voltage

Max. voltage Efficiency

Ambient

Casing

output

50–60 Hz

current

DC

output

without load

at

temperature

temperature

Weight

DC

DC

full load

ta

tc

W

V

mA

mA

V

V

% (230 V)

°C

°C

g

165–140

1050 ± 10%

20–31

< 60

> 85

–25 to 50

75

170

K35 with leads – Dimensions: 78x50x31.5 mm 32

162

ECXe 1050.117 186479

220–240


LED Constant Current Drivers – Residential

EasyLine LED Drivers – Dimmable

1

150–700 mA / max. 6–36 W

2

Electrical characteristics Secondary side switching of LED modules is not allowed. Power factor at full load: > 0.85 Expected service life time at operation temperatures at tc point

Dimming Dimmable with phase-cutting trailing-edge dimmer. Minimum dimmer load has to be observed. The compatibility of the driver and the dimmer has to be confirmed prior to installation to avoide flickering and/or noises.

Operation

C

Ref. No.

current

186415, 186416, 186451 186447, 186448, 186449, 186450

all

80 °C

70 °C

70 °C

60 °C

hrs.

30,000

50,000

30,000

50,000

4

Connection details Mains voltage: 220–240 V ± 10% Mains frequency: 50–60 Hz Screw terminals: 0.5–2.5 mm²

5 K52/K53

6

14

45/41

19/ 32

Safety features Electronic short-circuit protection Overload protection Protection against "no load" operation Degree of protection: IP20 Protection class II SELV

118/145 123/153

7 8

Products under development; preliminary technical datas Max.

Type

Ref. No.

3

Mains

Mains

Current

Voltage

Max. voltage

Efficiency

Ambient

Casing

output

voltage

current

output

output

without load

at

temperature

temperature

DC

DC

DC

full load

ta

tc

W

V

mA

mA

V

V

% (230 V)

°C

°C

± 8%

50–60 Hz

Weight

g

K52 – Dimensions: 123x45x19 mm 6

ECXd 150.151

186447

220–240

40–35

150

27–41

60

> 78

–15 to 45

70

70

10

ECXd 500.152

186448

220–240

60–50

500 ± 8%

13–20

30

> 80

–15 to 45

70

70

12

ECXd 250.153

186449

220–240

70–60

250 ± 8%

27–48

60

> 80

–15 to 45

70

70

K53 – Dimensions: 153x41x32 mm 18

ECXd 350.130

186415

220–240

100–90

350 ± 8%

32–52

60

> 85

–15 to 45

80

70

18

ECXd 700.134

186450

220–240

100–90

700 ± 8%

13–26

35

> 85

–15 to 45

70

140

25

ECXd 700.131

186416

220–240

140–120 700 ± 8%

22–36

60

> 85

–15 to 45

80

140

36

ECXd 700.155

186451

220–240

190–170 700 ± 8%

32–52

60

> 83

–15 to 45

80

170

9 10 11 12 163


LED Constant Current Drivers – Residential

EasyLine LED Drivers 700 mA / max. 5.2 W For applications according to EN 60335 Electrical characteristics Secondary side switching of LED modules is not allowed. Power factor at full load: > 0.5 Connection details Mains voltage: 220–240 V ± 10% Mains frequency: 50–60 Hz Pre-assembled connection leads primary: 2 x 0.75 mm², length: 180 mm secondary: 2 x0.5–0.75 mm², length: 180 mm Safety features Electronic short-circuit protection Overload protection Protection against "no load" operation Degree of protection: IP20 Protection class II SELV

Expected service life time at operation temperatures at tc point Operation

Ref. No.

current

186458

700 mA

70 °C

hrs.

30,000 50,000

60 °C

15

42.5

23

K51

77 82

Max.

Type

Ref. No.

Mains voltage Mains

Current

Voltage

Max. voltage Efficiency

Ambient

Casing

output

50–60 Hz

current

output

output

without load

at

temperature

temperature

Weight

DC

DC

DC

full load

ta

tc

W

V

mA

mA

V

V

% (230 V)

°C

°C

g

220–240

50–30

700 ± 8%

2.8–7.4

< 60

> 70

–15 to 45

70

45

K51 – Dimensions: 82x42.5x23 mm 5.2

164

ECXe 700.161

186458


LED Constant Current Drivers – Residential

EasyLine LED Drivers

1

350 mA / max. 7 W 700 mA / max. 5.6 W Electrical characteristics Secondary side switching of LED modules is not allowed. Power factor at full load: > 0.5

2

Connection details Mains voltage: 220–240 V ± 10% Mains frequency: 50–60 Hz Pre-assembled connection leads primary: 2 x 0.75 mm², length: 180 mm secondary: 2 x0.5–0.75 mm², length: 180 mm Safety features Electronic short-circuit protection Overload protection Protection against "no load" operation Degree of protection: IP20 Protection class II SELV

3

Expected service life time at operation temperatures at tc point Operation

Ref. No.

current

all types

all

75 °C

hrs.

30,000 50,000

65 °C

4 5 23

K51

15

42.5

6 77 82

7 Max.

Type

Ref. No.

Mains voltage Mains

Current

Voltage

Max. voltage

Efficiency

Ambient

Casing

output

50–60 Hz

current

output

output

without load

at

temperature

temperature

Weight

DC

DC

DC

full load

ta

W

V

mA

mA

V

V

% (230 V) °C

°C

g

8

tc

K51 – Dimensions: 82 x 42.5 x 23 mm 5.6

ECXe 700.081

186348

220–240

45–30

700 ± 5%

2.8–8

< 60

> 70

–15 to 45

75

45

7

ECXe 350.079

186342

220–240

50–36

350 ± 5%

8.4–20

< 60

> 70

–15 to 45

75

45

9 10 11 12 165


LED Constant Current Drivers – Residential

EasyLine LED Drivers 350 mA / max. 12.6 W and max. 20 W 500 mA / max. 15 W 700 mA / max. 20.3 W and max. 25.2 W The LED constant-current drivers are designed for use in residential lighting. Electrical characteristics Secondary side switching of LED modules is not allowed. Power factor at full load: > 0.5 or > 0.95 (186353)

Expected service life time at operation temperatures at tc point

Connection details Mains voltage: 220–240 V ± 10% Mains frequency: 50–60 Hz Screw terminals: 0.5–2.5 mm²

Operation

Safety features Electronic short-circuit protection Overload protection Protection against "no load" operation Degree of protection: IP20 Protection class II SELV

Ref. No.

current

186341

350 mA

75 °C

65 °C

186349 —

186431 70 °C

60 °C

186350 —

186353 —

500 mA

75 °C

65 °C

700 mA

75 °C

65 °C

70 °C

60 °C

hrs.

30,000 50,000 30,000 50,000 30,000 50,000 30,000 50,000 30,000 50,000

14/15

45/52

19 / 24

K52/K54

118/161 123/166

Max.

Type

Ref. No. Mains voltage

Mains

Current

Voltage

Max. voltage

Efficiency

Ambient

Casing

output

50–60 Hz

current

output

output

without load

at

temperature

temperature

DC

DC

DC

full load

ta

tc

W

V

mA

mA

V

V

% (230 V)

°C

°C

Weight

g

K52 – Dimensions: 123x45x19 mm 12.6

ECXe 350.078

186341

220–240

100–70

350 ± 5%

8.4–36

< 60

> 83

–15 to 45

75

15

ECXe 500.082

186349

220–240

90–70

500 ± 5%

8–30

< 60

> 83

–15 to 45

75

70

20

ECXe 350.142

186431

220–240

110–95

350 ± 5%

16–57

< 60

> 85

–15 to 45

70

140

20.3

ECXe 700.083

186350

220–240

115–100

700 ± 5%

8–29

< 60

> 83

–15 to 45

75

70

130–115

700 ± 8%

22–36

< 60

> 88

–15 to 45

70

140

65

K54 – Dimensions: 166x52x24 mm 25.2

166

ECXe 700.086

186353

220–240


LED Constant Current Drivers – Residential

EasyLine LED Drivers

1

350 mA / max. 30 W 1050 mA / max. 31.5 W The LED constant-current drivers are designed for use in residential lighting.

2

Electrical characteristics Secondary side switching of LED modules is not allowed. Power factor at full load: > 0.98

3

Expected service life time at operation temperatures at tc point

Connection details Mains voltage: 220–240 V ± 10% Mains frequency: 50–60 Hz Screw terminals: 0.5–2.5 mm²

Operation

Safety features Electronic short-circuit protection Overload protection Protection against "no load" operation Degree of protection: IP20 Protection class II SELV

Ref. No.

current

186430

350 mA

70 °C

60 °C

186351 —

1050 mA

75 °C

65 °C

hrs.

30,000 50,000 30,000 50,000

4 5

32

K53

14

41

6 145 153

Max.

Type

Ref. No. Mains voltage

7

Mains

Current

Voltage

Max. voltage

Efficiency

Ambient

Casing

output

50–60 Hz

current

output

output

without load

at

temperature

temperature

Weight

DC

DC

DC

full load

ta

tc

W

V

mA

mA

V

V

% (230 V)

°C

°C

g

K53 – Dimensions: 153x41x32 mm 30

ECXe 350.141

186430

220–240

160–140

350 ± 6%

57–86

< 90

> 89

–15 to 45

70

200

31.5

ECXe 1050.084 186351

220–240

150–145

1050 ± 6%

20–30

< 60

> 88

–15 to 45

75

140

8 9 10 11 12 167


LED Constant Current Drivers – Street

PrimeLine LED Drivers – Dimmable 700, 1000, 1400 mA / max. 90 W The nominal current can be set to 700 mA, 1000 mA, 1400 mA with a dip switch or it can be adjusted with a DALI signal. Electrical characteristics Secondary side switching of LED modules is allowed (hot wiring). Power factor at full load: > 0.98

Expected service life time at operation temperatures at tc point Operation

MidNight – Multi-Step dimming The MidNight concept is based on dimmable ballasts for integration in lampposts; these ballasts can be programmed to create different light scenes with different dimm settings. Connection details Mains voltage: 220–240 V ± 10% Mains frequency: 50–60 Hz Push-in terminals: 0.75–2.5 mm²

Ref. No.

current

186367

700

70 °C

60 °C

1000

80 °C

70 °C

1400

85 °C

75 °C

hrs.

50,000

100,000

K37 40

Dimming The dimming function is achieved by applying a PWM signal to the nominal current. Dimming range: 10 to 100%. If no dimming interface is connected, brightness will stay at 100%.

60

Safety features Protection against transient main peaks up to 2 kV (between L and N) and up to 4 kV (between L, N and PE) Electronic short-circuit protection Overload protection Protection against "no load" operation Degree of protection: IP65 Protection class I

5,5

5.5

240

7.5

(7.5)

225

Products under development; preliminary technical datas Max.

Type

Ref. No.

Mains voltage Mains current

Current

Voltage

Max. voltage Efficiency

Ambient

output

50–60 Hz

output

output

without load

at

temperature temperature

Casing

ta

W

V

mA

220–240

450–150

Weight

DC

DC

DC

full load

mA

V

V

% (230 V) °C

°C

tc g

< 120

> 90

445

K37 – Dimensions: 240 x 60 x 40 mm 82 90

168

ECXd 1400.096

186367

700 ± 5%

43–117

–40 to 50

70

1000 ± 5%

33–91

–40 to 45

80

1400 ± 5%

22–64

–40 to 40

85


LED Constant Current Drivers – Street

ComfortLine LED Drivers – Dimmable

1

700 mA / max. 75, 100 and 150 W These electronic LED constant current drivers are especially designed for use in street lighting systems.

Expected service life time at operation temperatures at tc point

Dimming The dimming function is achieved by applying an analogue dimming signal to the nominal current. Dimming range: 10 to 100%. If no dimming interface is connected, brightness will stay at 100%. Connection details Mains voltage: 120–277 V ± 10% Mains frequency: 50–60 Hz Pre-assembled connection leads: primary: 2 x 0.75 mm², length: 450 mm secondary: 4 x0.75 mm², length: 180 mm

Operation

Ref. No.

current

186400, 186402 186401

700 mA

85 °C

hrs.

50,000 100,000 50,000 100,000

75 °C

80 °C

70 °C

4 5

M59.1 280±15

180±10

Ø 6.4 (4x)

10 ±1

10 ±1

228.4 ±0.5 241.2 ±0.5

6

31.5 ±1

Safety features Protection against transient main peaks up to 6 kV (between L and N) Electronic short-circuit protection Overload protection Protection against "no load" operation Degree of protection: IP65 Protection class II

3

1–10 V

8.2 ±0.5 (2x) 30.9 ±0.5 (2x)

Electrical characteristics Secondary side switching of LED modules is not allowed. Power factor at full load: > 0.9

2

43.2 ±0.7

7 M59.2 450±15

180±10 Ø 6.4 (4x)

10 ±1

8

8.2 ±0.5 (2x)

42.9 ±0.5

10 ±1

41.5 ±1

226.2 ±0.5 241.3 ±0.5

60.7 ±0.7

9

60 ±0.5

Products under development; preliminary technical datas Max.

Type

Ref. No.

Mains voltage Mains

Current

Voltage

Max. voltage Efficiency

Ambient

Casing

output

50–60 Hz

current

output

output

without load

at

temperature

temperature

Weight

DC

DC

DC

full load

ta

W

V

mA

mA

V

DC (V)

% (230 V) °C

°C

700–304

700 ± 5%

54–107

< 250

> 88

–40 to 55

85

625

10

tc g

M59.1 – Dimensions: 241.2 x 43.2 x 31.5 mm 75

ECXd 700G.117 186400

120–277

M59.2 – Dimensions: 241.3 x 60.7 x 41.5 mm 100

ECXd 700G.118 186401

120–277

917–398

700 ± 5%

70–143

< 250

> 88

–40 to 55

80

1070

150

ECXd 700G.119 186402

120–277

1363–591

700 ± 5%

107–210

< 250

> 88

–40 to 55

85

1070

11 12 169


LED Constant Current Drivers – Street

ComfortLine LED Drivers – Dimmable 1050 mA / max. 60 W These electronic LED constant current drivers are especially designed for use in street lighting systems. Electrical characteristics Secondary side switching of LED modules is not allowed. Power factor at full load: > 0.96

Expected service life time at operation temperatures at tc point

Dimming The dimming function is achieved by applying an analogue dimming signal to the nominal current. Dimming range: 10 to 100%. If no dimming interface is connected, brightness will stay at 100%.

Operation

1–10 V

Ref. No.

current

186316

all

80 °C

70 °C

hrs.

50,000

100,000

Connection details Mains voltage: 220–240 V ± 10% Mains frequency: 50–60 Hz Pre-assembled connection leads: primary: 2 x 0.75 mm², length: 300 mm secondary: 6 x0.75 mm², length: 300 mm

Max.

Type

Ref. No.

60±0.3

201±0.5

M57 Safety features Protection against transient main peaks up to 4 kV (between L and N) Electronic short-circuit protection Overload protection Protection against "no load" operation Degree of protection: IP67 Protection class II SELV

190±0.5

purple/grey

brown/blue

DIM_P, DIM_N L, N

30±5

white/white

RNTC_P, RNTC_N

red/black

5.2±0.2

6.5±1

VO, GND 6.5±1 300+20

180±0.5

30±5

34±0.3

300+20

Mains voltage Mains

Current

Voltage

Max. voltage Efficiency

Ambient

Casing

output

50–60 Hz

current

output

output

without load

at

temperature

temperature

Weight

DC

DC

DC

full load

ta

W

V

mA

mA

V

V

% (230 V) °C

°C

g

220–240

310–280

1050 ± 5%

28–57

< 60

> 88

80

730

tc

M57 – Dimensions: 201x60x34 mm 60

170

ECXd 1050.069

186316

–40 to 50


LED Constant Current Drivers – Street

ComfortLine LED Drivers – Dimmable

1

700 mA / max. 40 W These electronic LED constant current drivers are especially designed for use in street lighting systems. Electrical characteristics Secondary side switching of LED modules is not allowed. Power factor at full load: > 0.96

2 Expected service life time at operation temperatures at tc point

Dimming The dimming function is achieved by applying a PWM signal to the nominal current. Dimming range: 3 to 100%. If no dimming interface is connected, brightness will stay at 100%.

Operation

1–10 V

3

Ref. No.

current

186490

700 mA

80 °C

70 °C

hrs.

50,000

100,000

4

Connection details Mains voltage: 120–277 V ± 10% Mains frequency: 50–60 Hz Push-in terminals: 0.75–2.5 mm²

5

Safety features Protection against transient main peaks up to 6 kV (between L and N) Electronic short-circuit protection Overload protection Protection against "no load" operation Degree of protection: IP65 Protection class II

6

M59

7 8 9

Products under development; preliminary technical datas Max.

Type

Ref. No.

Mains voltage Mains

Current

Voltage

Max. voltage Efficiency

Ambient

Casing

output

50–60 Hz

current

output

output

without load

at

temperature

temperature

Weight

DC

DC

DC

full load

ta

W

V

mA

mA

V

V

% (230 V) °C

°C

g

120–277

440–200

700 ± 5%

32–55

60

> 85

80

398

10

tc

M59 – Dimensions: 241x32x20 mm 40

ECXd 700.177

186490

–30 to 55

11 12 171


LED Constant Current Drivers – Street

ComfortLine LED Drivers – for Power Reduction

Electrical characteristics Secondary side switching of LED modules is not allowed. Power factor at full load: > 0.95

100%

0%

Expected service life time at operation temperatures at tc point Operation

all types

all

75 °C

65 °C

hrs.

50,000

100,000

K37

240

60

5,5

7.5

(7.5)

225

275

51

K37 with cord grip

30

Connection details Mains voltage: 220–277 V ± 10% Mains frequency: 50–60 Hz K37: Push-in terminals: 0.75–2.5 mm² K37 with cord grip: Pre-assembled connection leads: primary: 5 x1 mm², 200 mm secondary: 2 x1.5 mm², 200 mm Suitable for independent operation when capable connector acc. to EN 60598 is used.

Ref. No.

current

5.5

Power reduction The nominal current output will be reduced by connecting the control phase (LST) to 57%. Connecting L (black) and LST (orange) to the mains voltage reduces output by lowering the output current. If this function is not used, an additional terminal should be provided in the luminaire to fix the LST wire.

Safety features Protection against transient main peaks up to 3 kV (between L and N) and up to 4 kV (between L, N and PE) Electronic short-circuit protection Overload protection Protection against "no load" operation Degree of protection: IP20 or IP66 (K37 with cord grip) Protection class I

40

700/400 mA / max. 150 W These electronic LED constant current drivers are especially designed for use in street lighting systems. They provide a simple power-reduction option by connecting a further phase, which makes it possible to switch between 700 mA and 400 mA.

45 65 79,1

225

237

Max.

Type

Ref. No.

Mains voltage Mains

Current

Voltage

Max. voltage Efficiency Ambient

Casing

output

50–60 Hz

current

output

output

without load

at

temperature

temperature

Weight

DC

DC

DC

full load

ta

tc

W

V

mA

mA

V

V

% (230 V) °C

°C

g

220–277

735–585

700 +5/–10%

48–215

445

> 93

–40 to 60

75

440

400 +5/–10%

48–375

700 +5/–10%

48–215

445

> 93

–40 to 60

75

560

400 +5/–10%

48–375

K37 – Dimensions: 240 x 60 x 40 mm 150

ECXd 700.023

186202

K37 with cord grip – Dimensions: 275 x 79.1x 51 mm 150

ECXd 700.023

186203

220–277

735–585

Power reduction can be effected with VS Power Switches PR12 K LC and PR12 K D. These power switches are used to switch the 230-V power reduction input on the LED driver of a luminaire.

172


LED Constant Current Drivers – Street

ComfortLine LED Drivers – for Power Reduction

1

700/400 mA / max. 75, 100 and 150 W These electronic LED constant current drivers are especially designed for use in street lighting systems. They provide a simple power-reduction option by connecting a further phase, which makes it possible to switch between 700 mA and 400 mA. Electrical characteristics Secondary side switching of LED modules is not allowed. Power factor at full load: > 0.9 Connection details Mains voltage: 120–277 V ± 10% Mains frequency: 50–60 Hz Pre-assembled connection leads: primary: 2 x 0.75 mm², length: 450 mm / 280 mm (M59.1) secondary: 2 x0.75 mm², length: 180 mm

Safety features Protection against transient main peaks up to 6 kV (between L and N) Electronic short-circuit protection Overload protection Protection against "no load" operation Degree of protection: IP65 Protection class II

3

Expected service life time at operation temperatures at tc point Operation

Ref. No.

current

186397, 186399 186398

700 mA

85 °C

hrs.

50,000 100,000 50,000 100,000

75 °C

80 °C

70 °C

4 5

M59.1 280±15

180±10

Ø 6.4 (4x)

10 ±1

228.4 ±0.5 241.2 ±0.5

100%

0%

6

8.2 ±0.5 (2x) 30.9 ±0.5 (2x)

10 ±1

31.5 ±1

7

43.2 ±0.7

M59.2 450±15

180±10 Ø 6.4 (4x)

10 ±1

42.9 ±0.5

10 ±1

8

8.2 ±0.5 (2x)

Power reduction The nominal current output will be reduced by connecting the control phase (LST) to 57%. Connecting L (black) and LST (orange) to the mains voltage reduces output by lowering the output current. If this function is not used, an additional terminal should be provided in the luminaire to fix the LST wire.

2

41.5 ±1

226.2 ±0.5 241.3 ±0.5

60.7 ±0.7

60 ±0.5

9

Products under development; preliminary technical datas Max.

Type

Ref. No.

Mains voltage Mains

Current

Voltage

Max. voltage Efficiency Ambient

Casing

output

50–60 Hz

current

output

output

without load

at

temperature

temperature

Weight

DC

DC

DC

full load

ta

W

V

mA

mA

V

DC (V)

% (230 V) °C

°C

700–304

700 ± 5%

54–107

< 250

> 88

–40 to 55

85

625

70–143

< 250

> 88

–40 to 55

80

1070

107–210

< 250

> 88

–40 to 55

85

1070

10

tc g

M59.1 – Dimensions: 241.2 x 43.2 x 31.5 mm 75

ECXe 700G.114 186397

120–277

400 ± 5 %

11

M59.2 – Dimensions: 241.3 x 60.7 x 41.5 mm 100

ECXe 700G.115 186398

120–277

917–398

700 ± 5% 400 ± 5 %

150

ECXe 700G.190 186509

120–277

1363–591

700 ± 5% 400 ± 5 %

12 173


LED Constant Current Drivers – Street

ComfortLine LED Drivers 700 mA / max. 40 W These electronic LED constant current drivers are especially designed for use in street lighting systems. Electrical characteristics Secondary side switching of LED modules is not allowed. Power factor at full load: > 0.9

Expected service life time at operation temperatures at tc point

Connection details Mains voltage: 120–277 V ± 10% Mains frequency: 50–60 Hz Push-in terminals: 0.75–2.5 mm²

Operation

Safety features Protection against transient main peaks up to 6 kV (between L and N) Electronic short-circuit protection Overload protection Protection against "no load" operation Degree of protection: IP65 Protection class II

Ref. No.

current

186489

700 mA

80 °C

70 °C

hrs.

50,000

100,000

M59

Products under development; preliminary technical datas Max.

Type

Ref. No.

Mains voltage Mains

Current

Voltage

Max. voltage Efficiency Ambient

Casing

output

50–60 Hz

current

output

output

without load

at

temperature

temperature

Weight

DC

DC

DC

full load

ta

W

V

mA

mA

V

DC (V)

% (230 V) °C

°C

g

120–277

440–200

700 ± 5%

32–55

60

> 85

80

393

tc

M59 – Dimensions: 241x32x20 mm 40

174

ECXe 700.176

186489

–30 to 55


LED Constant Current Drivers – Street

ComfortLine LED Drivers

1

700 mA / max. 150 W These electronic LED constant current drivers are especially designed for use in street lighting systems. Electrical characteristics Secondary side switching of LED modules is not allowed. Power factor at full load: > 0.9

2

Connection details Mains voltage: 120–277 V ± 10% Mains frequency: 50–60 Hz Pre-assembled connection leads: primary: 2 x 0.75 mm², length: 450 mm secondary: 2 x0.75 mm², length: 180 mm Safety features Protection against transient main peaks up to 6 kV (between L and N) Electronic short-circuit protection Overload protection Protection against "no load" operation Degree of protection: IP65 Protection class II

3

Expected service life time at operation temperatures at tc point Operation

Ref. No.

current

186399

700 mA

80 °C

hrs.

50,000 100,000

70 °C

4 5

M59.2 450±15

180±10 Ø 6.4 (4x)

10 ±1

6

8.2 ±0.5 (2x)

42.9 ±0.5

10 ±1

41.5 ±1

226.2 ±0.5 241.3 ±0.5

60.7 ±0.7

7

60 ±0.5

8 Products under development; preliminary technical datas Max.

Type

Ref. No.

output W

Mains voltage Mains

Current

Voltage

Max. voltage Efficiency Ambient

Casing

50–60 Hz

output

output

without load

at

temperature

temperature

DC

DC

DC

full load

ta

mA

mA

V

DC (V)

% (230 V) °C

°C

g

1363–591

700 ± 5%

107–210

< 250

> 88

85

1070

V

current

Weight

tc

M59.2 – Dimensions: 241.3 x 60.7 x 41.5 mm 150

ECXe 700G.116 186399

120–277

–40 to 55

9 10 11 12 175


LED Constant Current Drivers – Street

ComfortLine LED Drivers 350 mA / max. 42 W Electrical characteristics Secondary side switching of LED modules is not allowed. Power factor at full load: > 0.97 Expected service life time at operation temperatures at tc point

Connection details Mains voltage: 220–240 V ± 10% Mains frequency: 50–60 Hz Push-in terminals: 0.75–2.5 mm²

Operation

Safety features Protection against transient main peaks up to 3 kV (between L and N) and up to 4 kV (between L, N and PE) Electronic short-circuit protection Overload protection Protection against "no load" operation Degree of protection: IP20 Protection class I SELV equivalent

Ref. No.

current

186175

350

70 °C

60 °C

hrs.

50,000

100,000

K30

36

2,5

25,5

143

4,5

4,5

60

170 187

4,5

Max.

Type

Ref. No.

178

Mains voltage Mains

Current

Voltage

Max. voltage

Efficiency

Ambient

output

50–60 Hz

current

output

output

without load

at

temperature temperature

Casing

Weight

DC

DC

DC

full load

ta

W

V

mA

mA

V

V

% (230 V) °C

°C

g

220–240

210–190

350 ± 5%

40–115

120

> 90

70

270

tc

K30 – Dimensions: 187 x 60 x 36 mm 42

176

ECXe 350.015

186175

–30 to 60


LED Constant Current Drivers – Industry

ComfortLine LED Drivers – Dimmable

1

700 mA / max. 112 W 1050 mA / max. 126 W These electronic LED constant current drivers are designed for use in industrial hall lighting systems.

2

Electrical characteristics Secondary side switching of LED modules is not allowed. Power factor at full load: > 0.95 Stand-by losses: < 0.5 W

(Type Nurata NCP18XH103J03RB) Nominal current (%)

10

100 60

< 1.13

4

0 (off)

Expected service life time at operation temperatures at tc point

M36

Operation

Ref. No.

current

186299

700 mA

70 °C

60 °C

80 °C

70 °C

1050 mA

75 °C

65 °C

90 °C

hrs.

50,000

100,000 50,000

5,5

186303

output

V

80 °C 100,000

6 32 210

41,5

83

Ø4,2

(41,5)

75

(5,5)

4,2

64

current mA

(6)

138

4

Current

Voltage

Max. voltage Efficiency 12 V

Ambient

output

output

without load

at

temperature temperature

DC

DC

DC

full load

ta

tc

mA

V

V

% (230 V) max. 2 W

°C

°C

g

interface

ECXd 700.058

186299 198–264

126

ECXd 1050.060

186303 198–264

8

3,5

202,5

Casing

Weight

M36 – Dimensions: 149.5 x 75 x 30 mm 112

7

3

30

23

(7,5)

194,5

4,2

50–60 Hz W

100,000 50,000

149,5

Ref. No. Mains voltage Mains 0 Hz,

5

186304

8

4,2

Type

100,000 50,000

4,2

5,5

Max.

186300

K38

(5,5)

138,5

5,5

Safety features Electronic short-circuit protection Overload and overtemperature protection Protection against "no load" operation Degree of protection: IP20 Protection class I The LEDs are thermally protected by the driver's NTC interface, which ensures the current will be reduced when a critical temperature is reached.

R (kΩ) < 1.49

Dimming The dimming function is achieved by applying a PWM signal to the nominal current. Dimming range: 3 to 100%. If no dimming interface is connected, brightness will stay at 100%. Connection details Mains voltage: 220 – 240 V ± 10% Mains frequency: 50–60 Hz DC operation: 198–264 V DC, 0 Hz (can be reduced to 176 V with reduced service life time) Push-in terminals: 0.2–1.5 mm²

3

NTC at LED module 10 kΩ

550–510

700 ± 5%

85–160 < 450

> 91

yes

–25 to 50

70

288

630–590

1050 ± 5%

85–120 < 450

> 91

yes

–25 to 50

75

288

550–510

700 ± 5%

85–160 < 450

> 91

yes

–25 to 50

80

335

630–590

1050 ± 5%

85–120 < 450

> 91

yes

–25 to 50

90

335

9 10

220–240 220–240 K38 – Dimensions: 210x83x32 mm 112

ECXd 700.058

186300 198–264

11

220–240 126

ECXd 1050.060

186304 198–264 220–240

12 177


LED Constant Current Drivers – Industry

ComfortLine LED Drivers – Dimmable and Adjustable 900/1050/1200/1400 mA / max. 60.2 W The dial can be used to set the current output to 900 mA (1), 1050 mA (2), 1200 mA (3) or 1400 mA (4). NTC at LED module 220 kΩ

Electrical characteristics Secondary side switching of LED modules is not allowed. Power factor at full load: > 0.95

R (kΩ)

Nominal current (%)

34

100

27

60

16

Dimming The dimming function is achieved by applying a PWM signal. Dimming range: 3 to 100%. If no dimming interface is connected, brightness will stay at 100%.

0 (off)

Expected service life time at operation temperatures at tc point Operation

Connection details Mains voltage: 220–240 V ± 10% Mains frequency: 50–60 Hz DC operation: 198–264 V DC, 0 Hz Push-in terminals: 0.2–1.5 mm² (NTC interface: 0.2–0.5 mm²)

186208

all

85 °C

75 °C

hrs.

50,000

100,000

K3 99

Type

Ref. No.

4

33

Safety features Electronic short-circuit protection Overload protection Protection against "no load" operation Degree of protection: IP20 Protection class I SELV The LEDs are thermally protected by the driver's NTC interface, which ensures the current will be reduced when a critical temperature is reached.

output

Ref. No.

current

4.2

Max.

123

67

79

111

0)

4.2

(13

Mains voltage Mains

Current output

Voltage

Max. voltage Efficiency

Ambient

0 Hz,

current

DC

output

without load

at

temperature temperature

DC

DC

full load

ta

tc

V

mA

mA

V

V

% (230 V)

°C

°C

g

198–264

315–290

< 52

> 85

–20 to 50

85

230

220–240

350–265

50/60 Hz W

1–10 V

Casing

Weight

K3 – Dimensions: 123x79x33 mm 38,7/ 45,1/

178

ECXd 1400.025

186208

900 +5/–10%/ 20–43 1050 +5/–10%/

51,6/

1200 +5/–10%/

60,2

1400 +5/–10%


LED Constant Current Drivers – Industry

ComfortLine LED Drivers – Dimmable and Adjustable

1 2

350/500/600/700 mA / max. 39.9 W The dial can be used to set the current output to 350 mA (1), 500 mA (2), 600 mA (3) or 700 mA (4). Electrical characteristics Secondary side switching of LED modules is not allowed. Power factor at full load: 0.95

NTC at LED module 220 kΩ R (kΩ)

Nominal current (%)

34

100

27

60

16

Dimming The dimming function is achieved by applying a PWM signal. Dimming range: 3 to 100% If no dimming interface is connected, brightness will stay at 100%. Connection details Mains voltage: 220–240 V ± 10% Mains frequency: 50–60 Hz DC operation: 176–264 V DC, 0 Hz Push-in terminals: 0.2–1.5 mm² (NTC interface: 0.2–0.5 mm²)

1–10 V

0 (off)

4

Expected service life time at operation temperatures at tc point

5

Operation

Ref. No.

current

all types

all

75 °C

65 °C

hrs.

50,000

100,000

6 K2

K2 mit Zugentlastung 84

4

Ref. No.

output

130

)

99

4.5

Mains voltage Mains

Current output Voltage

Max. voltage Efficiency

Ambient

Casing

0 Hz,

DC

output

without load

at

temperature

temperature

DC

DC

full load

ta

current

8

67

57.4

67

58

4.5

50/60 Hz W

31

28

94

0 (11

7

140

3

103.6

4.2

Type

84

4.2

31

4.1

4.5

Safety features Electronic short-circuit protection Overload protection Protection against "no load" operation Degree of protection: IP20 Protection class II SELV The LEDs are thermally protected by the driver's NTC interface, which ensures the current will be reduced when a critical temperature is reached.

Max.

Weight

186326

28.5/

tc

mA

mA

V

V

% (230 V) °C

°C

g

176–264

265–175

350 +5/–10%/

20–57

60

> 85

–20 to 50

75

190

10

220–240

220–200

500 +5/–10%/

20–57

60

> 85

–20 to 50

75

220

11

34.2/

600 +5/–10%/

39.9

700 +5/–10%

K2 with cord grip – Dimensions: 140x67x31 mm 19.95/ ECXd 700.024 28.5/

186327

9

V

K2 – Dimensions: 103.6x67x31 mm 19.95/ ECXd 700.024

3

176–264

265–175

350 +5/–10%/

220–240

220–200

500 +5/–10%/

34.2/

600 +5/–10%/

39.9

700 +5/–10%

12 179


LED Constant Current Drivers – Industry

ComfortLine LED Drivers 700 mA / max. 112 W 1050 mA / max. 126 W These electronic LED constant current drivers are designed for use in industrial hall lighting systems. Electrical characteristics Secondary side switching of LED modules is not allowed. Power factor at full load: > 0.95

NTC at LED module 10 kΩ (Type Nurata NCP18XH103J03RB)

Connection details Mains voltage: 220 – 240 V ± 10% Mains frequency: 50–60 Hz DC operation: 198–264 V DC, 0 Hz (can be reduced to 176 V with reduced service life time) Push-in terminals: 0.2–1.5 mm2

R (kΩ)

Nominal current (%)

10

100

< 1.49

60

< 1.13

0 (off)

Expected service life time at operation temperatures at tc point Operation

Safety features Electronic short-circuit protection Overload and overtemperature protection Protection against "no load" operation Degree of protection: IP20 Protection class I M36 The LEDs are thermally protected by the driver's NTC interface, which ensures the current will be reduced when a critical temperature is reached.

Ref. No.

current

186297

700 mA

70 °C

60 °C

80 °C

70 °C

1050 mA

75 °C

65 °C

90 °C

hrs.

50,000

100,000 50,000

5,5

186301

100,000 50,000

186302 — 80 °C

100,000 50,000

100,000

K38 with cord grip

(5,5)

138,5

186298

32 3

30

23

(7,5)

194,5

8

4,2

210

149,5

5,5

41,5

83

Ø4,2

(41,5)

75

64

(5,5)

4,2

4,2

4,2 5,5

Max.

Type

Ref. No.

output

4

3,5

202,5

Mains voltage Mains

Current

Voltage

Max. voltage Efficiency

12 V

Ambient

0 Hz,

current

output

output

without load

at

interface

temperature temperature

DC

DC

DC

full load

ta

tc

mA

mA

V

V

% (230 V) max. 2 W

°C

°C

g

50–60 Hz W

(6)

138

V

Casing

Weight

M36 – Dimensions: 149.5 x 75 x 30 mm 112

ECXe 700.057

186297

198–264

550–510

700 ± 5%

85–160 < 450

> 91

yes

–25 to 50

70

288

630–590

1050 ± 5%

85–120 < 450

> 91

yes

–25 to 50

75

288

550–510

700 ± 5%

85–160 < 450

> 91

yes

–25 to 50

80

335

630–590

1050 ± 5%

85–120 < 450

> 91

yes

–25 to 50

90

335

220–240 126

ECXe 1050.059

186301

198–264 220–240

K38 with cord grip – Dimensions: 210 x 83 x 32 mm 112

ECXe 700.057

186298

198–264 220–240

126

ECXe 1050.059

186302

198–264 220–240

180


LED Constant Current Drivers – Industry

EasyLine LED Drivers

1

700–3200 mA / max. 50–230 W These electronic LED constant current drivers are especially designed for use in street lighting systems.

2

Electrical characteristics Secondary side switching of LED modules is not allowed. Power factor at full load: > 0.9

3

Expected service life time at operation temperatures at tc point

Connection details Mains voltage: 220–240 V ± 10% Mains frequency: 50–60 Hz Pre-assembled connection leads: primary: 2 x 2.08 mm², length: 320 mm secondary: 2 x2.08 mm², length: 320 mm

Operation

Safety features Protection against transient main peaks up to 1.5 kV (between L and N) Electronic short-circuit protection Overload protection Protection against "no load" operation Degree of protection: IP67 Protection class I

Ref. No.

current

all types

all

75 °C

65 °C

hrs.

30,000

50,000

M56/M58

4 165.9 / 186

(9.8)

40.6

9.8

M58.1

175.3 / 195.4

6

(5.1)

185

(10.5)

37

10.5

26

3.5 5.1

5

49.4

3.5

185.5 / 205.6

68.6

6.7

192.6

8

35

4.2

4.2

206

(6.7)

Products under development; preliminary technical datas Max.

Type

Ref. No.

output W

Mains voltage Mains

Current

Voltage

Max. voltage Efficiency

Ambient

Casing

50–60 Hz

output

output

without load

at

temperature

temperature

DC

DC

DC

full load

ta

mA

V

V

% (230 V) °C

°C

g

V

current mA

7

Weight

9

tc

M56 – Dimensions: 185.5x49.4x40.6 mm 50

ECXe 700.156

186452

220–240

255–235

700 ± 5%

35–72

75

> 88

–30 to 50

75

520

75

ECXe 1050.157

186453

220–240

380–350

1050 ± 5%

35–72

75

> 88

–30 to 50

75

520

10

M58 – Dimensions: 205.6x49.4x40.6 mm 100

ECXe 1400.158

186454

220–240

510–470

1400 ± 5%

30–72

75

> 90

–30 to 50

75

600

125

ECXe 1700.159

186455

220–240

625–580

1700 ± 5%

30–72

75

> 90

–30 to 50

75

600

M58.1 – Dimensions: 206x68.6x37 mm 150

ECXe 2100.160

186456

220–240

750–690

2100 ± 5%

45–72

85

> 90

–30 to 50

75

840

175

ECXe 2400.167

186510

220–240

910–850

2400 ± 5%

45–72

85

> 85

–30 to 50

75

840

200

ECXe 2800.168

186477

220–240

1040–960

2800 ± 5%

45–72

85

> 85

–30 to 50

75

840

230

ECXe 3200.169

186478

220–240

1200–1100

3200 ± 5%

45–72

85

> 85

–30 to 50

75

840

11 12 181


LED Constant Current Drivers – Accessories

iProgrammer For programming LED drivers The iProgrammer is designed to let you configure LED drivers using the 3C function.

Connections • Mains connection: 220–240 V AC/50–60 Hz • Max. power consumption: 5 W • USB 2.0

32.6±0.4

6±0.15

4.2±0.1

4±0.1 12.7±0.1 33.9±0.15 55.1±0.3

123.4±0.5

67±0.3 79.4±0.3

Technical notes Configuration interface: DALI Ambient temperature ta: 5 to 50 °C Push-in terminals: 0.2–1.5 mm² Degree of protection: IP20

K3.2

4.2±0.1

Using DALI commands, the iProgrammer enables various functions to be configured on all VS LED drivers that feature the "3C" symbol. As an example, not only can the current be set to a precise level, but programming functions for the street lighting zone can also be transferred. Please refer to the manual at www.vossloh-schwabe.com/ en/home/products/ led-lighting-technology/ led-accessory.html for detailed configuration procedures.

111.1±0.3

11.5±0.1

Connection

Software download Under www.vossloh-schwabe.com/en/home/ services/sw-updates.html Functions Configuring "3C" LED drivers

Type iProgrammer

182

Ref. No. 186428

Connection to PC/Laptop USB 2.0

USB

DALI

230 V iProgrammer

230 V

Functions Configuring "3C" LED drivers

Dimensions

LED Driver

Weight

mm (LxWxH)

g

123.4x79.4x33

135


Luminaire Protection and Power Adjustment Products

OPTIMISED LUMINAIRE PROTECTION

LUMINAIRE PROTECTION AND POWER ADJUSTMENT This chapter presents inrush current limiters, electronic components to protect luminaires against mains surges, power reduction products and components with which the output current of LED drivers can be adjusted.

183


Luminaire Protection and Power Adjustment Products

Luminaire Protection Device For electronic devices When electronic components form part of lighting systems, it is often necessary to protect such components against power-supply interruptions and electric overloads (power surges).

These can be caused by switching inductive loads or by atmospheric discharges such as lightning striking the mains or the ground. A further cause can be induced voltages from neighbouring cables when working with leading-edge phase-cutting controls.

22

50

SP 230/10 K Suitable for luminaires of protection class I and II Dimensions: 32 x 22 x13 mm Weight: 20 g Connecting: solid wire, length: 50 mm Ref. No.: 147230

The protection unit reduces overvoltages at the connection terminals of electronic components. The remaining residual voltage is then reduced to a respective protective level, based on the discharge current (see diagram below).

SP 230 /10 K 32

13

25 A

L L EVG / EB SP 230 /10 K

N

N

b

M8

SPC 230/10 K If the protective luminaire component overloads, the connected lighting circuit will be interrupted. This cut-out function makes it easier to detect the end of life of the protective component, facilitates quick replacement by maintenance staff and provides reliable protection for lighting components. Suitable for luminaires of protection class I Type 3 product Dimensions: 53 x 28 x 27 mm Weight: 50 g Screw terminals: 0.5–1.5 mm² Ref. No.: 142736

a

c

10

L

Lin Lout N tc

out max. 16A

N

Ød

M8

SP 3/230/10 K Suitable for luminaires of protection class I Type 3 product Dimensions: Ø 36 x 75 mm Weight: 60 g Screw terminals: 0.75–4 mm² Ref. No.: 147233

Mains

L

L

N

N

Luminaire

10

a

N L tc 80 °C

Type

Ref. No. Voltage

Max. load Max. impulse Discharge current

50/60 Hz current V ± 10 %

(8/20 μs)

Protection level at

Safety

discharge current

Max. permitted

Min. permitted

casing temperature

ambient temperature

Fixation

A

UOC (V)

IN (A)

Imax. (A)

of 1000 A

max. A

°C

°C

147230 220–240 —

10,000

5000

10,000

£ 850 V

25

80

–30

SPC 230/10 K 142736 220–240 16

10,000

5000

10,000

£ 850 V

16

80

–30

M8x10

SP 3/230/10 K 147233 100–277 —

10,000

5000

10,000

£ 1000 V

25

80

–30

M8x10

SP 230/10 K

184

voltage


Luminaire Protection and Power Adjustment Products

Luminaire Protection Device

1

For electronic devices These protective components are fitted with an LED indicator. Once the end of the component's life has been reached, the LED goes out and the protective component has to be replaced.

2 3

34

M8

SPC 230/10 K/i Suitable for luminaires of protection class II Type 3 product Dimensions: 74 x 24 x 27 mm Weight: 100 g Screw terminals: 0.5–2.5 mm² Ref. No.: 142737

74

27

10

4

L

Lin N Lout tc

80 °C

out max. 16A

N

5

SP 3/230/10 K/i Suitable for luminaires of protection class I Type 3 product Dimensions: 128 x 37 x 28 mm Weight: 61 g Screw terminals: 0.5–2.5 mm² Ref. No.: 147234

6 N Luminaire L

N Mains L

7

LL N tc 80 °C

Type

Ref. No. Voltage

Max. load Max. impulse Discharge current Protection level at Safety

50/60 Hz current V ± 10 %

A

voltage

(8/20 μs)

discharge current

Max. permitted

Min. permitted

casing temperature

ambient temperature

Fixation

UOC (V)

IN (A)

Imax. (A)

of 1000 A

max. A

°C

°C

SPC 230/10 K/i 142737 220–240 16

10,000

5000

10,000

£ 1000 V

16

80

–30

M8x10

SP 3/230/10 K/i 147234 100–277 –

10,000

5000

10,000

£ 1000 V

25

80

–30

8 9 10 11 12 185


Luminaire Protection and Power Adjustment Products

Inrush Current Limiter ESB-6K Limits capacitive inrush currents of electronic ballasts and converters for LED modules Due to their capacitive nature, these products generate high inrush currents. By temporarily activating a limiting resistor, the inrush current is reduced to an uncritical value (see graph below). Several LED drivers or electronic ballasts can be connected downstream under consideration of the maximum permissible continuous current of the inrush current limiter. M8

Wiring

b

The device thus prevents any automatic circuit breakers from being triggered or any damage from being caused to upstream relay contacts.

a

10

N

N

Lin

Lout N Lin Lout

c

ESB ESB-6K Casing: PC Dimensions (ax bxc): 55 x 28 x 27 mm Weight: 61 g Screw terminals: 0.5–1.5 mm² Ref. No.: 149820

Type

ESB-6K

Ref. No.

149820

Nominal voltage

Power

50–60 Hz

consumption direct current

Limiting

Period

Max. permitted

Min. permitted

resistor

of limitation

casing

ambient

V ± 10 %

W

A

Ω

ms

temperature (°C) temperature (°C)

220–240

0.25

6

20

approx. 18

80

Example using a 150 W LED driver Brown: with ICL (ESB) Blue: without ICL (ESB) 1V = 1A

186

Max.

–30

Fixation

M8x10


Luminaire Protection and Power Adjustment Products

Power Switch PS 16 K

1

For electronic LED drivers Given centralised control of an LED driver's 230 V power switch terminals, the existing cable capacities of the control line can lead to switching errors. This can be prevented by installing a PS 16 K power switch, which features a potential-free and galvanically isolated switching contact.

2

The PS 16 K power switch complies with EN 61347 and is also suitable for use in luminaires of protection class I and II.

3 M8

The power switch complies with the specification of DIN EN 61347.

4

b

PS 16 K Casing: PC Dimensions (axbxc): 74 x 34 x 27 mm Weight: 100 g Screw terminals: 0.75–2.5 mm² Ref. No.: 142185

c 10

a

5 Wiring

LST L

6

3 2 N LST L D N S

PS 16 K

L D N S

+ LED Electronic Converter for LED

+ LED Electronic Converter for LED

7

N

8 Type

PS 16 K

Ref. No.

142185

Control voltage

Max.

Max.

Max. contact current

Inherent

Max. permitted

Min. permitted

50/60 Hz

switching

switching

A

heating

casing

ambient

V ± 10 %

capacity (VA) voltage (V)

λ=1

λ = 0.6

K

temperature (°C) temperature (°C)

230 / 220

4000

16

10

< 25

80

400

–30

Fixation

9

M8x10

10 11 12 187


Luminaire Protection and Power Adjustment Products

Automatical Power Switch for LED Drivers – PR 12 K LC The PR 12 K LC can be used for power switching of LED drivers with respective interface. A control phase is not needed. Once it's connected to the mains supply voltage the power switch will switch automatically. The power switch complies with the specification of DIN EN 61347 and is suitable for the application in luminaires of protection class I and II.

b

M8

PR 12 K LC Casing: PC Dimensions (ax bxc): 76 x 34 x 30 mm Weight : 100 g Screw terminals: 0.75–2.5 mm² Ref. No.: 142170

10

a

c

Wiring diagram For example with VS LED drivers ECXd 700.023 (Ref. No. 186202 or 186203)

L 312NL

PR 12 K LC / PR 12 KD

L D N S

L D N S

+ LED Electronic Converter for LED

+ LED Electronic Converter for LED

N

Type

PR 12 K LC

Ref. No.

142170

Nominal voltage/ Max.

Max. contact

Internal

Inherent

Switching-time Max. permitted

Min. permitted

frequency

current (A)

loss

heating

selectable

casing

ambient

see table

80

V ± 10 %

capacity (VA) λ = 0.5 λ = 1

W

K

220–230 / 50

3000

<1

< 12

220 / 60

188

switching

8

12

Fixation

temperature (°C) temperature (°C) –30

M8x10


Luminaire Protection and Power Adjustment Products

Programmable Power Switch for LED Drivers – PR 12 KD

1

For power reduction purposes, the PR 12 KD power switch can be used, which addresses the LED driver’s 230 V power reduction input. A control phase is not needed. The constant switching-time is selectable.

2

The left side of the rotary switch is used for reset to full power after eleven hours; the right side is for continuous power reduction after programmed time has been reached. M8

3

PR 12 KD Casing: PC Dimensions (ax bxc): 76 x 34 x 30 mm Weight : 100 g Screw terminals: 0.75–2.5 mm² Ref. No.: 142150

4

34

The power switch complies with the specification of DIN EN 61347 and is suitable for the application in luminaires of protection class I and II.

10

76

30

5 Wiring diagram For example with VS LED drivers ECXd 700.023 (Ref. No. 186202 or 186203)

6

L 312NL

PR 12 K LC / PR 12 KD

L D N S

L D N S

+ LED Electronic Converter for LED

+ LED Electronic Converter for LED

7

N

8 Type

PR 12 KD

Ref. No.

142150

Nominal voltage/ Max.

Max. contact

Internal

Inherent

frequency

switching

current (A)

loss

heating

casing

V ± 10 %

capacity (VA) λ = 0.5 λ = 1

W

K

temperature (°C) temperature (°C)

220–230 / 50

3000

<1

< 12

8

12

Switching-time* Max. permitted

selectable

80

Min. permitted

Fixation

ambient –30

9

M8x10

220 / 60 * Switching-time selectable: 3 | 3.5 | 4 | 4.5 | 5 | 5.5 | 6 hrs. at 50 Hz

10 11 12 189


Luminaire Protection and Power Adjustment Products

Switch Units for Electronic Operating Devices with 1–10 V Interface

Shape: 56 x 28 x 27 mm Casing: PC Screw terminals: 0.75–2.5 mm² Max. permissible casing temperature tc: 80 °C Min. permissible ambient temperature ta: –30 °C Fastening: plastic male nipple with pre-assembled washer and nut

Circuit diagram SU 1–10 V K

The 1–10 V interface is addressed on the basis of the fundamental operating principle used by VosslohSchwabe's PR 12 K LC power switch (details of which can be made available on request). This power switch is capable of determining the starting time of reduced-power operation over the measured operating time of a lighting system. As a result, it is no longer necessary to spend valuable time modifying the power-reduction unit to suit the continually changing day-night cycle; changing the clocks in line with daylight saving measures in the summer and winter is equally unnecessary. The 1–10 V interface of the electronic ballast is addressed as soon as the system is switched to reduced power.

R ext.

EVG / EB / BE

R ext.

+ – 1–10V

ST

10

EVG / EB / BE

+ – 1–10V

PR

SU

LAMP

LAMP

N

N

Type

46

Circuit diagram PR 1–10 V K LC L

L L

Power reduction PR 1–10 V K LC for lighting systems without a control phase This switch unit can be used to effect power reduction in lighting systems that do not feature a control phase.

28

To this end, the switch units utilises the 1–10 V interface of the control gear unit. The switch unit is mainly intended for outdoor luminaires in systems with or without a control phase.

Power reduction SU 1–10 V K for lighting systems featuring an LST control phase The switch unit employs a positive switching to reduce power, i.e. power is reduced when the control phase is switched off (LST = 0 V). The 1–10 V interface of the electronic ballast is addressed at the moment that power reduction is effected.

M8

Vossloh-Schwabe's switch units are designed to enable one-step power reduction of lamps (FL, CFL, LED, HS, HI and C-HI) with the help of the respective electronic ballast or converter.

Ref. No.

Control voltage LST

Externally (on site) connected resistor (Rext.)

Self-heating

Weight

V, 50/60 Hz

kΩ (min. 0.1 W)

K

g

1–70

< 10

50

1–70

< 10

50

For lighting systems with control phase SU 1–10 V K

149992

220–240 V ±10%

For lighting systems without control phase PR 1–10 V K LC

190

149993

27


Luminaire Protection and Power Adjustment Products

Resistor Network for LED Drivers

1

This resistor network is used to adjust the output currents of LED drivers. 255 different resistance values can be adjusted in 10-Ohm steps within a range from 0 to 2550 Ohm by connecting the SU 1-10 V K and PR 1-10 V LC power switches. As an example, this makes it possible to even out differences in luminous flux common to LED luminaires.

2 3 50

The component is designed for use in protection class II luminaires.

4

5

R10-1280

25

2 3. Ø

R10-1280 Casing: PC Dimensions: 32 x 25 x15 mm Weight: 20 g Connection leads, solid: 0,5 mm² Lead length: 50 mm Ref. No.: 149800

26 32

15

5 6

Type

R10-1280

Ref. No.

149800

Number of

Max. internal loss

Max. voltage

Max. permitted

dip switch

of resistors

at resistors

casing

Min. permitted ambient

V, 50/60 Hz

W

V

temperature (°C)

temperature (°C)

8

0.25

200

80

–30

7 8 9 10 11 12 191


24 V System

LED COMPONENTS FOR 24 V SYSTEMS

With its high-power 24 V system, Vossloh-Schwabe is responding to the trend towards market harmonisation and simplification of LED control technology. The modules are operated at 24 V DC and constant-current control of 350 mA min. is effected on the circuit board. The module is connected using on-board push-in terminals and matching connecting cables. This enables modular and highly flexible LED systems. The RGB system is based on the "common anode" principle. The DigiLED CA series permits the operation of high-power RGB modules and low-power modules of "common anode" design.

Typical applications • General lighting • Architectural lighting • Lighting of complex structures • Entertainment • Shop design

The specifications contained in this catalogue can change due to technical innovations. Any such changes will be made without separate notification. Please read the safety and installation instructions on the individual products as well as further technical information provided in the extensive product descriptions at www.vossloh-schwabe.com.

192


24 V System

LED PROFILE

LEDProfile IP67 Light modules for IP67-compliant outdoor lighting Vossloh-Schwabe provides an IP67-compliant encapsulation for LED frames destined for outdoor lighting projects (e.g. architectural lighting). on request, these frames can be fitted and encapsulated with flexible modules (WU-M-456). Depending on the respective LED module, the length of the frame can be extended by several times the by the length of the LED module (100 mm). The maximum frame length is 2 m. The LED arrays can be supplied in white, warm white or RGB. Please contact your VS sales representative for further details.

17

max. 2000

193


24 V CA System

High Power 24 V CA Modules White and RGB Built-in PCB lighting modules The High Power 24 V CA modules are available in white and warm white or RGB with a very high luminous flux. I (cd/klm)

The round design with 3 or 10 High Power LEDs is particularly suitable for installation in luminaires and spots. The linear design with 6 LEDs is, for instance, suitable for wall-washing and linear luminaires, etc.

170

250

255

350

340

30°

White

60°

30°

RGB .2

Ø3

RGB Flood

3x

52

16

2 3. Ø

X1

2 3. Ø

Ø 3. 2 Tc

5

25

23.3

39.5

26

25

Triple

Tc 14

23.3

16

45.33

10 2

2

66±0.5

7.25

45.33

110

Line 1 3, Ø

124±0.5

26

88±0.5

,1 Ø3

Tc

7.25 2

26

194

60°

150

Additional suitable dimming modules (DigiLED CA series) and optics attachments (see pages 86–88) are available to create individual lighting solutions.

Typical applications • General lighting • Architectural lighting • Entertainment, shop design • Decorative lighting • Light advertising

90° 85

50

To enable easy understanding of the system, the modules are operated at 24 V DC. Constant-current control of the LEDs is on the circuit board. Contacts are made using an on-board push terminal with matching connection cables.

Technical notes Triple WU-M-440: Ø 66 mm, 3 LEDs Line WU-M-441: 300 x 26 mm, 6 of LEDs Flood WU-M-442: Ø 110 mm, 10 of LEDs Allowed operating temperature at tc point: –10 to 85 °C Aluminium PCB For improved thermal management VS recommends an additional cooling element, which is suitable for the application. Colour rendering index: > 80 Increased ESD protection Voltage supply: 24 V Unit: 50 pcs.

I (cd/klm) 90°

(5x50=250)

300±0.5


24 V CA System

High Power 24 V CA Modules – White Type

Ref. No. Number

Colour

of LEDs

1

Colour temperature* Inrush current* Nominal current* Typ. luminous flux* (lm) Beam

Max. power*

K

A

A

angle* (°)

W

min.

typ.

Mono Triple WU-M-440-WW

548520

3

warm white

3000 –130/+220

0.86

0.35

565

610

115

10

WU-M-440-NW

548519

3

neutral white 4000 –300/+260

0.86

0.35

565

610

115

10

WU-M-441-WW

548523

6

warm white

3000 –130/+220

1.66

0.70

1130

1220

115

20

WU-M-441-NW

548522

6

neutral white 4000 –300/+260

1.66

0.70

1130

1220

115

20

2

Mono Line

3

Mono Flood WU-M-442-WW

548526 10

warm white

3000 –130/+220

1.10

0.70

1400

1550

115

20

WU-M-442-NW

548525 10

neutral white 4000 –300/+260

1.10

0.70

1400

1550

115

20

Emission data at tj = 25 °C | * Measurement tolerance of luminous flux: ± 7% Suitable thermal tapes for these LED modules see page 90.

4 High Power 24 V CA Modules – RGB Type

Ref. No. Number

Colour Dom. wavelength (nm)

of LEDs

red

green

5

Inrush current* Nominal current* Typ. luminous flux* (lm) Beam blue

A

A

red

Max. power*

green blue

angle* (°) W

RGB Triple WU-M-440-RGB 548518

3

RGB

620–630 520–535 465–485 0.54

0.22

70

115

42

130

5

6

RGB

620–630 520–535 465–485 1.10

0.65

200

300

115

130

15

WU-M-442-RGB 548524 10

RGB

620–630 520–535 465–485 1.40

1.10

305

595

175

130

25

RGB Line WU-M-441-RGB 548521

6

RGB Flood Emission data at tj = 25 °C | * Measurement tolerance of luminous flux: ± 7% Suitable thermal tapes for these LED modules see page 90.

7 8 9 10 11 12 195


24 V System

LEDLine Flex SMD Professional Indoor White Built-in PCB lighting modules The LEDLine Flex SMD Professional Indoor is fitted with SMD LEDs on a flexible printed circuit board of only approx. 0.4 mm thickness. Even the most complex structures can be illuminated thanks to the use of an extremely pliable foil. LEDLine Flex SMD Professional Indoor can be separated into segments of 100 mm lengths without loss of function. This product is available in a continuous length of up to 10 m. Installation is achieved via double-sided adhesive tape affixed to the rear of the PCB.

I (cd/klm) 90° 85 170 255 340

Technical notes Dimensions LEDLine Flex SMD Professional Indoor LxW

LEDs

Single

Length

mm

pcs.

steps

mm

pcs.

10000x10

600

100

100

6

SMDs 100 24V+

10

+24V

Allowed operating temperature at tc point: –20 to 65 °C Wide beam angle (120°) Voltage supply: 24 V Power consumption per step (100 mm): 0.53 W

-

-

16.667

2.0

0.4

tc/tp

Typical applications • Architectural lighting • Illumination of complex structures • Entertainment, shop design • Marking paths, stairs, etc. • Furniture lighting • Light advertising

Type WU-M-456-27K

Ref. No. 551700

Colour warm white

Correlated colour temperature

Current

Typ. luminous flux* Beam angle*

Max. power

K

A

lm

°

W

Ra

2700 –120/+170

2.2

4100

120

53

> 80

CRI

WU-M-456-30K

550532

warm white

3000 –130/+220

2.2

4200

120

53

> 80

WU-M-456-40K

550533

neutral white

4000 –290/+260

2.2

4600

120

53

> 80

WU-M-456-50K

550534

cool white

5000 –255/+310

2.2

4900

120

53

> 80

WU-M-456-65K

550535

cool white

6500 –480/+540

2.2

5200

120

53

> 80

* The values mentioned above represent only statistical variables on account of the complex manufacturing process of light emitting diodes. The values do not necessarily correspond exactly to the actual parameters of every single product which can vary from the typical specification.

196

60°

30°


24 V System

LEDLine Flex SMD Professional Indoor White – High Brightness

1 2

Built-in PCB lighting modules The LEDLine Flex SMD Professional Indoor High Brightnes sis fitted with SMD LEDs on a flexible printed circuit board of only approx. 0.4 mm thickness. Even the most complex structures can be illuminated thanks to the use of an extremely pliable foil. LEDLine Flex SMD Professional Indoor High Brightness can be separated into segments of 80 mm lengths without loss of function. This product is available in a continuous length of up to 3.2 m. Installation is achieved via double-sided adhesive tape affixed to the rear of the PCB.

I (cd/klm) 90° 85 170 255 340 C0-C180

C90-C270

3200x10

280

steps 40

Length mm 80

4

80

SMDs 10.5

pcs.

Single

pcs. 7

+24V

+24V

WU-M-465

GND

tc/tp

GND

6

11.43

0.4 2.0

mm

LEDs

30°

5

Technical notes Dimensions LEDLine Flex SMD Professional Indoor LxW

3

60°

Allowed operating temperature at tc point: –20 to 65 °C Wide beam angle (120°) Voltage supply: 24 V Power consumption per step (80 mm): 1.02 W

7

Typical applications • Architectural lighting • Illumination of complex structures • Entertainment, shop design • Marking paths, stairs, etc. • Furniture lighting • Light advertising

8 9

Type WU-M-465-27K

Ref. No. 554932

Colour warm white

Correlated colour temperature

Current

Typ. luminous flux* Beam angle*

Max. power

K

A

lm

°

W

CRI Ra

2700 –55/+90

1.7

3500

120

40.8

> 80

WU-M-465-30K

554933

warm white

3000 –50/+125

1.7

3600

120

40.8

> 80

WU-M-465-40K

554934

neutral white

4000 –165/+105

1.7

3800

120

40.8

> 80

WU-M-465-50K

554935

cool white

5000 –130/+150

1.7

3900

120

40.8

> 80

WU-M-465-65K

554936

cool white

6500 –265/+220

1.7

3900

120

40.8

> 80

* The values mentioned above represent only statistical variables on account of the complex manufacturing process of light emitting diodes. The values do not necessarily correspond exactly to the actual parameters of every single product which can vary from the typical specification.

10 11 12 197


24 V System

AluLED IP20 AluLED IP20 is ideal for indoor applications and the slim & flat design is extremely convenient for low profile lighting design mounting. It is available in neutral white (4000 K). Further white tones on requepcs. Technical notes Voltage supply: 24 V DC Beam angle: 120° Allowed ambient temperature: –20 to 40 °C Allowed storage temperature: –40 to 85 °C Degree of protection: IP20 Maximum bridging current load: 3 A

White

320.00/920.00/1220.00±0.50

150.00±5.00

6.20±0.50

150.00±5.00

AluLED Screw Clamp

Level surface

White Modules Type

Ref. No.

Length

No.

Current

of LEDs mm AluLED-320-4000-IP20 - D

552092

AluLED-320-4000-IP20 - C

Colour

Luminous flux

temperature mA

K

Beam

Power

Cover

angle lm

°

320

18

180

neutral white 4000

220

120

Packing unt

W 4.3

pcs. Diffuse 1

552093

320

18

180

neutral white 4000

240

120

4.3

AluLED-1220-4000-IP20 - D 552094

1220

72

720

neutral white 4000

870

120

17.3

Diffuse 1

AluLED-1220-4000-IP20 - C 552095

1220

72

720

neutral white 4000

950

120

17.3

Clear

Note: Further colours for AluLED are available on request

198

Colour

Clear

1 1

20.60±0.50

13.00

18.75


24 V System

AluLED IP64

1

AluLED IP64 is ideal for outdoor protected applications under humid conditions (excluding direct UV and water exposure) and the slim & flat design is extremely flexible for low profile lighting design mounting. It is available in different CCTs and RGB to suit different application needs.

2

Technical notes Voltage supply: 24 V DC Beam angle: 120° Allowed ambient temperature: –30 to 85 °C Allowed storage temperature: –40 to 85 °C Degree of protection: IP64 Maximum bridging current load: 3 A

White

3

320.00/920.00/1220.00±0.50

150.00±5.00

20.60±0.50

4

6.20±0.50

150.00±5.00

13.00

18.75

RGB

AluLED

5

320.00/920.00/1220.00±0.50

150.00±5.00

150.00±5.00

6

6.20±0.50

Level surface

13.00

Clamp

20.60±0.50

21.43

Screw

7 White Modules Type

Ref. No.

Length

No.

Current

mm

of LEDs

mA

16

160

Colour

Colour temperature

Luminous flux

Beam angle

Power

Packing unit

K

lm

°

W

pcs.

AluLED-320-3000

543314

AluLED-920-3000

543315

920

48

480

warm white

3000

505

120

11.5

1

AluLED-1220-3000

543316

1220

64

640

warm white

3000

675

120

15.3

1

AluLED-320-6000

543317

320

16

160

cool white

6000

225

120

3.8

1

AluLED-920-6000

543318

920

48

480

cool white

6000

670

120

11.5

1

AluLED-1220-6000

543319

1220

64

640

cool white

6000

895

120

15.3

1

Beam angle

Power

Packing unit

°

W

pcs

320

warm white

3000

70

120

3.8

1

RGB Modules Type

Ref. No.

Length

No.

Current

Luminous flux (lm)

mm

of LEDs

mA

red

green

Dom. wavelength (nm) blue

red

green

blue

AluLED-320-RGB

543320

320

14

120

18

40

9

620–630 520–535 465–475 120

2.8

1

AluLED-920-RGB

543321

920

42

360

54

120

28

620–630 520–535 465–475 120

8.6

1

AluLED-1220-RGB

543322

1220

56

480

72

160

36

620–630 520–535 465–475 120

11.5

1

Note: Further colours for AluLED are available upon request

8 9 10 11 12 199


24 V CA System

Colour Control Modules – DigiLED CA The DigiLED CA series is based on a system design that combines simplicity, flexibility and reliability. The DigiLED CA series is suitable for operating both highpower RGB CA modules and low-power RGB CA modules. In the simplest case, a keypad enables manual colour control. In addition to custom colour control, it is also possible to call up pre-set colour programs for example colour sequences.

The CA series of VS colour control modules are available with both a manual operating pad and a DALI interface or "PUSH" or DMX variant. Furthermore the DigiLED Mono is available. The DigiLED Mono enables the dimming of single-colour (e. g. white) LED modules.

74

58

48.5

93

4.2

Technical notes Dimensions: 93 x 58 x 29 mm Ambient temperature ta: 0 to 45 °C Operating voltage: 24 V Max. current on the supply line: 5 А Push-in terminals: 0.25–1.5 mm², grid: 3.5 mm All DigiLED not suitable for the US market

29

4.2

83.5

DigiLED Manual CA

74

29

4.2

58

48.5

93

4.2

DigiLED Manual CA Colour controls via key pads (6 keys) Individual colour control or selection of pre-set programs tc = 55 °C max. Max. current per control channel: 1.25 A Type: WU-ST-001-Digi-manuell-CA Ref. No.: 186136

DigiLED DALI CA Digital colour controls via DALI light management tc = 60 °C max. Max. current per control channel: 1.25 A Type: WU-ST-004-Digi-DALI-CA Ref. No.: 186138

83.5

DigiLED DALI CA

74

29

4.2

4.2

58

48.5

93

DigiLED DMX CA Digital colour controls via DMX light management tc = 60 °C max. Max. current per control channel: 1.25 A Type: WU-ST-003-Digi-DMX-CA Ref. No.: 186153

83.5

DigiLED DMX CA

74

58

48.5

93

4.2

DigiLED IR CA Colour adjustment by a portable remote control Call up of pre-adjusted setting possible Data transfer via infra-red tc = 55 °C max. Max. current per control channel: 1.25 A Type: WU-ST-005-Digi-IR-CA Ref. No.: 186154

29

4.2

83.5

200

DigiLED IR CA


24 V CA System

74 4.2

29

1 2

58

48.5

93

4.2

DigiLED RF CA Easy operation possible via radio frequency (RF) and a keypad with 7 buttons. The operation via radio frequency (RF) enables a flexible installation. Optical "line of sight" or cables are not necessary due to RF operation. Dimensions: 93 x 58 x 29 mm Ambient temperature ta: –20 to 45 °C Operating voltage: 24 V DC Max. current per control channel: 1.25 A Type: WU-ST-012-DigiLED-RF CA Ref. No.: 186181

83.5

DigiLED RF CA

3

15 86

Walltransmitter Required to activate the programs in the DigiLED RF Dimensions: 86 x 86 x15 mm Colour: white Type: WU-ST-009-Walltransmitter Ref. No.: 536843

4

86

Walltransmitter DigiLED Push CA Colour adjustment by separate push button Permits retrieval of pre-set programs tc = 55 °C max. Max. current per control channel: 1.25 A Type: WU-ST-006-DigiLED-Push CA Ref. No.: 186144

(7)

69

19

7

6

30

15

3.2

83

(3) 75

4

1

DigiLED Push CA (7)

69

8

19

7

7

83

30

3.2

9

15

DigiLED Mono CA For dimming of single-colour LED modules Dimming via 1–10 V interface or external PWM signal tc = 55 °C max. Max. current per control channel: 5 A Type: WU-ST-010-DigiLED-Mono CA Ref. No.: 186155

5

(3) 4

75

1

DigiLED Mono CA

10

DigiLED Slave CA Increase of the system performance for 24 V CA LED built-in system Signal amplification on channels RGB(W) tc = 65 °C max. Max. current per control channel per slave: 1.25 Type: WU-ST-002-DigiLED-Slave CA Ref. No.: 186142

11 DigiLED Slave CA

12 201


24 V CA System

Passive Slave CA Increase of the system performance for 24 V CA LED built-in system No signal amplification on channels RGB(W) tc = 65 °C max. Type: WU-ST-011-Passive-Slave CA Ref. No.: 186172

Ø 3.2

48 36

Passive Slave PCB CA PCB for increase of the system performance for 24 V CA LED built-in system Without casing No signal amplification on channels RGB(W) tc = 65 °C max. Type: WU-VB-004-Slave-PCB CA Ref. No.: flatband cable

14.7

Passive Slave CA

43 56

Passive Slave PCB CA Table 1: Terminal connection Pole Colour coding

202

Function

Max. current-carrying

Colour coding

capacity

System flatband cable

1

red

supply line for LED built-in modules (+24 V)

5A

blue

2

orange

PWM signal line for channel 1

1.25 A

grey

3

green

PWM signal line for channel 2

1.25 A

grey

4

blue

PWM signal line for channel 3

1.25 A

grey

5

light grey

PWM signal line for channel 4

1.25 A

grey

6

black

supply line for LED built-in modules (GND)

5A

grey


24 V CA System

LED Connection Technology for 24 V CA System When setting up a 24 V CA system, it must be ensured that the minimum supply voltage stated in the data sheets of the LED built-in modules is attained through the combination of lead lengths.

2 3

3

12.7

20±2 100±2

4 400±5

12.7

Flatband system cables For reverse-polarity protected connections between LED built-in modules and/or groups and for connection to PCB distributors. The six-strand flatband cable is fitted with pre-assembled connectors that plug directly in to the sockets of the LED built-in modules and PCB distributors. Type: WU-VB-002-HP-20mm Ref. No.: 539476 cable length: 20 mm Type: WU-VB-002-HP-100mm Ref. No.: 539475 cable length: 100 mm Flatband extension cable Type: WU-VB-008-HP-extension-400mm Ref. No.: 543187 cable length: 400 mm

Flatband and feed-in cables are designed to ensure that LED built-in modules can be connected to a DigiLED CA colour control unit or a PCB distributor or slave board up to the maximum current-carrying capacity specified in Table 1.

5

3

Various connection methods like flatband cables, feed-in cables, PCB distributors and slaves can be used to effect electrical connections between LED assembly modules and DigiLED CA colour control units.

1

6 7

12.7

8

3

9 10 500-+5

12.7

Feed-in cable Mono For reverse polarity protected connection between monochromatic LED built-in modules and 24 V voltage supply. The dimming function is not supported. Type: WU-VB-006-HP-Feed-in-500mm mono Ref. No.: 542267 cable length: 500 mm

500-+5

3

Feed-in cable For connecting LED built-in modules and groups to a DigiLED CA colour control unit or slave board. The reverse-polarity protected connector attached to the feed-in cable is plugged on the LED built-in module. The other side of the cable is then connected to the slave board or DigiLED CA colour control unit while ensuring correct polarity (colour coding) Type: WU-VB-002-HP-Feed-in-500mm Ref. No.: 535900 cable length: 500 mm

11 12 203


24 V CA System

EasyConnect Cable for AluLED Max. permissible current: 3 A Number of strands: 2/4 (Strand diameter: 0.35 mm2/22 AWG) For monochrome modules with 2 strands Ref. No.: 543426 25 cm, male connector Ref. No.: 543427 50 cm, male/female connector For RGB modules with 4 strands Ref. No.: 543428 25 cm, male connector Ref. No.: 543429 50 cm, male/female connector

250

8

500

250

8

27.5

Ă˜ 3.2

33

PCB distributor For connecting up to four LED built-in modules or groups to a DigiLED CA colour control unit or slave board. The maximum current-carrying capacity per contact is 5 A on the input side (terminal) and as detailed in Table 1 (page 202) on the output side (connector). A standard six-strand conductor (e.g. LIYY 6X0.75 mm²) and up to four flatband cables can be used. Type: WU-VB-003-DistriPCB CA Ref. No.: 186141

14.7

500

45.5 56

204


LED Constant Voltage Devices for LED Modules 24 V

ComfortLine LED Constant Voltage Drivers

1 2

24 V / max. 20 W These flat LED constant-voltage drivers are designed for use in applications with small capacity range of up to 20 W.

3

Expected service life time at operation temperatures at tc point

Electronic characteristics Power factor at full load: > 0.5

Ref. No.

Connection details Mains voltage: 220–240 V ±10 % With connection lead on primary side Mains frequency: 50–60 Hz

186129 75 °C

65 °C

hrs.

50,000

100,000

4 5

K62 with cord grip

4,5

Safety features Electronic short-circuit protection Overload and temperature protection: reversible Protection against "no load" operation Degree of proteciton: IP20 Protection class II SELV-equivalent

tc temperature

6 42

1,5

18

172 182

Max.

Type

Ref. No.

7

Mains voltage

Output

Mains

Current

Ambient

Casing

output

50, 60 Hz

voltage

current

output

temperature ta

temperature tc

Weight

W

V

V

mA

A

°C

°C

g

24 ± 0,5

230–210

0.0–0.85

–20 to 45

75

155

K62 with cord grip – Dimensions: 182x42x18 mm 20

EDXe 120/24.009

186129

220–240

8 9 10 11 12 205


LED Constant Voltage Devices for LED Modules 24 V

ComfortLine LED Constant Voltage Drivers 24 V / max. 50 W, max. 70 W and max. 130 W These LED constant-voltage drivers are designed for use in applications with medium and high capacity range of up to 50 W, 70 W or 130 W. Expected service life time at operation temperatures at tc point

Electronic characteristics Power factor at full load: > 0.97

Ref. No. 186103, 186104, 186218, 186219

Connection details Mains voltage: 220–240 V ±10 % Mains frequency: 50–60 Hz (EDXe 150: secondary 0 Hz) Safety features Electronic short-circuit protection Overload and temperature protection: reversible Protection against "no load" operation Degree of proteciton: IP20 Protection class I SELV

186131, 186132

tc temperature

70 °C

60 °C

75 °C

65 °C

hrs.

50,000

100,000

50,000

100,000

K30 / K30.1

4,5

4,5

170/183 187/200

4,5

36/49

60/61

2,5 25,5/30,5

143/158

178/191

2,5

24/27

36/49

K30 / K30.1 with cord grip

4,5

224/245

7,5

Max.

Type

Ref. No.

60/61

4,5

45/46

210/231

4,5

Mains voltage

Output

Mains

Current

Ambient

Casing

output

50, 60 Hz

voltage

current

output

temperature ta

temperature tc

Weight

W

V

V

mA

A

°C

°C

g

24 ± 0,72

260–235

0.0–2.1

–40 to 45

70

320

K30 – Dimensions (L x W x H): 187x60x36 mm 50

EDXe 150/24.035

186218

220–240

K30.1 – Dimensions (L x W x H): 200x61x49 mm 70

EDXe 170/24.010

186103

220–240

24 ± 0,48

360–310

0.0–2.9

–20 to 45

70

340

130

EDXe 1130/24.014

186131

220–240

24 ± 0,48

640–585

0.0–5.4

–20 to 45

75

370

260–235

0.0–2.1

–40 to 45

70

370

K30 with cord grip – Dimensions (L x W x H): 224x60x36 mm 50

EDXe 150/24.035

186219

220–240

24 ± 0,72

K30.1 with cord grip – Dimensions (L x W x H): 245x61x49 mm

206

70

EDXe 170/24.010

186104

220–240

24 ± 0,48

360–310

0.0–2.9

–20 to 45

70

360

130

EDXe 1130/24.015

186132

220–240

24 ± 0,48

640–585

0.0–5.4

–20 to 45

75

390


LED Constant Voltage Devices for LED Modules 24 V

ComfortLine LED Constant Voltage Drivers

1 2

24 V / max. 70 W and max. 130 W – IP67 These LED constant-voltage drivers are designed for use in IP67 applications with medium and high capacity range of up to 70 W or 130 W.

3

Expected service life time at operation temperatures at tc point

Electronic characteristics Power factor at full load: > 0.97

Ref. No.

Connection details Mains voltage: 220–240 V ±10 % Mains frequency: 50–60 Hz Preassembled connection leads primary side: 5 x1 mm², length: 200 mm secondary side: 2 x1 mm², length: 200 mm

186105, 186133 tc temperature

70 °C

60 °C

hrs.

50,000

100,000

4 5

Safety features Electronic short-circuit protection Overload and temperature protection: reversible Protection against "no load" operation Degree of protection: IP67 Protection class I SELV

K37 with cord grip 275

30

51

6

225

45 65 79,1

7

237

8 9 Max.

Type

Ref. No.

Mains voltage

Output

Mains

Current

Ambient

Casing

output

50, 60 Hz

voltage

current

output

temperature ta

temperature tc

Weight

W

V

V

mA

A

°C

°C

g

K37 with cord grip – Dimensions (L xW xH): 275x79.1x51 mm 70

EDXe 170/24.010

186105

220–240

24 ± 0.48

360–330

0.0–2.9

–20 to 45

70

515

130

EDXe 1130/24.016

186133

220–240

24 ± 0.48

640–585

0.0–5.4

–20 to 45

70

545

10 11 12 207


LED Constant Voltage Devices for LED Modules 24 V

EasyLine LED Constant Voltage Drivers 24 V / max. 75 W, max. 100 W and max. 150 W – IP67 These LED constant-voltage drivers are designed for use in IP67 applications with high capacity range of up to 75 W, 100 W or 150 W. Expected service life time at operation temperatures at tc point

Electronic characteristics Power factor at full load: > 0.95

Ref. No. all types

Connection details Mains voltage: 220–240 V ± 10% Mains frequency: 50–60 Hz Preassembled connection leads: K30.2: H05RN-F primary: 2 x 0.75 mm² secondary: 2 x1 mm² M58.1: primary: 2 x 2.08 mm² secondary: 2 x 2.08 mm²

tc temperature

80 °C

70 °C

hrs.

30,000

50,000

32

K30.2

147

49

Safety features Short-circuit protection: electronic Overload protection Protection against "no load" operation Degree of protection: IP67 Protection class I SELV

180

M58.1

Products under development; preliminary technical datas Max.

Type

Ref. No.

Mains voltage

Output

Mains

Output

Ambient

Casing

Efficiency

output

50, 60 Hz

voltage

current

current

temperature

temperature

at full load

Weight

W

V

V

mA

A

ta (°C)

tc (°C)

% (230 V)

g

24 ± 0.5

385–355

0.0–3.125

–15 to 45

80

89

440

K30.2 – Dimensions (L xW xH): 180x52x32 mm 75

EDXe 175/24.040 186432

220–240

M58.1 – Dimensions (L xW xH): 206x68.6x37 mm

208

100

EDXe 1100/24.041 186433

220–240

24 ± 0.5

505–465

0.0–4.2

–15 to 45

85

90

840

150

EDXe 1150/24.042 186434

220–240

24 ± 0.5

760–700

0.0–6.25

–15 to 45

80

90

840


LED Constant Voltage Devices for LED Modules 12 V

ComfortLine LED Constant Voltage Drivers

1 2

12 V / max. 12 W The compact LED constant-voltage drivers are designed for use in applications with small capacity range of up to 12 W.

3

Expected service life time at operation temperatures at tc point

Electronic characteristics Power factor at full load: > 0.57

Ref. No.

Connection details Mains voltage: 220–240 V ±10 % Mains frequency: 50–60 Hz

186204

Safety features Electronic short-circuit protection Overload and temperature protection: reversible Protection against "no load" operation Degree of proteciton: IP20 Protection class II SELV-equivalent

tc temperature

75 °C

65 °C

hrs.

50,000

100,000

4 5

K39.1

6 7 8 9 Max.

Type

Ref. No.

Mains voltage

Output

Mains

Current

Ambient

Casing

output

50, 60 Hz

voltage

current

output

temperature ta

temperature tc

Weight

W

V

V

mA

A

°C

°C

g

12 ± 0,6

120

0.0–1.0

–20 to 50

75

60

10

K39.1 – Dimensions (L x W x H): 103.5 x 36 x 22 mm 12

EDXe 112/12.033

186204

220–240

11 12 209


LED Constant Voltage Devices for LED Modules 12 V

EasyLine LED Constant Voltage Drivers 12 V / max. 15 W and max. 30 W The slim LED constant-voltage drivers are designed for use in applications with capacity range of up to 15 W or 30 W. Expected service life time at operation temperatures at tc point

Electronic characteristics Power factor at full load: > 0,5 (186413) > 0.95 (183457)

Ref. No. 186413, 186457

Connection details Mains voltage: 220–240 V ± 10% Mains frequency: 50–60 Hz Safety features Short-circuit protection: electronic Overload protection Protection against "no load" operation Degree of protection: IP20 Protection class I SELV

tc temperature

80 °C

70 °C

hrs.

30,000

50,000

14

45/41

19 / 32

K52 / K53

118/148 123/153

Products under development; preliminary technical datas Max.

Type

Ref. No.

Mains voltage

Output

Mains

Output

Ambient

Casing

Efficiency

output

50, 60 Hz

voltage

current

current

temperature ta

temperature tc

at full load

Weight

W

V

V

mA

A

°C

°C

% (230 V)

g

12 ± 0.5

85–75

0.0–1.25

–15 to 45

80

83

170

12 ± 0.5

165–150

0.0–2.5

–15 to 45

80

83

170

K52 – Dimensions (L xW x H): 123x45x192 mm 15

EDXe 115/12.038

186413

220–240

K53 – Dimensions (L x W x H): 153x41x32 mm 30

210

EDXe 130/12.043

186457

220–240


LED Constant Voltage Devices for LED Modules 12 V

ComfortLine LED Constant Voltage Drivers

1 2

12 V / max. 50 W and max. 70 W The compact LED constant-voltage drivers are designed for use in applications with medium capacity range of up to 50 W or 70 W.

3

Expected service life time at operation temperatures at tc point

Electronic characteristics Power factor at full load: > 0.97

Ref. No.

Connection details Mains voltage: 220–240 V ±10 % Mains frequency: 50–60 Hz (EDXe 150: secondary 0 Hz)

all types 70 °C

60 °C

hrs.

50,000

100,000

4

K30 / K30.1

5

170/183 187/200

60/61

6 4,5

4,5

36/49

2,5 25,5/30,5

143/158

4,5

Safety features Electronic short-circuit protection Overload and temperature protection: reversible Protection against "no load" operation Degree of proteciton: IP20 Protection class I SELV

tc temperature

7

178/191

4,5

224/245

Type

Ref. No.

60/61

4,5

45/46

210/231

7,5

Max.

8

2,5

24/27

36/49

K30 / K30.1 with cord grip

9

4,5

Mains voltage

Output

Mains

Current

Ambient

Casing

output

50, 60 Hz

voltage

current

output

temperature ta

temperature tc

Weight

W

V

V

mA

A

°C

°C

g

12,1 ± 0,24

260–230

0.0–4.2

–40 to 45

70

375

12,1 ± 0,24

365–335

0.0–5.8

–20 to 45

70

340

250–240

0.0–4.2

–40 to 45

70

425

365–335

0.0–5.8

–20 to 45

70

360

K30 – Dimensions (L x W x H): 187x60x36 mm 50

EDXe 150/12.034

186216

220–240

10

K30.1 – Dimensions (L x W x H): 200x61x49 mm 70

EDXe 170/12.011

186112

220–240

K30 with cord grip – Dimensions (L xW xH): 224x60x36 mm 50

EDXe 150/12.034

186217

220–240

12,1 ± 0,24

11

K30.1 with cord grip – Dimensions (L xW xH): 245x61x49 mm 70

EDXe 170/12.012

186113

220–240

12,1 ± 0,24

12 211


LED Constant Voltage Devices for LED Modules 12 V

ComfortLine LED Constant Voltage Drivers 12 V / max. 70 W – IP67 These LED constant-voltage drivers are designed for use in IP67 applications with medium capacity range of up to 70 W. Expected service life time at operation temperatures at tc point

Electronic characteristics Power factor at full load: > 0.97

Ref. No.

Connection details Mains voltage: 220–240 V ±10 % Mains frequency: 50–60 Hz Preassembled connection leads primary side: 5 x1 mm², length: 200 mm secondary side: 2 x1 mm², length: 200 mm

186114 70 °C

60 °C

hrs.

50,000

100,000

K37 with cord grip

51

275

30

Safety features Electronic short-circuit protection Overload and temperature protection: reversible Protection against "no load" operation Degree of protection: IP67 Protection class I SELV-equivalent

tc temperature

45 65 79,1

225

237

Max.

Type

Ref. No.

Mains voltage

Output

Mains

Current

Ambient

Casing

output

50, 60 Hz

voltage

current

output

temperature ta

temperature tc

Weight

W

V

V

mA

A

°C

°C

g

365–335

0.0–5.8

–20 to 45

70

515

K37 with cord grip – Dimensions (L xW xH): 275x79.1x51 mm 70

212

EDXe 170/12.013

186114

220–240

12.1 ± 0,24


Emergency Lighting Devices for LED Applications

EMERGENCY LIGHTING DEVICES FOR LED APPLICATIONS ELECTRONIC EMERGENCY LIGHTING DEVICES FOR LED APPLICATIONS For nominal operating periods of 1 hour or 3 hours Emergency lighting systems spring to life any time normal main lighting systems fail. Emergency lighting is designed to ensure that staff can safely leave any rooms and that there is sufficient lighting to illuminate rescue paths/routes as well as to avoid panic situations. VS emergency lighting devices are designed for use with LED applications and can be operated as part of a combined system with electronic LED drivers. VS emergency lighting devices test the presence of and the charge left on batteries during regular cycles and display the existing status via a bi-colour LED (self-testing function). This both simplifies battery maintenance and ensures necessary emergency lighting in the event of a mains power cut. During normal operation, the batteries are recharged with mains power.

213


Emergency Lighting Devices for LED Applications

Emergency Lighting Modules for 3 Hours Operating Time 50, 130 or 220 V voltage output VS emergency lighting modules are suitable for LED luminaires. Dimensions (L x Wx H): 210 x 31.4 x 21.5 mm Fixing hole distance: 205.5 mm Ambient temperature: 5 to 50 °C

21,5

M5.1

31,4 4,5

Electrical characteristics Power consumption: 4 VA Constant output: 3 W Weekly automatic self-diagnosis and daily testing of system status Battery charge is checked during regular testing cycles. Optical status display via two-colour

205,5 210

Connection details Mains voltage: 220–240 V ± 10 % Mains frequency: 50–60 Hz LED emergency light devices must be connected in line with the installation manual.

red green

red

black

green

black

450

Rechargeable batteries 2

JST-EH connector

35

red wire 0.5 mm /AWG20 total length = 250 mm

Technical notes – Rechargeable batteries Choice of rechargeable battery depends on the operating device. Charging time of rechargeable batteries: max. 24 hrs. Rechargeable batteries: nickel-cadmium (NiCd)

red in circuit 2 black in circuit 1

2

35

black wire 0.5 mm /AWG20 total length = 250 mm, NiCd

Safety features Protection class I Degree of protection: IP20 SELV (186498) Type

5.5

LED

250

210

Ref. No.

Ref. No.

EL Module

Battery

Battery type

Nominal operat- Mains current Current

Voltage

Weight (g)

ing period (hrs.) mA

output (V)

EL Module

output (mA)

Battery

M5.1 – Dimensions (L x W x H): 210 x 31.4x21.5 mm EMCc 180.003

186498

188824

4.8V/4.5Ah 3

250–60

250–60

12–50

145

490

EMCc 180.004

186499

188824

4.8V/4.5Ah 3

150–23

150–23

20–130

145

490

EMCc 180.005

186500

188824

4.8V/4.5Ah 3

100–13

100–13

30–220

145

490

36.2

23.2

Ø37 .3 39

12.4

Holders for rechargeable batteries for emergency LED lighting modules It is recommended to use two holders per rechargeable battery to ensure optimum hold. Material: PBT For rechargeable battery type: 4.8V/4.5Ah NiCd Ref. No.: 188828

6

214


Emergency Lighting Devices for LED Applications

Emergency Lighting Modules for 1 Hour Operating Time

1 2

50, 130 or 220 V voltage output VS emergency lighting modules are suitable for LED luminaires.. Dimensions (L x Wx H): 210 x 31.4 x 21.5 mm Fixing hole distance: 205.5 mm Ambient temperature: 5 to 50 °C

3 21,5

M5.1

31,4 4,5

Electrical characteristics Power consumption: 3.5 VA Constant output: 3 W Weekly automatic self-diagnosis and daily testing of system status Battery charge is checked during regular testing cycles. Optical status display via two-colour

4

205,5 210

LED red

black

green

black

5

5.5

Connection details Mains voltage: 220–240 V ± 10 % Mains frequency: 50–60 Hz LED emergency light devices must be connected in line with the installation manual.

red green

450

Rechargeable batteries 24

Technical notes – Rechargeable batteries Choice of rechargeable battery depends on the operating device. Charging time of rechargeable batteries: max. 24 hrs. Rechargeable batteries: nickel-cadmium (NiCd)

6

JST-EH 2 red wire 0.5 mm /AWG20 connector red in total length = 250 mm circuit 2 2

black in circuit 1

black wire 0.5 mm /AWG20 total length = 250 mm, NiCd

24

7 250

170

Safety features Protection class I Degree of protection: IP20 SELV (186495) Type

8

Ref. No.

Ref. No.

EL Module

Battery

Battery type

Nominal operat- Mains current Current

Voltage

Weight (g)

ing period (hrs.) mA

output (V)

EL Module

output (mA)

Battery

M5.1 – Dimensions (L x W x H): 210 x 31.4x21.5 mm EMCc 60.000

186495

188823

4.8V/1.8Ah 1

250–60

250–60

12–50

145

200

EMCc 60.001

186496

188823

4.8V/1.8Ah 1

150–23

150–23

20–130

145

200

EMCc 60.002

186497

188823

4.8V/1.8Ah 1

100–13

100–13

30–220

145

200

10

26.3

18

Ø26 .7 35

11

13

Holders for rechargeable batteries for emergency LED lighting modules It is recommended to use two holders per rechargeable battery to ensure optimum hold. Material: PC For rechargeable battery type: 4.8V/1.8Ah NiCd Ref. No.: 188827

9

5.5

12 215


VS LED Lamps

LED LAMPS MR16, AR111, PAR30, PAR38, GU10

LED – THE GREEN FUTURE LIGHTING LEDs contain no mercury and are low on energy consumption, as a result of which they lead the field when it comes to "green lighting". Thanks to their eco-friendly properties, they can make a valid contribution to reducing your carbon footprint and countering the greenhouse effect. Moreover, LEDs start instantaneously at full brightness and are available in many colours. In addition to providing UV- and IR-free light, LEDs are vibration-proof and have a very long service life that further increases the overall efficiency of any lighting system. As LED lamps are now powerful enough to replace both incandescent and low-voltage halogen lamps, they are becoming increasingly popular beyond the field of decorative lighting.

216


VS LED Lamps – Low-voltage Replacement

Low-voltage LED Lamps

1

48

Ø 49.9 ±0.3

Suitable for magnetic halogen transformers, electronic halogen converters (12 V AC) and electronic LED drivers (12 V DC) MR16, 5.5 W Design style: COB lens Operating temperature: 0 to 40 °C Storage temperature: –20 to 60 °C Input voltage: 12 V AC/DC Non dimmable Base: GU5.3

2 3

MR16, 7 W Design style: COB reflector Operating temperature: 0 to 40 °C Storage temperature: –20 to 60 °C Input voltage: 12 V AC/DC Dimmable (Magnetic with leading-edge dimmers/ Electronic preferred with trailing-edge dimmers) Base: GU5.3

Ref. No.

Type

Colour

Ø 49.9 ±0.3

48

4 5

Colour temperature CRI

Luminous flux

Light intensity

Beam

Field

Power

Power

Energy

K

Ra

lm

cd

angle (°)

angle (°)

factor

W

efficiency

MR16, 5.5 W MR16-5-3000-24-III

553212

warm white

3000

³ 80

350

1300

24

48

0.7

5.5

A

MR16-5-3000-36-III

553213

warm white

3000

³ 80

350

700

36

72

0.7

5.5

A+

MR16-7-3000-24-III

553214

warm white

3000

³ 80

500

1280

24

48

0.9

7.0

A

MR16-7-3000-36-III

553215

warm white

3000

³ 80

500

1000

36

72

0.9

7.0

A

6

MR16, 7 W

Note: Further colour temperatures are available on request.

7

Typical luminance of MR16 at 1, 2 and 3 meters Intensity (lux) Colour

MR16, 5.5 W

temperature

24°

K

1m

Warm White 3000 K 1300

MR16, 7 W 36°

24°

36°

2m

3m

1m

2m

3m

1m

2m

3m

1m

2m

3m

325

140

700

175

80

1280

320

150

1000

250

110

9

Typical light distribution curves I (cd/klm)

I (cd/klm) 90°

50%

60°

30°

MR16, 5.5 W 24°

60°

90°

90° 50%

30°

MR16, 5.5 W 36°

I (cd/klm)

I (cd/klm) 90°

50%

8

60°

50%

10

30°

30°

MR16, 7 W 24°

60°

MR16, 7 W 36°

11 12 217


VS LED Lamps – Low-voltage Replacement

64

LED Lamps 53

111

Replacement for low-voltage incandescent lamps Suitable for 12 V AC magnetic transformers, 12 V DC electronic drivers and 12 V AC electronic converters AR111, 16 W Operating temperature: –20 to 40 °C Storage temperature: –40 to 60 °C Input voltage: 12 V AC/DC Not dimmable Base: G53

Ref. No.

Type

Colour

53

AR111, 13 W Operating temperature: –20 to 40 °C Storage temperature: –40 to 60 °C Input voltage: 12 V AC/DC Phase-cut dimmable (trailing-edge dimmers are preferred) Base: G53

111

64

Colour temperature CRI

Luminous flux

Light intensity Beam angle Field angle

Power

Power

Energy

K

Ra

lm

cd

°

°

factor

W

efficiency

AR111, 16 W AR111-16-3000-24-III 556794

warm white 3000

³ 80

1000

3200

24

48

> 0.9

16

A

AR111-16-3000-36-III 556795

warm white 3000

³ 80

1000

1600

36

72

> 0.9

16

A

AR111-13-3000-24-III 556796

warm white 3000

³ 80

800

2600

24

48

> 0.9

13

A

AR111-13-3000-36-III 556797

warm white 3000

³ 80

800

1400

36

72

> 0.9

13

A

AR111, 13 W

Further colour temperatures are available on request.

Typical luminance of AR111 at 1, 2 and 3 meters Intensity (lux) Colour

AR111, 16 W

temperature

24°

K

1m

Warm White 3000 K 3200

AR111, 13 W 36° 1m

2m

3m

1m

2m

3m

1m

2m

3m

800

360

1600

400

180

2600

650

290

1400

350

160

I (cd/klm) 90°

50%

60°

90° 50%

30°

AR111, 24°

218

36°

3m

Typical light distribution curves

I (cd/klm)

24°

2m

60°

30°

AR111, 36°


VS LED Lamps – Low-voltage Replacement

Electronic Converters for LED Lamps 12 V

1

You will find LED converters for the LED lamps MR16 and AR111 on page 209–212.

Important notice for LED lamps for replacement of low-voltage halogen incandescent lamps • Do not connect more than one unit to one transformer • Do not use in ambient temperatures of more than 40 °C • Unsuitable for installation in enclosed or airtight luminaires • For indoor use only • Unsuitable for use outdoors or in high-moisture environments Important notice for LED lamps for replacement of mains voltage incandescent lamps • Unsuitable for operation with an additional driver • Integrated high-frequency driver • Do not use in ambient temperatures of more than 40 °C • Unsuitable for installation in enclosed or airtight luminaires • For indoor use only • Unsuitable for use outdoors or in high-moisture environments • Dimmable with phase-cutting dimmers (E27 PAR and GU10 7 W lamps only); minimum dimmer load has to be respected. The compatibility of the lamp to the dimmer has to be confirmed prior to installation to avoid flickering and/or noises. Trailing-edge dimmers are preferred.

Caution: Always disconnect equipment from the mains before replacing lamps!

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 219


VS LED Lamps – Mains Voltage Replacement

LED Lamps

95

94

With integrated driver for replacement of mains voltage halogen incandescent lamps LED lamps made by Vossloh-Schwabe will fit most standard E27 and GU10 bases. These low-power, high-brightness and highly eco-friendly lamps are sure to improve the overall efficiency of your lighting system.

130

121

PAR30, 12 W Operating temperature: –20 to 40 °C Storage temperature: –40 to 60 °C Input voltage: 220–240 V AC Phase-cut dimmable (trailing-edge dimmers are preferred) Base: E27

PAR38, 17 W Operating temperature: –20 to 40 °C Storage temperature: –40 to 60 °C Input voltage: 220–240 V AC Phase-cut dimmable (trailing-edge dimmers are preferred) Base: E27 Type

Ref. No.

Colour

Colour temperature CRI

Luminous flux

Light intensity

Beam angle

Field angle

Power

Energy

K

Ra

lm

cd

°

°

W

efficiency

PAR30, 12 W PAR30-12-2700-38-II 549107

warm white

2700

³ 80

420

3320

20

38

12

A

PAR30-12-3000-38-II 549108

warm white

3000

³ 80

460

3670

20

38

12

A

PAR30-12-4000-38-II 549109

neutral white

4000

³ 75

570

4530

20

38

12

A

PAR30-12-6000-38-II 549110

cool white

6000

³ 70

680

5400

20

38

12

A

PAR30-12-2700-60-II 549111

warm white

2700

³ 80

420

980

40

60

12

A

PAR30-12-3000-60-II 549112

warm white

3000

³ 80

460

1200

40

60

12

A

PAR30-12-4000-60-II 549113

neutral white

4000

³ 75

570

1325

40

60

12

A

PAR30-12-6000-60-II 549114

cool white

6000

³ 70

680

1580

40

60

12

A

PAR38-17-2700-38-II 549131

warm white

2700

³ 80

560

4425

20

38

17

A

PAR38-17-3000-38-II 549133

warm white

3000

³ 80

630

5000

20

38

17

A

PAR38-17-4000-38-II 549134

neutral white

4000

³ 75

720

5700

20

38

17

A

PAR38-17-6000-38-II 549136

cool white

6000

³ 70

790

6300

20

38

17

A

PAR38-17-2700-60-II 549138

warm white

2700

³ 80

560

1350

40

60

17

A

PAR38-17-3000-60-II 549140

warm white

3000

³ 80

630

1500

40

60

17

A

PAR38-17-4000-60-II 549141

neutral white

4000

³ 75

720

1770

40

60

17

A

PAR38-17-6000-60-II 549142

cool white

6000

³ 70

790

1900

40

60

17

A

PAR38, 17 W

220


VS LED Lamps – Mains Voltage Replacement

Typical luminance of PAR30, PAR38 at 1, 2 and 3 meters

1

Intensity (lux) Colour

PAR30, 12 W

temperature

20°

K

1m

Warm White 2700 K

3320

Warm White 3000 K Neutral White 4000 K Cool White 6000 K

PAR38, 17 W 40°

2m

3m

20°

1m

40°

2m

3m

1m

2m

3m

1m

2m

3m

830

368

980

245

108

4425

1106

491

1350

337

150

3670

918

408

1200

300

133

5000

1250

566

1500

375

167

4530

1133

503

1325

331

147

5700

1425

633

1770

443

197

5400

1350

600

1580

395

176

6300

1575

700

1900

475

211

3

Typical light distribution curves of PAR30, PAR38 lamps I (cd/klm)

50%

60°

50%

60°

50%

60°

90° 50%

30°

30°

PAR30, 12 W 40°

I (cd/klm) 90°

90°

30°

PAR30, 12 W 20°

I (cd/klm)

I (cd/klm) 90°

PAR38, 17 W 20°

2

60°

4

30°

PAR38, 17 W 40°

5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 221


VS LED Lamps – Mains Voltage Replacement

Mains Voltage LED Lamps 55

50

With integrated driver GU10, 5.5 W Design style: COB lens Operating temperature: –20 to 40 °C Storage temperature: –40 to 60 °C Input voltage: 220–240 V AC Non dimmable Base: GU10

GU10, 7 W Design style: COB reflector Operating temperature: –20 to 40 °C Storage temperature: –40 to 60 °C Input voltage: 220–240 V AC Phase-cut dimmable (trailing-edge dimmers are preferred) Base: GU10

Ref. No.

Type

Colour

50

55

Colour temperature CRI

Luminous flux

Light intensity

Beam angle

Field angle

Power

Power

Energy

K

Ra

lm

cd

°

°

factor

W

efficiency

GU10, 5.5 W GU10-5-3000-24-III

553218

warm white

3000

³ 80

350

1300

24

48

0.5

5.5

A+

GU10-5-3000-36-III

553219

warm white

3000

³ 80

350

700

36

72

0.5

5.5

A+

GU10-7-3000-24-III

553220

warm white

3000

³ 80

450

1000

24

48

0.9

7

A+

GU10-7-3000-36-III

553221

warm white

3000

³ 80

450

800

36

72

0.9

7

A+

GU10, 7 W

Further colour temperatures are available on request.

Typical luminance of GU10 at 1, 2 and 3 meters Intensity (lux) Colour

GU10, 5.5 W

temperature

24°

GU10, 7 W

K

1m

2m

3m

1m

2m

3m

1m

2m

3m

1m

2m

3m

Warm White 3000 K

1300

325

140

700

175

80

1000

250

120

800

200

90

36°

24°

36°

Typical light distribution curves I (cd/klm)

50%

90°

60°

50%

222

60°

GU10, 5,5 W 40°

I (cd/klm) 90°

50%

30°

30°

GU10, 5,5 W 24°

I (cd/klm)

I (cd/klm) 90°

60°

90° 50%

30°

GU10, 7 W 24°

60°

30°

GU10, 7 W 36°


VS LED Lamps – Mains Voltage Replacement

Mains Voltage LED Lamps

1

54.5

50

With integrated driver GU10, 4 W Design style: SMD reflector Operating temperature: –20 to 40 °C Storage temperature: –40 to 60 °C Input voltage: 220–240 V AC Non dimmable Base: GU10

2 3

GU10, 4.5 and 6 W Design style: SMD reflector Operating temperature: –20 to 40 °C Storage temperature: –40 to 60 °C Input voltage: 220–240 V AC Phase-cut dimmable (trailing-edge dimmers are preferred) Base: GU10

54.5

50

4 5

Ref. No.

Type

Colour

Colour temperature CRI

Luminous flux

Light intensity Beam angle

Field angle

Power

Power

Energy

K

Ra

lm

cd

°

°

factor

W

efficiency

GU10, 4 W 556798

warm white

3000

³ 80

290

550

36

72

0.4

4

A+

GU10-4.5-2700-36-R 554601

warm white

2700

³ 80

230

520

36

72

0,4

4,5

A+

warm white

3000

³ 80

380

680

36

72

0.6

6

A+

GU10-4-3000-36-R GU10, 4.5 W

6

GU10, 6 W GU10-6-3000-36-R

556799

Further colour temperatures are available on request.

7

Typical luminance of GU10 at 1, 2 and 3 meters Intensity (lux)

8

Colour

GU10, 4 W

GU10, 4.5 W

GU10, 6 W

temperature

36°

36°

36°

K

1m

2m

3m

1m

2m

3m

1m

2m

3m

Warm White 3000 K / 2700 K 550

140

60

520

130

60

680

170

80

Typical light distribution curves

9

I (cd/klm) 90° 50%

60°

10

30°

GU10, 36°

11 12 223


Technical Details

General information on LED technology Thanks to the constant developmental progress made in LED semiconductor technology, the fields of application for LEDs are growing continuously. Mood and architectural lighting, for instance, are already benefiting from the saturated colours of and possibilities afforded by RGB colour control. Ever higher light efficiency levels at higher currents are making white LEDs increasingly attractive for general lighting. Among others, further decisive advantages are great longevity, low energy consumption, neither UV or IR beam nor any hazardous substances. The key basis of modern optoelectronics is the availability of high-performance LEDs in the three primary colours red, green and blue as well as white and warm white. By assembling these on circuit boards and in combination with converters and control systems, lighting systems can be created for the most diverse areas of use. Vossloh-Schwabe's production of LED modules is based on tried-and-tested COB and SMD technology. This makes it possible to design modules in various dimensions and performance classes. COB (Chip On Board) technology enables super-flat designs with very high chip densities. SMD (Surface Mounted Device Technology) enables convenient, quick and simultaneous assembly of LED and electronics devices.

Working principle of light emitting diodes (LEDs) An LED semiconductor chip is a semiconductor component that is made up of two differently doped crystallayers, one of which positive (p) and the other negative (n). Light is emitted at the depletion-layer pn boundary for a current flow in forward direction. An LED converts applied electric energy into visible electromagnetic radiation. The construction and doping of a semiconductor depends on the desired wavelength Îť (colour), which can only be monochromatic (red, orange, yellow, green or blue). Colour blends are created by varying the number of LEDs in the individual colours. By adding certain converter materials, LEDs can also produce white and warm white light. This type of light generation using a semiconductor is generally referred to as luminescence, i.e. the generation of cold light whose rays contain no warmth and are emitted without infrared (IR).

Emitted light

Anode (+) p n

Substrate, transparent Reflecting rear contact

Cathode (–)

Semiconductor materials for LED chips Irrespective of the specific model, an LED always consists of the following components: leadframe, LED chip and contacting using conductive adhesive and bonding. While the leadframe can be made of a PCB or ceramics, plastics and other materials, the LED chips are mounted on a die-cut reflector (cathode) using conductive adhesive to achieve higher light intensities with a focused beam of light. The anode is connected using bonding wire. The optical viewing angle (j) of an LED is determined by the geometry of the casing including reflector and the position of the chip within the casing. Small in size and highly resistant against mechanical impact/stress, LEDs are an ideal component for lighting applications. Special modular solutions are also available for applications involving differing ambient conditions (humidity, ambient temperature, etc.).

224

Cross-sectional Detail Cross-section of an LED semi-conductor chip Light emission at the pn depletion layer


Technical Details

Visible light within the electromagnetic spectrum

1

Visible light only accounts for a small part of the electromagnetic spectrum. The part of the electromagnetic spectrum that is visible for humans ranges from ultraviolet (λ = 380 nm) to dark red (λ = 780 nm).

Frequency

10 4

10 6

10 8

10 10

Medium wave

Micro waves

f in Hz

Cosmic radiation 1012

1014

Infrared

10 16

2

10 18

Ultraviolet

3

X rays

TV Short wave

3*10 4

30

0,3

Wavelength

l in nm

3*10 -3

10 10 -6

3*10 -9

780 nm

4

3*10 -11

380 nm

Gamma radiation

5

Visible spectrum

6 Light sensitivity of the human eye

Service life of LEDs The service life of an LED is determined by various factors:

Degree of spectral light sensitivity

7

1 0.8

Relative spectral sensitivity

By day, the maximum light sensitivity (Km) of the human eye for green is at λ = 555 nm and drops to λ = 510 nm by night. Light sensitivity falls off sharply for both higher and lower wavelengths and only totals 1% of day vision for blue at λ = 430 nm and dark red at λ = 720 nm. Thus, in order for the human eye to perceive light of these wavelengths at the same intensity as yellow-green light, its luminance LV needs to be 100 times greater.

0.6 0.4 0.2 0 350 450 550 650 750

8

Wavelength in nm

• • • •

the degradation rate of the semiconductor material and the encapsulation material the applied operating current IF the ambient temperature ta during operation and the thermal resistance

The term degradation describes the decrease in brightness of an LED chip as a result of the applied forward current during normal operation. Given normal operating conditions (ta = 25°C at IF = 10–30 mA), LEDs will provide a service life of up to 100,000 operating hours (typically 50,000 hours for High Power applications), after which time the brightness of the LED will have dropped typically to 70% of its original value.

Day vision Night vision

9 10 11 12 225


Technical Details

LED efficiency In theory, the internal efficiency of an LED chip is 90%, meaning that 90% of the applied electrical energy is converted into visible light at the pn junction layer. However, a part of the light emitted at the pn junction layer cannot pass through the semiconductor structure and it remains a major technological challenge to optimise the coupling of light out of the chip with the help of innovative designs. These processes determine the external degree of LED efficiency, which denotes the magnitude of visible output that can pass through the semiconductor structure when, for instance, 1 W of electrical power is applied to an LED.

Colour design with LEDs CIE Chromaticity Chart (CIE 1931 according to DIN 5033)

The CIE chromaticity triangle (standardised CIE 1931 chromaticity chart according to DIN 5033) makes it possible to precisely plot the colours of light sources and objects using two standardised (and previously gauged) chromaticity coordinates, the x and y values. Every point in this chart represents the chromaticity location of a certain chroma. Colours of the same chromaticity only differ from each other in terms of their intensity (colour saturation). The so-called "no-colour point" (white, grey and black, depending on brightness) is situated in the middle of the chart at x = 0.33 and y = 0.33. The boundary of the chromaticity chart is made up of the gamut of spectral colours from 380 nm (blue-violet) to 780 nm (dark red) and the so-called purple boundary. As a result of additive mixing of two or more coloured light sources the chromaticity coordinates are always along a direct line between the starting coordinates.

226


Technical Details

When using LED lighting, different colours can be created using additive colour mixing (RGB) or by transforming the wavelengths a diode emits by adding a luminescent material in a manner similar to fluorescent lamps. In the case of additive colour mixing/control, appropriate control devices are used to adjust the brightness of the individual LED colours (RGB) to create the desired light colour.

1

LED system components • LED light modules • LED operating devices • LED control modules • LED connection technology

2

When selecting LED components, it is important to take account of their technical specifications, especially with regard to voltage range, current and temperature. VS provides a large range of components for the various areas that all go to build a perfectly matched system. The technical specifications of the various components can be found on the product pages. All VS LED operating devices work with a safety extra-low voltage (SELV) on the output side.

3 4

Assembly Instructions for LEDs For mounting and installing LED components Mandatory regulations DIN VDE 0100

Erection of low voltage installations

EN 60598-1

Luminaires – part 1: general requirements and tests

EN 60838-2-2

Miscellaneous lampholders – part 2-2: particular requirements – connectors for LED-modules

EN 61347-1

Lamp controlgear – part 1: general and safety requirements

EN 61347-2-11

Controlgear – part 2-11: particular requirements for miscellaneous electronic circuits used with luminaires

EN 61347-2-13

Lamp controlgear – part 2-13: particular requirements for DC or AC supplied electronic controlgear for LED modules

EN 62031

LED modules for general lighting – safety specifications

EN 62384

DC or AC supplied control gear for LED modules – performance requirements

EN 55015

Limits and methods of measurement of radio disturbance characteristics of electrical lighting and similar equipment

EN 61000-3-2

Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) – part 3-2: limits – limits for harmonic current emissions (equipment input current = 16 A per phase)

EN 61000-3-3

Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) – part 3-3: limits – limitation of voltage fluctuations and flicker (equipment input current = 16 A per phase)

EN 61547

Equipment for general lighting purposes – EMC immunity requirements

EN 62471

Photobiological safety of lamps and lamp systems

5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 227


Technical Details

Mechanical mounting of LED operating devices Surface

Solid, flat surface for good heat discharge required. Avoid mounting protruding surfaces.

Mounting location Converters must be protected against moisture and heat. Installation in external luminaires Luminaire requires water protection rate of = 4 (e.g. IP54). Heat transfer

If the converter is destined for installation in a luminaire, sufficient heat transfer must be ensured between the converter and the luminaire casing. Converters should be mounted with the greatest possible clearance to sources of heat. During operation, the temperature measured at the tc point of the converter must not exceed the specified maximum value.

Additional mounting instructions for independent LED operating devices Mounting position Any Clearance

Min. of 0.10 m from walls, ceilings, insulation Min. of 0.10 m from other electronic ballasts Min. of 0.25 m from sources of heat (LEDs or other lamps)

Surface

Solid; device must not be allowed to sink into insulation materials

Safety, assembly and handling information for LED modules Installation and maintenance must always be performed by a qualified fitter in accordance with relevant legislation. The following instructions must be strictly observed. Vossloh-Schwabe Deutschland GmbH accepts no liability for any possible inaccuracies during installation, any non-compliance with these instructions or for any possible omissions in this publication. In addition, Vossloh-Schwabe Deutschland GmbH reserves the right to make modifications at any time and without prior notification. This data sheet is an integral part of the equipment and its safety devices and should therefore be kept in a safe place for easy reference. The equipment must always be disconnected from the mains prior to undertaking any maintenance work. The safety instructions on the type plate of the components must be strictly observed. Installation must be conducted at zero potential after disconnection from the line. Modules can have sharp edges or corners. Please take special care during installation to avoid injury. The modules can get hot. Please provide warning notices at the luminaire body if necessary. LED modules and all PCB components must not be subjected to undue mechanical stress: • LED modules must not be handled as bulk cargo. • Shear and pressure stress must be avoided on SMD LEDs and the grouting material of COB LEDs during assembly and handling. The circuit path must not be damaged or interrupted. We recommend using clips or plastic screws for installation purposes to avoid short circuits and damage to the modules. The LED modules are not protected against short-circuiting, overloading or overheating. The use of Vossloh-Schwabe electronic power supply units is therefore absolutely essential. Using other power supply units is not recommended. Please ensure you choose the correct electronic power supply unit for the module in question and that the respective output parameters (current, voltage, wattage) are correct (see www.vossloh-schwabe.com).

228


Technical Details

Safe operation is only possible by the use of external constant-current sources. Power supply units must be used for operation, in which the following protective measures are ensured: • Short-circuit protection • Overload protection • Overheating protection • SELV (Safety Extra Low Voltage) Please ensure standard ESD (electrostatic discharge) protection measures are employed when handling and installing LED modules. Electrostatic discharge can damage LEDs. Please ensure the correct polarity of the leads prior to commissioning. Reversed polarity can destroy the modules. The maximum output of the power supply must be observed.

1 2 3

For optimal load of used constant-current driver the LEDSpots can only be connected in series. The quantity of LEDSpots is limited by the sum of forward voltage and the capacity of used constant-current driver. A parallel connection of the modules is not allowed. The modules are not protected against dust or moisture (except LEDLine Flex SMD Professional Outdoor, LEDSpots IP54, Roadway Light and Industrial Light IP66/IP67). When LED modules are operated in unduly moist or dusty environments, care must be taken to ensure each module is built into a protective casing in compliance with the correct IP classification or provided with corrosion protection. Damage caused by moisture and/or corrosion will not be recognised as a material or manufacturing defect. To ensure smooth module operation, care must be taken that module temperatures at the tc point never exceed the maximum values stipulated in the data on catalogue pages. Due to the numerous installation options and differing operating conditions, no precise installation guidelines can be provided that will ensure the maximum temperature values are never exceeded. In principle, the LED modules can be mounted on a flat metal surface (heat sink) that must, however, provide a large enough surface area to ensure the generated heat can be dissipated to the surroundings. Under no circumstances may LED modules ever be covered by insulation material or similar. Air ventilation must be ensured. Please ensure adhesive pads or other products with adhesive areas (LEDLine Flex SMD Professional, LEDLine Flex SMD Professional Outdoor) are only used on dry and clean surfaces that are free of grease, oil, silicone and dirt particles. Owing to the varying application options and different types of surface as well as ambient conditions, VS accepts no liability for the quality of the adhesive bond achieved when mounting these products. Tests have shown the following chemicals to be harmful to LEDs used on the modules. It is recommended not to use the under-mentioned chemicals anywhere in an LED system. The fumes from even small amounts of these chemicals may damage the LEDs. • Chemicals that might outgas aromatic hydrocarbons (e.g., toluene, benzene, xylene) • Methyl acetate or ethyl acetate (i.e., nail polish remover) • Cyanoacrylates (i.e., "Superglue") • Glycol ethers (including Radio Shack®, Precision Electronics Cleaner – dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether) • Formaldehyde or butadiene (including Ashland PLIOBOND® adhesive) • Dymax 984-LVUF conformal coating • Loctite Sumo glue • Gorilla glue • Clorox bleach • Clorox Clean-Up cleaner spray • Loctite 384 adhesive • Loctite 7387 activator • Loctite 242 threadlocker

4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 229


Lighting Control System for Indoor Applications

DALI LIGHT CONTROL GEAR AND ACCESSORIES

INTELLIGENT INDOOR LIGHTING The VS Light Controllers are light management systems that were developed as a convenient means of controlling and regulating light. Communication between the Light Controller and the luminaire is achieved using the standard DALI protocol. The Light Controllers comply with the standard IEC 62386:2008. Within this standard, the number of maximum possible luminaires is defined as 64 per DALI line. The controllers are designed for mounting on a 35 mm DIN installation rail. The entire lighting system was designed to permit easy and convenient configuration. Any later modifications to the system can thus be carried out without any problems.

Typical applications • Offices, industrial spaces and warehouses • Supermarkets • Public buildings (e.g. schools and hospitals) • Stairwells and hallways • Sanitary facilities

• Adjustment of lighting levels to suit human needs • Energy savings and cost reductions • More convenience thanks to automation

230


1 Light Controller IP/DALI and LightBox

Walltransmitter

2 3

System overviews

232–233

Light Controller IP/DALI, LightBox and DALI Push-button Interface

234–234

Light Controller L / LS and LW / LSW

236

Antennas

237

Light Controller S / XS

238–239

Extender / Extender Flex

240

MultiSensors

241

Industry Sensors High Bay

242

Technical details Light Controller IP/DALI Light Controller L / LS and LW / LSW Light Controller S / XS Extender MultiSensors Industry Sensors High Bay

243–255 243–244 245–246 247–249 249–250 250–251 252–255

4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 231


Lighting Control System for Indoor Applications

Overview of the LiCS Indoor System Product matrix

Light Controller L / LS

Light Controller LW / LSW

Light Controller S

Light Controller XS

for integration into the distribution board

for integration into the distribution board – EnOcean wireless version

for independent operation

for built-in into luminaires

MultiSensors

MultiSensors (movement and brightness) High Bay Sensors

High Bay Sensors (movement) or brightness (constant light control) Extender

Input devices

Functions Control options

max. 6 buttons (mains voltage-compatible)

Light Controller

Light Controller

Light Controller

button (mains voltage-compatible)

Light Controller

L

LS

LW

LSW

S

XS

single and group

group

single and group

group

broadcast

broadcast

No. of groups

max. 16

max. 16

No. of operating devices (DALI-EBs, LiCS-Extender, HB sensors)

max. 64

max. 64

max. 64

max. 10

No. of MultiSensors

max. 36

max. 36

max. 36

max. 4

l

l

l

l

l

l

Motion detection (automatic and semi-automatic) Constant light control Scene settings

l

Push function (on/off, up and down) Dimming (only up or only down) ON/OFF function Overriding central control Stairwell function (timer) With integrated timer clock

Discourage burglaries

System analysis software Password protection Minimising standby losses

232

antenna (magnetic-base or screw-base); button max. 6 buttons (mains voltage(mains voltage-compatible) compatible); EnOcean wireless modules (max. 16 pcs.)

l —

l l l l l l l l

l l

l

l —

l l l l l

— —

l l l

l —

l —

l l

l —

l —

Menu navigation in

German, English, French, Italian, Spanish

German, English, French, Italian, Spanish

Configuration using

rotary push key and screen

rotary push key and screen

dip switch

dip switch


Lighting Control System for Indoor Applications

Overview of the LiCS Indoor System Network Product matrix

Light Controller IP/DALI

1

Light Controller IP/DALI W

2 MultiSensors

3 MultiSensors (movement and brightness)

High Bay Sensors

4

Industrial Sensors (movement or constant light control)

5

Extender*

Input devices

8 buttons (mains voltage-compatible)

8 buttons (mains voltage-compatible) EnOcean wireless modules

DALI buttons (4 channel)

DALI buttons (4 channel)

6

* Functionality limitations of the system possible; please observe the notes in the controller operation manuals.

7

¢ SYSTEM INFORMATION Server (Win 7) or LightBox Optional: Access Point for operating elements ¢ FUNCTIONS LIGHT CONTROLLER IP/DALI • Network-compliant – Intelligent networking of DALI devices Lighting control: – 3 level Motion detection (automatic and semi-automatic) – Constant light control – Intelligent day- and time-dependent switching functions – Astro function – Scene settings – Push function (on/off, up and down) – Dimming (only up or only down) – ON/OFF function, ON function, OFF function – Light value – Stairwell function (timer) – Retrieval of various sensor-gauged values – Logic functions

• Push-key and operating element: – Classic push buttons – Touch4Light – Tablet – EnOcean – DALI buttons • Documentation – Device documentation – Save/Load – Automated error detection (email report) – User accounts (password protection) • Language: – German – English – Further language on request • Further functions – Minimising standby losses • Intelligent device exchange

8 9 10 11 12 233


Lighting Control System for Indoor Applications

Light Controller IP/DALI For installation in a distribution board This light control gear (gateways) is designed for installation in a distribution board. Technical notes Configuration interface: via browser via tablet/PC Ambient temperature ta: 5 to 50 °C (186484, 186485 ta: 5 to 45 °C) Push-in terminals with lever opener: 0.5–2.5 mm² Degree of protection: IP20, Protection class I RFI-suppressed The MultiSensors and DALI push-button interfaces are connected directly to the DALI bus. Connections • Mains connection: 220–240 V AC, 50–60 Hz • Max. power consumption 12 W • 2xRJ45 (Ethernet TCP/IP) 10/100MBit/s, Daisy Chain • 1 DALI bus: max. current on DALI bus = 200 mA (see the respective data sheet for current consumption of individual components) • As a standard DALI bus is not SELV-compliant, the DALI cable must be rated for mains voltage. • The DALI bus features reversible electronic overload and short-circuit protection. • 8 independently configurable push button inputs, cables must be rated for mains voltage • Minimising standby losses • For Light Controllers with RF operation Antenna jack: radio signal with a frequency of 868 MHz

System architecture

Software download www.vossloh-schwabe.com/en/home/services/ sw-updates/light-controller-ipdali.html

Light Controller

234

Ref. No.

Max. No. of operating devices No. of MultiSensors or DALI push-butten pcs./controller

interfaces (pcs./controller)

EnOcean

Dimensions

Horizontal

Weight

mm (LxWxH) pitches (hp)

g

IP/DALI 2CH

186484

2x64

2x36

no

180x90x71

10

340

IP/DALI

186339

64

36

no

180x90x71

10

340

IP/DALI W 2CH

186485

2x64

2x36

yes

180x90x71

10

340

IP/DALI W

186340

64

36

yes

180x90x71

10

340


Lighting Control System for Indoor Applications

LightBox

1

For operating Light Controllers of the IP/DALI series The LightBox serves to manage the tasks performed by the Light Controller IP and is pre-configured for plug-and-play operation.

Connections • Mains switch • Mains connection with power supply unit • RJ45 connection (Ethernet) • 6 x USB • HDMI output • Display port • Wi-Fi antenna

System architecture LightBox with DHCP

Light Box DHCP

Light Box

Light Controller 1

Light Controller 1 •••

4

Light Controller n

Optional: Access Point (Without DHCP Server, fixed IP 192.168.123.2)

3

System architecture LightBox without DHCP

•••

Technical notes • Mains switch for powering up the LightBox (activates automatically once mains power is restored following a power cut). • Indicator: green status LED at the front • As an alternative to client-based configuration (e.g. using a tablet, etc.), a monitor or input device can be connected during operation for configuration purposes. • Optional wake-on LAN • The Windows 8.1N operating system merely needs to be personalised and activated by telephone.

2

5

Light Controller n

Optional: PC/Notebook (as DHCP client)

(WiFi) Router + Internet-Gateway (as DHCP Server, e. g. VLAN)

Optional: PC/Notebook (as DHCP client)

7

Tablet Tablet

Type

Suitable for

Ref. No.

6

Max. No. of Light Controller

Dimensions (LxWxH)

Weight

per LightBox (pcs.)

mm

g

LightBox

network- and internet-based operation (as a DHCP client)

186512

5

127x127x45

600

LightBox DHCP

stand-alone light management (as a DHCP server)

186513

5

127x127x45

600

8 9

DALI Push-button Interface For connecting up to 4 push buttons to a Light Controller IP/DALI

20

10 11

22

DALI push-button interfaces make it possible to install push-buttons at any point along the DALI bus without needing to connect an additional power supply source. Designed for flush-mounted installation. For built-in into flushtype boxes Control input: DALI acc. to IEC 62386:2008 DALI current consumption: 4 mA With built-in LED (red) for configuration Dimensions (LxWxH): 32 x 22 x13 mm, weight: 30 g Connection leads: 0,5 mm², ferrules on bare end of core Protection class II Ref. No.: 186476

32

13

12 235


Lighting Control System for Indoor Applications

Light Controller L/LW and LS/LSW

48,5

Technical notes Configuration interface: and rotary push key (on the controller) Ambient temperature ta: 5 to 50 °C Push-in terminals with lever opener: 0.5–1.5 mm² Degree of protection: IP20, Protection class I RFI-suppressed The MultiSensors are connected directly to the DALI bus.

68

For installation in a distribution board This light control gear is designed for installation in a distribution board.

90

126

General functions Automatic and semi-automatic motion detection, constant light control, push function, ON/OFF function, stairwell function (timer), system analysis software, password protection Software languages: German, English, French, Spanish, Italian

93,2

Connections • Mains connection: 220–240 V AC, 50–60 Hz • Max. power consumption 9 W • 1 DALI bus to 3 pairs of terminals: max. current on DALI bus = 200 mA (see the respective data sheet for current consumption of individual components) • As a standard DALI bus is not SELV-compliant, the DALI cable must be rated for mains voltage. • The DALI bus features reversible electronic overload and short-circuit protection. • 6 independently configurable push button inputs, cables must be rated for mains voltage • Minimising standby losses • For Light Controllers with RF operation Antenna jack: Radio signal with a frequency of 868 MHz

Light Controller LW/LWS Suitable for wireless operation with EnOcean No. of wireless modules: 16 pcs. Antenna needed

Additional functions Scene settings, control options (single and/or group) (Light Controller L/LW) Discourage burglaries, timer clock, control options (group) (Light Controller LS/LSW) Light Controller

236

Ref. No.

DALI Group Configuration Tool

FMH4-rw Ref. No.: 555534

Max. No. of operating devices

No. of MultiSensors

pcs./lead

pcs./lead

EnOcean

Dimensions

horizontal pitches

Weight

mm (LxWxH)

hp

g 250

L

186189

64

36

no

126x90x68

7

LS

186276

64

36

no

126x90x68

7

250

LW

186190

64

36

yes

126x90x68

7

250

LSW

186323

64

36

yes

126x90x68

7

250


Lighting Control System for Indoor Applications

Antennas

1

To supplement LiCS Indoor System To ensure faultless wireless operation, an antenna must be connected that is set to the respective frequency.

2

When fitting the antenna, care must be taken that it is not shielded by metal objects, e.g. steel cabinets, radiators, ventilation shafts etc., to ensure optimum signal reception.

3

The requisite antenna is provided by Vossloh-Schwabe in two models: the screw-base model comes with a detachable connection cable, while the magneticbase model is fitted with a non-detachable connection cable.

4 5

Magnetic-base antenna with connection cable Antenna dimensions (ØxH): 29 x 88 mm Cable diameter: Ø 6 mm, length: 2.5 m Min. bending radius of the cable: 50 mm Impedance: 50 Ω Capacity: 10 W pulsed Ambient temperature ta: –40 to 80 °C Storage temperature: –40 to 80 °C Degree of protection: IP66 Weight: 62 g Ref. No.: 186211

Connection cable for the screw-base antenna Cable diameter: Ø 6 mm, length: 1.5 m Min. bending radius of the cable 50 mm Weight: 66 g Ref. No.: 186213

6 ~90

7 8

62 ±2

27±0,1

10,5

Ø14 +0,5 - 0,1

Screw-base antenna Antenna dimensions (ØxH): 33 x 89 mm Impedance: 50 Ω Capacity: 8 W pulsed Ambient temperature ta: –40 to 70 °C Storage temperature: –40 to 80 °C Degree of protection: IP66 Weight: 41 g Ref. No.: 186212

2500

9 10 11 12 237


Lighting Control System for Indoor Applications

Light Controller S For independent operation These light control devices are suitable for independent operation (e.g. in false ceilings). Technical notes Configuration interface: dip switch (on the device) Ambient temperature ta: 0 to 50 °C Max. casing temperature tc: 65 °C Screw terminals: 0.75–2.5 mm² Degree of protection: IP20, Protection class II RFI-suppressed The MultiSensors are connected directly to the DALI bus. Connections • Mains connection: 220–240 V AC/DC, 0/50–60 Hz • Max. power consumption 6,5 W • 1 DALI bus : max. current on DALI bus = 200 mA (see the respective data sheet for current consumption of individual components) • As a standard DALI bus is not SELV-compliant, the DALI cable must be rated for mains voltage. • The DALI bus features reversible electronic overload and short-circuit protection. • 1 configurable push button input: cables must be rated for mains voltage Functions Automatic and semi-automatic motion detection, constant light control, push function (64 EBs synchronously), ON/OFF function, stairwell function (timer), control option (broadcast)

Light Controller S

238

Ref. No. 186210

Max. No. of operating devices

No. of MultiSensors

pcs./lead

pcs./lead

64

36

EnOcean no

Dimensions

Weight

mm (LxWxH)

g

175x42x31,5

150


Lighting Control System for Indoor Applications

Light Controller XS

1

For luminaire installation These light control devices are suitable for operation in luminaires.

2

Technical notes Configuration interface: dip switch (on the device) Ambient temperature ta: 5 to 50 °C Max. casing temperature tc: 60 °C Lifetime: 50,000 hrs. Push-in terminals with lever opener: 0.5–1.5 mm² Degree of protection: IP20 RFI-suppressed For luminaires of protection class I and II The MultiSensors are connected directly to the DALI bus.

3

(7)

19

69

30

4

3.2

83

15

Connections • Mains connection: 220–240 V AC/DC, 0/50–60 Hz • Max. power consumption 0.8 W • 1 DALI bus: max. current on DALI bus = 20 mA (see the respective data sheet for current consumption of individual components) • As a standard DALI bus is not SELV-compliant, the DALI cable must be rated for mains voltage. • The DALI bus features reversible electronic overload and short-circuit protection. • 1 configurable push button input

7

(3) 75

4

1

5 6

Functions Automatic and semi-automatic motion detection, constant light control, push function (10 EBs synchronously), ON/OFF function, control option (broadcast)

7 8

Light Controller XS

Ref. No. 186220

Max. No. of operating devices

No. of MultiSensors

pcs./lead

pcs./lead

10

4

EnOcean no

Dimensions

Weight

mm (LxWxH)

g

83x30x19

30

9 10 11 12 239


Lighting Control System for Indoor Applications

Extender To extend LiCS Indoor system An extender enables the maximum number of DALIcompliant control gear units within a standard DALI system to be increased. This means the DALI extender is installed and addressed in instead of the ballast. Up to 64 DALI control gear units can be connected to an extender output. All of these control gear units will either respond in the same way to an incoming signal (Ref. No.: 186194) or, given changed characteristics, will transfer values to the addressed DALI control gear units (Ref. No.: 186481). The extender for DALI systems can only be used in combination with a DALI controller. When DALI commands are received, the extender behaves just like a DALI-compliant ballast. Technical notes Configuration interface: via a DALI controller Ambient temperature ta: 0 to 50 °C Max. casing temperature tc: 65 °C Screw terminals: 0.75–2.5 mm² Degree of protection: IP20, Protection class II RFI-suppressed Connections • Mains connection: 220–240 V AC/DC, 0/50–60 Hz • Max. power consumption: 6.5 W • For DALI signals in acc. with IEC 62386 • DALI current consumption: 2 mA • 1 DALI bus to 3 terminal pairs: max. current on the DALI bus = 200 mA • As a standard DALI bus is not SELV-compliant, the DALI cable must be rated for mains voltage. • The DALI bus features reversible electronic overload and short-circuit protection. Functions Connection of up to 64 ballasts to a single DALI address Extender Flex serves to transfer characteristics, which permit light to be staged in a more flexible manner, to the connected DALI addresses. Example: group devices can be dimmed to varying degrees.

Type

Ref. No. Max. No. of secondary

Functions

control gear units per Extender

Weight

LxWxH

pcs./lead

240

Dimensions mm

g

Extender

186194

64

Broadcast Classic

175x42x31.5

150

Extender Flex

186481

64

Broadcast Flexible: a compilation of characteristics can be made available on request 175x42x31,5

150


Lighting Control System for Indoor Applications

MultiSensors

1

To supplement LiCS Indoor system Daylight and motion sensors increase both energy savings and convenience.

2

VS MultiSensors detect both light levels and motion. In addition, MultiSensors feature a space-saving design and were specifically developed to work with VS Light Controllers. No external power supply is required, as the sensors are supplied via the DALI bus.

Technical notes Configuration interface: via the Light Controller Ambient temperature ta: 0 to 50 °C Push-in terminals with lever opener: 0.5–1.5 mm² DALI current consumption: 4 mA

3 Functions Motion detection and monitoring of lighting levels. With built-in LED (red): the light flashes during configuration when the sensor is selected.

4 5

MultiSensor SM-E For surface mounting Dimensions (ØxH): 53 x 48.5 mm Weight: 30 g Ref. No.: 186320

48,5

Ø53

6 7 Ø33

MultiSensor FM-E For ceiling installation With cord grip Dimensions (ØxH): 40 x 43.8 mm Weight: 30 g Ref. No.: 186321

8

Ø40

ca. 58

43,8

27,2

9

(16,5)

10

MultiSensor IL-E For luminaire installation Dimensions (ØxH): 45 x 31.9 mm Weight: 30 g Ref. No.: 186322

31,9 (4,7)

Ø33

Ø45

27,2

11 12 241


Lighting Control System for Indoor Applications

Industrial Sensors High Bay for Industrial Applications

86 60 Ø 4.5

Ø 11

Ø 11

12.4

34

MovementSensor HB 65 For surface mounting With cord grip Degree of protection: IP65 Protection class II Dimensions (LxWxH): 98 x 73.2 x 34 mm Weight: 151 g Ref. No.: 186311

Functions Reliable HF motion detection with indication LED (red) (MovementSensor) Reliable monitoring of light levels with indication LED (red) (BrightnessSensor)

36

VS BrightnessSensors detect light levels in difficult environments that require an IP65 degree of protection. VS Brightness systems do not require an external power supply as the DALI lead can simply be connected through.

Technical notes Configuration interface: via the Light Controller Ambient temperature ta: –5 to 50 °C Push-in terminals with lever opener: 0.5–1.5 mm² DALI current consumption: HB 65: 2 mA / IP65: 4 mA

64

Vossloh-Schwabe MovementSensors are even capable of detecting motion in rooms with high ceilings (up to 8 m in height). Specifically developed for use with VS Light Controllers, these MovementSensors have been optimised for unprotected installation (HB 65) and to deal with obstructions in the detection field.

The fact that the sensors are connected via the DALI bus now makes it possible – and for the very first time – to manage an entire warehouse with just one Light Controller and to define individually adjustable or uniform lighting levels.

73.2

To supplement LiCS Indoor system Using DALI MovementSensors increases both energy savings and application flexibility.

40 98

BrightnessSensor IP65 For surface mounting With cord grip Degree of protection: IP65 Protection class II Dimensions (LxWxH): 98 x 73 x 34 mm Weight: 140 g Ref. No.: 186370

242


Technical Details – Lighting Control System for Indoor Applications

General safety information

1

• LiCS products may only be installed and commissioned by authorised and fully qualified staff. • These instructions must be carefully read before installing and commissioning the system, as this is the only way to ensure safe and correct handling. • Before any work is carried out on the equipment, it must be disconnected from the mains. • All valid safety and accident-prevention regulations must be observed. • The products should never be inexpertly opened as this poses lethal danger due to electrical shock. Repairs may only be undertaken by the manufacturer. • On no account may the DALI control lead be used to carry mains voltage or any other external voltage as this can destroy individual system components.

2 3

Light Controller IP/DALI Installation

Removal

4

• In a distribution board on a 35-mm mounting rail in acc. with DIN 43880; required installation space: 10 hp (horizontal pitches) (180 mm) • Hook the light controller over the upper edge of the rail using the two mounting notches. Then carefully press the controller onto the lower part of the rail until the mounting spring on the controller snaps into place over the rail. If required, use a screwdriver to help you with the spring.

5

To remove the controller from the mounting rail, use a screwdriver to loosen the spring and ease the controller over the rail flange from the bottom.

Installation instructions • Conductor cross-section for all terminals: 0.5–2.5 mm² for rigid or flexible conductors • Cable preparation (see right) • To protect the equipment, a 10 A or 16 A, Type B automatic circuit breaker must be fitted. • Push button inputs 1–8: cables must be rated for mains voltage; max. cable length = 100 m. • As a standard DALI bus is not SELV-compliant, the DALI lead must be rated for mains voltage. • A max. of 64 DALI operating devices in aggregate can be connected as well as up to 36 MultiSensors or DALI push-button interfaces, which in total must not exceed 200 mA. The exact number of components can be found in the manual. • The power supply and the DALI lead can be laid in a single cable provided the cable does not exceed a maximum length of 100 m, e.g. using 5 x1.5 mm². • Please observe the maximum lengths of the DALI lead during installation:

6.2 Ω max.

2.5 mm²

1.5 mm²

1 mm²

0.75 mm²

0.5 mm²

300 m

300 m

180 m

130 m

80 m

• The relay contact is a potential-free closing contact. The current load of the relay contact must not exceed an Ohmic load of Imax. = 3 A. When using the standby contact, an additional external power relay should be used. • Connection to the LightBox (e.g.) is effected via RJ45 (Ethernet TCP/IP) 10/100 Mbit/s. • The two RJ45 ports can be used as a (daisy chain) switch. • It is not recommended to connect atypical network components of a light management system (e.g. printers) directly to the Light Controller.

6 0.5–2.5 mm²

5–6 mm

7 8 9 10 11 12 243


Technical Details – Lighting Control System for Indoor Applications

Additional information • To ensure faultless wireless operation, an antenna must be connected that is set to the respective frequency. This antenna is not included in the scope of delivery. • Please refer to the manual at www.vossloh-schwabe.com/en/home/products/ light-management-systems-for-indoor-applications.html for exact instructions on how to configure the system using the controller. • The outputs of different controllers must not be connected with each other. • To ensure safe operation of the controller, the maximum ambient temperature must not be exceeded. • Integration of VS Extenders limits the whole system to its basic funcitions for control. Please observe the notes in the appendix of the controller operation manuals.

Circuit diagram of Light Controller IP/DALI

Industrial Sensor

DALI 4CH Button

Network

DALI Line 2

* Functionality limitations of the system des Systems possible; please observe the notes in the controller operation manuals.

DALI Line 1

Technical details Light Controller PI/DALI Light Controller

IP/DALI

IP/DALI W

IP/DALI 2 CH

IP/DALI W 2 CH

Ref. No.

186339

186340

186484

186485

Supply voltage

220–240 V AC, 50–60 Hz

Power consumption

12 W

Ambient temperature ta

5 to 50 °C

5 to 45 °C

max. 200 mA current drain

2 x max. 200 mA current drain

max. 64 pcs. per Controller (expandable with the Extender)

max. 2 x 64 pcs. per Controller (expandable with the Extender)

max. 36 pcs.

max. 2 x 36 pcs.

DALI output (da+–) No. of operating devices (DALI-EBs, LiCS-Extender, HB sensors) No. of MultiSensors or DALI push-button interfaces RF input

Antenna for a reception range of 868 MHz

Antenna for a reception range of 868 MHz

Wireless modules

All radio buttons with PT radio sensors by EnOcean with 868 MHz

All radio buttons with PT radio sensors by EnOcean with 868 MHz

No. of wireless modules

max. 16 pcs. with up to 4 buttons

max. 16 pcs. with up to 4 buttons

Relais (Output a1, a2)

250 V, max. 3 A ohmic load

Push inputs 1–8

220–240 V AC, 50–60 Hz

Degree of protection Protection class Weight CE requirements

244

IP20 I 340 g EMC in acc. with EN 61547, RFI in acc. with EN 55015, Safety in acc. with EN 61347-2-11


Technical Details – Lighting Control System for Indoor Applications

Light Controller L/LS and LW/LSW Installation

Removal

1

• In a distribution board on a 35-mm mounting rail in acc. with DIN 43880; required installation space: 7 hp (horizontal pitches) (126 mm) • The controller must be installed so the display screen is in the upper left corner. • Hook the light controller over the upper edge of the rail using the two mounting notches. Then carefully press the controller onto the lower part of the rail until the mounting spring on the controller snaps into place over the rail. If required, use a screwdriver to help you with the spring.

2

To remove the controller from the mounting rail, use a screwdriver to loosen the spring and ease the controller over the rail flange from the bottom.

Installation instructions • Conductor cross-section for all terminals: 0.5–1.5 mm² for rigid or flexible conductors • Cable preparation (see right) • To protect the equipment, a 10 A or 16 A, Type B automatic circuit breaker must be fitted. • Push button inputs 1–6: cables must be rated for mains voltage; max. cable length = 100 m. • As a standard DALI bus is not SELV-compliant, the DALI cable must be rated for mains voltage. • A max. of 64 DALI operating devices in aggregate can be connected as well as up to 36 MultiSensors, which in total must not exceed 200 mA. The exact number of components can be found in the manual. • The power supply and the DALI lead can be laid in a single cable provided the cable does not exceed a maximum length of 100 m, e.g. using 5 x1.5 mm². • Three electrically connected DALI outputs make it easier to connect DALI control gear. Please observe the maximum lengths of the DALI bus during installation:

6.2 Ω max.

1.5 mm²

1 mm²

0.75 mm²

0.5 mm²

300 m

180 m

130 m

80 m

• The relay contact is a potential-free closing contact. The current load of the relay contact must not exceed an Ohmic load of Imax. = 3 A. When using the standby contact, an additional external power relay should be used. • Although models of the Light Controller L/LS and LW/LSW feature an antenna-connection jack (located top right on the front), only the jack on the LW/LSW model is functional. This is where the antenna is connected to enable wireless operation (EnOcean) of the Light Controller LW/LSW.

Additional information • To ensure faultless wireless operation, an antenna must be connected that is set to the respective frequency. This antenna is not included in the scope of delivery. • Please refer to the manual at www.vossloh-schwabe.com/en/home/products/ light-management-systems-for-indoor-applications.html for exact instructions on how to configure the system using the controller. • The outputs of different controllers must not be connected with each other. • To ensure safe operation of the controller, the maximum ambient temperature must not be exceeded.

3 0.5–1.5 mm²

8.5–9.5

4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 245


Technical Details – Lighting Control System for Indoor Applications

Circuit diagram of Light Controller L/LS and LW/LSW

Technical details Light Controller L/LS and LW/LSW Light Controller Ref. No.

L

LS

LW

LSW

186189

186276

186190

186323

Supply voltage

220–240 V AC, 50–60 Hz

Power consumption

9W

Ambient temperature ta

5 to 50 °C

DALI output (da+–)

max. 200 mA current drain

No. of operating devices (DALI-EBs, LiCS-Extender, HB sensors)

max. 64 pcs. per Controller (expandable with the Extender)

No. of MultiSensors —

Wireless modules

All radio buttons with PTM radio sensors by EnOcean with 868 MHz

No. of wireless modules

max. 16 pcs. with up to 4 buttons

Antenna for a reception range of 868 MHz

Relais (Output a1, a2)

250 V, max. 3 A ohmic load

Push inputs 1–6

220–240 V AC, 50–60 Hz

Degree of protection Protection class Weight CE requirements

246

max. 36 pcs.

RF input

IP20 I 250 g EMC in acc. with EN 61547, RFI in acc. with EN 55015, Safety in acc. with EN 61347-2-11


Technical Details – Lighting Control System for Indoor Applications

Light Controller S Installation

1

• Independent installation, e.g. in false ceilings • Easy and time-saving installation thanks to end caps that snap into place without needing tools. • Clearance: min. 0.1 m to walls, ceilings, insulation and other electronic devices; min. 0.25 m to sources of heat (e.g. lamps) • Surface: solid, must not let the controller sink into insulation material • Fastening: using 4-mm screws

Installation instructions • Conductor cross-section for all terminals: 0.75–2.5 mm² • Cable preparation (see right) • Screw terminals: max. tightening torque = 0.4 Nm • A standard DALI bus only features basic insulation. All DALI cables must be rated for mains voltage. • A max. of 64 DALI operating devices in aggregate can be connected as well as up to 36 MultiSensors, which in total must not exceed 200 mA. The exact number of components can be found in the manual. • The power supply and the DALI lead can be laid in a single cable provided the cable does not exceed a maximum length of 100 m, e.g. using NYM 5 x1.5 mm². Please observe the maximum lengths of the DALI bus during installation:

6.2 Ω max.

1.5 mm²

1 mm²

0.75 mm²

0.5 mm²

300 m

180 m

130 m

80 m

2 3 7–10

max.20

5

• Push button inputs: cables must be rated for mains power; maximum 100 m.

6

Light Controller XS Installation

• Any installation location • Suitable for installation only in dry rooms or in luminaires, cases, casings or similar. If destined for use in outdoor applications or spaces subject to higher degrees of moisture, the Light Controller XS must be installed in a casing with a suitable degree of protection. • Fastening with 3 mm or 4 mm screw • Take care to ensure a solid, flat surface.

7 8

Application/Function • Suitable only for installation in a luminaire; unsuitable for independent operation. • For constant light control or motion detection, or a combination of both. • In addition, a target value for constant light control can be set via manual dimming. Installation instructions • Conductor cross-section for all terminals: 0.5–1.5 mm² • Cable preparation (see right) • A standard DALI bus only features basic insulation. All DALI cables must be rated for mains voltage. • Operation without sensors: A max. of 10 DALI operating devices can be connected; no MultiSensors are allowed. • Operation with sensors: If one VS MultiSensor is connected a max of 8 DALI ballasts can be connected in addition. • Push button inputs: cables must be rated for mains power; maximum 15 m. • Please observe the maximum lengths of the DALI bus during installation: The DALI lead does not exceed a maximum length of 95 m, e.g. using NYM 5 x1.5 mm² • The power supply and the DALI lead can be laid in a single cable, e.g. using 5 x1.5 mm².

4

7–10

9

max.20

10 11 12 247


Technical Details – Lighting Control System for Indoor Applications

Additional information • The outputs of different Light Controllers S/XS must not be connected with each other. • All control gear that is connected to the output of the DALI Extender is synchronously operated in "broadcast" mode; the output side is not addressed. • To ensure safe operation of the Light Controller S/XS, the maximum casing temperature at the measuring point (tc) must not be exceeded. • Please refer to the manual at www.vossloh-schwabe.com/en/home/products/ light-management-systems-for-indoor-applications.html for exact instructions on how to configure the system using the controller.

Circuit diagram of Light Controller S

Circuit diagram of Light Controller XS L3 L2 L1 N PE 230V

1 2 3 4 5 6

ON

da da 230V

da da 230V

da da

Electronic DALI Ballast

Electronic DALI Ballast

Electronic DALI Ballast

VS Multisensor

da da PE N L1 L2

248


Technical Details – Lighting Control System for Indoor Applications

Technical details Light Controller S Light Controller Ref. No.

S

XS

186210

186220

Supply voltage

1

220–240 V AC/DC, 0/50–60 Hz

Power consumption

6.5 W

0.8 W

Ambient temperature ta DALI output (da+–) No. of operating devices (DALI-EBs, LiCS-Extender, HB sensors) No. of MultiSensors

0 to 50 °C max. 200 mA current drain

max. 20 mA current drain

max. 64 pcs. per Controller (expandable with the Extender)

max. 10 pcs. per Controller (without sensors)

max. 36 pcs.

max. 4 pcs.

RF input

Wireless modules

No. of wireless modules

Relais (Output a1, a2)

2 3

Push inputs

220–240 V AC/DC, 0/50–60 Hz

Degree of protection Protection class Weight CE requirements

IP20 II

I and II

150 g

30 g

4

EMC in acc. with EN 61547, RFI in acc. with EN 55015, Safety in acc. with EN 61347-2-11

5 Extender Installation

• Independent installation, e.g. in false ceilings • Easy and time-saving installation due to end caps that snap into place without needing tools • Clearance: min. 0.1 m to walls, ceilings, insulation and to other electronic devices; min. 0.25 m to sources of heat (e.g. lamps) • Surface: solid, must not permit the extender to sink into insulation material • Fastening: using 4-mm screws

Installation instructions • Cross-section of primary/secondary conductor: 0.75–2.5 mm² • Cable preparation (see right) • Screw terminals: max. tightening torque = 0.4 Nm • Length of the secondary bus cable: max. 300 m • A standard DALI bus only features basic insulation. All DALI cables must be rated for mains voltage. The power supply and the DALI lead can be laid in a single cable (max. 100 m). • Mains power cables and DALI cables should not be laid directly parallel to lamp cables (min. clearance = 0.25 m). • A maximum of 64 DALI operating devices in total can be connected. Additional information • The extender can only be operated if connected to a DALI control unit. Please refer to the respective operating instructions for information on the control unit. • The DALI extender is integrated into the DALI system using the "random address" assignment method. • Three electrically connected DALI outputs make it easier to connect DALI ballasts. A maximum of 64 DALI operating devices in total can be connected. • The outputs of several extenders must not be connected with each other. • All control gear that is connected to the output of the DALI Extender is synchronously operated in "broadcast" mode; the output side is not addressed. • To ensure safe operation of the Extender, the maximum casing temperature at the measuring point (tc) must not be exceeded.

6 7 7–10

8

max.20

9 10 11 12 249


Technical Details – Lighting Control System for Indoor Applications

Circuit diagram of the Extender

. . .

Technical details Extender Extender Ref. No.

186194/186481

Supply voltage

220–240 V AC/DC, 0/50–60 Hz

Power consumption

6.5 W

Control input

DALI in. acc. with IEC 62386-102/-201

DALI output

max. 64 pcs. DALI operating devices or max. 200 mA (expandable with the Extender)

Ambient temperature ta

0 to 50 °C

Casing temperature tc

max. 65 °C

Degree of protection

IP20

Protection class

II

Weight

150 g

CE requirements

EMC in acc. with EN 61547, RFI in acc. with EN 55015, Safety in acc. with EN 61347-2-11

MultiSensors Installation

SM-E (Surface Mounted) Prepare the cable accordingly and thread it through the back plate of the sensor at the side or from behind. Attach the back plate in the selected position using the two screws provided, then connect the cable to the sensor. Use two fingers to lightly press the springs of the sensor cover together and allow to lock into place along the guide rails inside the sensor's bottom face (see Fig. 1). FM-E (Flush Mounted), with or without cord grip Prepare the cable, connect to the sensor and attach cord grip if appropriate. Use two fingers to lightly press the sensor together and allow to lock into place in the pre-drilled hole (35 mm) in the selected position (see Fig. 2).

Fig. 1

Fig. 2 «click»

IL-E (In Luminaire) Heed the dimension of the drilling template when inserting the sensor in the metal plate, which is 0.5–1 mm thick. Allow the sensor to lock into place in the precisely pre-drilled hole in the metal plate. Allow the sensor cover ring to lock into place from the other side in the recesses provided (see Fig. 3). Fig. 3

250

«click»


Technical Details – Lighting Control System for Indoor Applications

Installation instructions • Conductor cross-section of all terminals: 0.5–1.5 mm² for both rigid and flexible conductors • Preparation of the sensor cables (see right) • As a standard DALI bus is not SELV-compliant, cables must be rated for mains voltage. • The power supply and the DALI lead can be laid in a single cable provided the cable does not exceed a maximum length of 100 m, e.g. using NYM 5 x1.5 mm². Please observe the maximum lengths of the DALI bus during installation:

6.2 Ω max.

1.5 mm²

1 mm²

0.75 mm²

0.5 mm²

300 m

180 m

130 m

80 m

Additional information • VS MultiSensors can only be operated in combination with a VS Light Controller from the LiCS indoor range. • Please refer to the manual at www.vossloh-schwabe.com/en/home/products/ light-management-systems-for-indoor-applications.html for exact instructions on how to configure the sensors. • To ensure safe operation of the sensors, the maximum permitted ambient temperature must not be exceeded. • The sensor must be positioned to ensure its reception range is not obstructed by objects, furniture, etc. • See Fig. 4 for the sensor range. The height specified in Fig. 4 is a reference value. For other and specifically greater heights, it may be necessary to test the sensitivity of the sensors on site as the sensitivity of the motion sensor decreases the higher up it is mounted.

1 0.5–1.5 mm²

2

8.5–9.5

3 4 Fig. 4

5 6

Circuit diagram of Sensors

7 8 9 10

Technical details MultiSensors MultiSensor Ref. No. Control input DALI current consumption

SM-E

FM-E

IL-E

186320

186321

186322

DALI in acc. with IEC 62386 4 mA

Ambient temperature ta

0 to 50 °C

Casing temperature tc

max. 50°C

Degree of protection

IP20

Protection class Weight CE requirements

11

II 30 g Safety in acc. with EN 61347-2-11

12 251


Technical Details – Lighting Control System for Indoor Applications

MovementSensors HB Installation

MovementSensor HB 65 Prepare the cable accordingly. Open the housing cover and the protective caps for the connections. Thread the connection cables (230 V L, N + DALI control cable) through the protective cap closure and connect with push terminals. Close the protective caps. Before the housing cover is closed, attach the housing with the aid of 4 mm screws in the holes provided. During installation make sure that the sensor component is not touched. Installation position: any See operating manual for the sensor range.

Installation instructions • To protect the device, please use a Type B circuit breaker (10 A or 16 A). • Conductor cross-section of all terminals: 0.5–1.5 mm² for both rigid and flexible conductors • Preparation of the sensor cables (see on the right) • As a standard DALI bus is not SELV-compliant, cables must be rated for mains voltage. • The power supply and the DALI lead can be laid in a single cable provided the cable does not exceed a maximum length of 100 m, e.g. using NYM 5 x1.5 mm². Please observe the maximum lengths of the DALI bus during installation:

• The sensor must never be placed inside a luminaire. • The sensor must be installed with a clearance of 1 m to the respective luminaire.

8.5–9.5

max. 17.5

Ceiling suspension: Sensing range MovementSensors in meters (sensor leads on the left side) 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

Additional information • VS HB sensors can only be operated in combination with a VS Light Controller from the LiCS indoor range. • Please refer to the controller manual for exact instructions on how to configure the sensor. • To ensure safe operation of the sensors, the maximum permitted ambient temperature must not be exceeded. • The sensor must be positioned to ensure its reception range is not obstructed by objects, furniture, etc. • Moving objects e.g. fans may be enough to lead to movement detection. • See Fig. 1 to 3 for detection range.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Ceiling 3 4 5 6 7 8

Fig. 1

Wall mounting: Sensing range MovementSensor in meters (sensor connections on bottom side) 2

4

6

8

10

12

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Wall

Fig. 2 Distance

4m

6m

8m

10 m

12 m

Fig. 3

252

Sensing Range of MovementSensors Wall Ceiling


Technical Details – Lighting Control System for Indoor Applications

Circuit diagram of MovementSensors HB

1 2 3 4 5

Technical details MovementSensors HB MovementSensor Ref. No. Control input DALI current consumption Ambient temperature ta Degree of protection Protection class Weight CE requirements

HB 65 186311 DALI in acc. with IEC 62386 2 mA –5 to 50 °C

6

IP65 II 151 g Safety in acc. with EN 61347-1 and EN 61347-2-11

7 8 9 10 11 12 253


Technical Details – Lighting Control System for Indoor Applications

BrightnessSensors IP65 Installation

BrightnessSensors IP65 Prepare the cable accordingly. Open the housing cover and the protective caps for the connections. Thread the connection cables (DALI control cable) through the protective cap closure and connect with push terminals. Close the protective caps. Before the housing cover is closed, attach the housing with the aid of 4 mm screws in the holes provided. During installation make sure that the sensor component is not touched. Installation position: any See operating manual for the sensor range.

Installation instructions • • Conductor cross-section of all terminals: 0.5–1.5 mm² for both rigid and flexible conductors • Preparation of the sensor cables (see Fig. 1) • As a standard DALI bus is not SELV-compliant, cables must be rated for mains voltage. • The power supply and the DALI lead can be laid in a single cable provided the cable does not exceed a maximum length of 100 m, e.g. using NYM 5 x1.5 mm². Please observe the maximum lengths of the DALI bus during installation:

6.2 Ω max.

1.5 mm²

1 mm²

0.75 mm²

0.5 mm²

300 m

180 m

130 m

80 m

Additional information • VS sensors can only be operated in combination with a VS Light Controller from the LiCS indoor range. • Please refer to the controller manual for exact instructions on how to configure the sensor: www.vossloh-schwabe.com/en/home/products/ light-management-systems-for-indoor-applications.html • To ensure safe operation of the sensors, the maximum permitted ambient temperature must not be exceeded. • Installation location: the sensor must detect the differences in the artificial light.

254

8.5–9.5

max. 17.5

Fig. 1


Technical Details – Lighting Control System for Indoor Applications

Circuit diagram of BrightnessSensors IP65

1 2 3 4 5

Technical details BrightnessSensors IP65 BrightnessSensor Ref. No. Control input DALI current consumption Ambient temperature ta Degree of protection Protection class Weight CE requirements

IP65 186370 DALI in acc. with IEC 62386 4 mA

6

–5 to 50 °C IP65 II 140 g Safety in acc. with EN 61347-1 and EN 61347-2-11

7 8 9 10 11 12 255


Lighting Control System for Outdoor Applications

ELECTRONIC CONTROL OF OUTDOOR LIGHTING ECO-FRIENDLY AND ECONOMICAL LIGHTING Many street lighting facilities are outdated and are therefore highly inefficient. This not only results in higher energy requirements, but also more maintenance work and higher investment costs. All this adds up to street lighting accounting for approx. 30–50% of the entire power consumption recorded by municipal and other types of local authority – which amounts to a huge cost factor for public budgets to cover. The lighting solutions provided by Vossloh-Schwabe ensure that local authorities can save energy, achieve sustainable cost reductions and at the same time make a valuable contribution to reducing CO2 output. Using various lighting situations as examples, energy savings of up to 80% can be achieved. Vossloh-Schwabe's light management systems enable centralised control of individual luminaires with the advantage of a constant online link and the ability to monitor the lighting system. But these intelligent, multifunctional VS controllers provide the same savings potential and high flexibility even without online connectivity.

Typical Applications • General lighting in public spaces • Lighting in the vicinity of buildings • Lighting in tunnels • Lighting for sports' venues • Industrial lighting

256


1 2 3 Flexible Structure

Targeted Use of Light and Optimisation of Maintenance Processes

The complete LiCS Outdoor system is suitable both for new installations as well as for classic retrofits. The particularly flat designs of the controllers enable installation in almost all luminaires, especially luminaires featuring LED technology.

Vossloh-Schwabe's LiCS Outdoor system makes it possible to dim individual luminaires or entire luminaire groups. Depending on the requirements, the degree to which the lighting level is dimmed can be sensorcontrolled or can comply with a preset level; the burn-in periods of discharge lamps can also be taken into consideration. Considerable savings potential can be harnessed by need-driven programming and/or lighting control. Thanks to the system's convenient remote monitoring functions, it is possible to optimise maintenance processes as well as better plan maintenance work and budget for it in more detail.

SMART NIGHT

The system enables control of luminaires operated with magnetic ballasts as well as luminaires with up to four dimmable electronic ballasts with a 1–10 V or DALI interface.

FLEX NIGHT

4 5 6

MANAGED NIGHT

Control line Motion sensor

Control

Control and monitoring

Hand-held programming unit

Remote or on-site programming

Data concentrator in the distribution board

Controller integrated in the luminaire head or pole

Controller integrated in the luminaire head or pole

Controller integrated in the luminaire head or pole + light sensor (optional)

7 8 9 10 11 12 257


Lighting Control System for Outdoor Applications

FUNCTIONS OF THE LIGHT CONTROLLERS

Vossloh-Schwabe's LiCS Outdoor System is based on mature system technology that has already proved itself in millions of applications around the world in the most diverse of areas. Overview of functions Independent functions form an integral part of the LiCS Outdoor controller and are common to almost all products. The parameters of these functions can be (re)set at any time by the customer using various tools or via the power line carrier network.

MFF (Maintenance Factor Function) With prolonged service life, light sources suffer a decrease in luminous flux and, as a result, in brightness. But thanks to the maintenance factor function, this can be compensated by the light management system so as to ensure luminous flux remains stable over the lamp's service life and, additionally, save energy. The flux reduction curve can be adjusted to the real luminous flux reduction by 3 support points.

100%

DOO (Dimmed ON/OFF) Lighting can be faded up to the desired brightness level after being switched on and can also be faded down before being switched off; the duration of the fade-in/-out can be set to suit.

100%

t1 d2

50% d1 0%

..................................................... h

Dimming

ISD (Intelligent Switching Time Dimming) During any one night phase, brightness and with that the output of the lighting system can be altered or the luminaire can be switched on/off up to a maximum of 10 times.

50%

0%

Time 100%

DPC (Delayed Switching for Pedestrian Crossing) Delayed switching on and/or earlier switching off of lighting in the vicinity of pedestrian crossings.

50%

0% 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8

100%

50%

0%

Time

BBT (Burn-in Block Time) Adjustable dimming block for conventional light sources (discharge lamps) to prevent the lamp from being dimmed during its burn-in period (function can later be deactivated again).

258

LST (Control input) In addition, using a control input (e.g. with a push button or motions ensor) the system can be switched to a certain lighting level for a freely configurable period of time.

RCR (Ripple Control Receiver) Sound frequency reception module for typical sound frequencies of 100 Hz to 1.7 kHz; TFR protocols on request.


Lighting Control System for Outdoor Applications

Smart Night

1

Independent, pre-programmed controllers are used for lighting control purposes. These controllers can also be individually reconfigured at a later point in time. In this regard, up to 4 lighting profiles can be transferred to the hand-held control unit and then transferred to each individual controller on site. In this case, data transfer is purely unidirectional. iMCU – intelligent Multifunctional Controller Unit iCTI – intelligent Configuration Tool iCTI-USB – intelligent Configuration Tool with USB interface

260 261 261

2 3

Flex Night New lighting profiles can be transferred to several iMCU-series controllers at the same time. All iMCUs that are installed on the same supply line are then programmed with a new profile, while still allowing individual iMCUs to be excluded from receiving the new profile.

4

This can be achieved on site using a laptop and the iCTT, or using the iCTT connection at the control point of the street lighting or, remotely, using the iMICO, in which case the iMICO controller would be firmly installed at the control point. iCTT – intelligent configuration technician tool iMICO – intelligent MidNight controller iSITE MidNight – system software iMCU – intelligent Multifunctional Controller Unit iCTI – intelligent Configuration Tool iCTI-USB – intelligent Configuration Tool with USB interface

262 263 264 260 261 261

Managed Night Power-line technology enables bidirectional data transfer using the 230 V supply line. As a result, controllers can be grouped together to form a high-performance network using just the cables provided (without needing any additional control lines) in almost any environment. Data can thus be transferred to each controller connected to the network with a very high degree of reliability; if necessary, signal strength is automatically boosted, thus removing any restrictions in terms of distance. iLC – intelligent luminaire controller (built-in) iPC – intelligent pole controller iDC – intelligent data concentrator iCT – intelligent configuration software for iDC iLUX – intelligent lux meter with a power-line carrier interface iPL-NI – powerline network interface iCCU – intelligent, capacitive coupling unit iBRIDGE – wireless bridge iLIC – intelligent luminaire information centre iOPC – intelligent OPC DA Server

6 7 8

265 266 267 267 268 268 269 269 270 270

Accessories iHFS – intelligent high-frequency sensor iSCT – intelligent tablet PC

5

9 10 11

271 272

12 259


Lighting Control System for Outdoor Applications – Smart Night

iMCU – intelligent Multifunctional Controller Units For outdoor luminaire control These light controllers were specifically designed for independent operation to enable control of street lighting or lighting close to buildings.

iMCU – IP20

IP67

IP20 version Depending on the given task, the product can replace one or more individual products. The controllers are suitable for use with almost all electronic ballasts and LED drivers with a DALI or a 1–10 Volt interface. They also enable control of conventional magnetic ballasts that are with coil tapping points without needing any other components.

19 30

15

3.2

83

(3) 75

4

1

IP67 version M8

Technical Notes Control output: DALI, 1–10 V or PWM for max. 1 EB, short-circuit-proof Relay contacts: potential-free (input, opener, closing contact) Storage temperature: –25 to 85 °C Operating temperature: –25 to 80 °C Humidity: non-condensing Degree of protection: IP20 or IP67 Upgradeable firmware

(7)

69

Ø 45

The control input LST can be used to connect a control phase, a motion detector, a key switch or a light sensor, but can also be used to receive simple data protocols.

7

600

75

10

Galvanic Isolation The electronic ballast does not feature potential isolation between input and output: as soon as the electronic ballast is connected to the controller, the control input of the electronic ballast is not potential-free. Typical Applications Street lighting or lighting in the vicinity of buildings

Type

Ref. No.

DPC

MFF

ISD

DOO

BBT

LST

RCR

(s. p. 258)

Voltage AC

Power consumption

Control input LST

Switching current Connection

Weight

V, Hz

mW

V

A (λ = 0.8)

g

< 500

230

4

Push-in terminals: 0.5–1.5 mm²

< 500

230

4

9-core lead, 600 mm

IP20 – Dimensions (LxWxH): 83x30x19 mm iMCU IP20

186232

220–230, 50

30

IP67 – Dimensions (LxØ): 85x45 mm iMCU IP67

260

186338

220–230, 50

250


Lighting Control System for Outdoor Applications – Smart Night

iCTI – intelligent Hand-held Operating Device

1 2

For subsequent controller configuration The iCTI features 4 memory cells for different lighting situations. Standard connection: USB 2 OS: upgradeable firmware The continually updated programming software can be downloaded at www.vossloh-schwabe.com/en/ home/services/sw-updates.html. Dimensions: 180 x65 x40 mm Weight: 0.2 kg Ref. No.: 186246 For subsequent controller configuration especially for luminaire manufacturing and maintenance Standard connection: USB 2 OS: upgradeable firmware The continually updated programming software can be downloaded at www.vossloh-schwabe.com/en/ home/services/sw-updates.html. Ref. No.: 186392 iCTI-USB

iCTI

iCTI-USB

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 261


Lighting Control System for Outdoor Applications – Flex Night

iCTT – intelligent Configuration Technician Tool For subsequent configuration of lighting scenes The push-in terminal delivered along with this portable configuration tool is located on a DIN rail (top-hat section) in the distribution board and is connected to the lighting circuit.

iCTT

ca. 300

ca. 520

114

25.5 36.5

Reconfiguring lighting scenes at a later point in time involves using the push-in terminal and the iCTT's connector to make a connection to a laptop or PC. The MidNight Configurator software is then used to adjust the relevant settings and transfer these new values to the lighting system. Once the configuration process has been completed, the iCTT is disconnected again and the protective cover of the push-in terminal is replaced. Technical Notes Portable use Dimensions (LxWxH): 103 x 35 x 25 mm Connection to the lighting system: Push-in terminal with protection cover: MSTB 2.5/4-ST-5.08 Plug: MSTBVK 2.5/4-G-5.08, lead length: 1 mm Connection to a laptop/PC: RS-232 One DB9 male (Standard EIA), lead length: approx. 0.3 m Operating temperature: –20 to 70 °C Humidity: 5–90% RH at max. 50 °C Degree of protection: IP20

Type

262

Ref. No.

Voltage AC

Power consumption

Control input LST

Switching current

V, Hz

mW

V

A (λ = 0.8)

g

< 500

230

4

250

iCTT

186241

220–230, 50

iCTT Terminal Block

186391

Terminal block for iCTT

Weight


Lighting Control System for Outdoor Applications – Flex Night

iMICO – intelligent Multifunctional Controller Units

1 2

For outdoor luminaire control By installing the iMICO in a street-side distribution board and using the MidNight function, it is possible to update the lighting profiles of an iMCU controller or of a dimmable electronic ballast from a central location without needing to install any additional wiring in the street.

iMICO BI – incl. transformer and relay, completely pre-wired

3

This function is typically used in cases that require the lighting profile to be changed several times per year or if it needs to remain possible to deactivate dimmed output periods of a city's lighting system in a targeted manner, e.g. during city festivals or other events.

4 5

iMICO – single controller without transformer and relay 111 70

280

38

10,1

54

6 31

56

230

The web-based iMICO works on the iSITE web platform. To reconfigure a lighting profile, the server sends a text message to the iMICO via the mobile phone network. The iMICO then transfers the new configuration to the connected controllers or MidNight electronic ballasts by switching the mains phase or another free phase on and off. These controllers will even prevent any flickering in luminaires during signal transfer.

34

53

ca. 27

Technical Notes Operating temperature: –20 to 50 °C Storage temperature: –25 to 75 °C Humidity during operation: 5–75% Protection class I 1 relay contact: potential-free (input, opener, closing contact) Material: aluminium AlSi12 (Fe) Drill holes for cables for iMICO-BI: 2 PG metric fittings (25 x1.5 mm) 2 PG metric fittings (32 x1.5 mm) 1 PG metric fittings (20 x1.5 mm) 1 fixing hole for antenna connection

7 8

35

32

75

9

Ø3,2

31,4

64

Ø3 ,2

Interfaces Transmission: mobile phone network, requires quad band SIM card Protocols: SMS, GPRS Internal modem: Telit 862 Internal and external antenna: MMCX Type

Ref. No.

10

83 100

Voltage AC

Max. switching output Overvoltag protection Degree of protection

Dimensions

Weight

V, Hz

A/V

kV

LxWxH (mm)

g 4400

iMICO-BI

186250

220–230, 50

16/250

4

IP65

280x230x112

iMICO

186240

220–230, 50

2

IP20

90x65x50

11

450

12 263


Lighting Control System for Outdoor Applications – Flex Night

iSITE MidNight – intelligent Configuration Software For programming lighting situations using iMICO iSITE can be accessed using any PC with an internet browser (preferably Google Chrome) and was developed to configure the iMICO controller. This convenient and quick method enables all lumi-n aires to be reprogrammed with new lighting profiles. The server-based supports Windows Server operating systems. The following actions can be controlled using the software: • Creating various timer programs • Group allocation of various iMICOs • Assignment of groups and timer programs • Graphic representation (maps) showing the positions of luminaires and iMICOs • Sending text messages to groups or to individual iMICOs to transfer settings • Generating notifications (text messages) to confirm that settings were successfully transmitted Ref. No.: 186244

264

System requirements • Memory RAM: 4GB Memory HD: 2TB • CPU: min. Dual Core,depending on the scope of the project • Operating system: Windows server • Data security: min. RAID 1 recommended RAID 5


Lighting Control System for Outdoor Applications – Managed Night

iLC – intelligent Luminaire Controller (built-in)

Control input LST can be used for a control phase, a motion detector, a key switch, a light sensor or, if operated independently, to receive simple protocols.

iLC

Ref. No. 186233

29 4

Galvanic Isolation The electronic ballast does not feature potential isolation between input and output: as soon as the electronic ballast is connected to the controller, the control input of the electronic ballast is not potential-free.

4

93 83,5

(96

Typical Applications Lighting for public spaces Lighting in the vicinity of buildings Lighting for tunnels

)

5 6 7

Technical Notes Dimensions (LxWxH): 93 x 58 x 30 mm Control output: DALI or 1–10 V for max. 4 EBs, short-circuit-proof Bistable relay output: closing contact Low-voltage control input: 1 x 5 V DC for sensors with "open collector" output or potential-free relay Connection terminals: 0.5–1.5 mm² Storage temperature: –25 to 85 °C Operating temperature: –25 to 80 °C Humidity: non-condensing Degree of protection: IP20

Type

3

74 4,2

58

Once installed in a light management system, the controller delivers various performance data and status reports, for example voltage, current, power factor, energy consumption, lighting hours and temperature. Limits must be defined for each measured value, which are then monitored in the controller with a report being transmitted to the master system if limits are exceeded. As a result, the controller itself already intelligently monitors the luminaire. The calibrated performance data are available within a tolerance of 1 %

iLC – intelligent Luminaire Controller (built-in)

48,5

iLC can be used as independent control unit in a light management system. The controller is integrated into a LON power-line light management system that requires a network connection to a central module (iDC)

2

4,2

Vossloh-Schwabe's light control units of the "Managed Night" series work with power-line communication using the C/B CENELEC band. Communication occurs in accordance with standardised directives EN 14908-1, EN 14908-3 and the Lonmark® OLC profile (outdoor luminaire controller profile).

1

8 9 DPC

MFF

ISD

DOO

BBT

LST

RCR

(s. p. 258)

Voltage AC

Power consumption

Control input LST

Switching output

Switching current

Weight

V, 50 Hz

W

V

V

A (λ = 0.8)

g

110–250

< 1.0

230

230

4

100

10 11 12 265


Lighting Control System for Outdoor Applications – Managed Night

iPC – intelligent Pole Controller This light controller was developed for installation in a luminaire pole and features the same functions (and in full scope) as the iLC Controller on page 265. Technical Notes Dimensions (LxWxH): 250 x 60 x 55 mm Control output: DALI or 1–10 V for max. 4 EBs, short-circuit-proof Bistable relay output: closing contact Control output ECO ballast: 10 mA for power reduction relays Connection cable: 1 m (special configurations are available on request) Storage temperature: –25 to 85 °C Operating temperature: –25 to 80 °C Humidity: non-condensing Degree of protection: IP67, Protection class I

iPC – intelligent Pole Controller

Galvanic Isolation The electronic ballast does not feature potential isolation between input and output: as soon as the electronic ballast is connected to the controller, the control input of the electronic ballast is not potential-free. Typical Applications Lighting for public spaces Lighting in the vicinity of buildings

Type

Suitable for

186234

iPC

MFF

ISD

DOO

BBT

LST

RCR

(s. p. 258)

Voltage AC Power consumption Control input LST

Switching output* Switching current Weight

V, 50 Hz

W

V

V

A (λ = 0.8)

g

110–230

< 1.0

230

230

4

360

iPC-Lux

iLUX light sensors

186235

110–230

< 1.0

230

230

4

360

iPC-RC

ripple-control sound frequency**

186236

110–230

< 1.0

230

230

4

360

186357

110–230

< 1.0

230

230

4

360

iPC-HFS iHFS high frequency sensor *

Optionally available with a second switching output on request

** Protocols on request

266

Ref. No.

DPC


Lighting Control System for Outdoor Applications – Managed Night

iDC – intelligent Data Concentrator

1

The iDC forms the master of the "Managed Night" light managment system and functions as the central connection interface to the software of the master system. The iDC can be programmed and also features application programs that are perfect for controlling lighting systems.

2 iDC – intelligent Data Concentrator The iDC also provides a very well documented, web-based XML/SOAP interface or an optionally available OPC driver (open process control) to the SCADA (Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition) system. This makes it possible to integrate the iDC also into any BA (Building Automation) or control system.

The following functions are an integral part of the product: timer programs, monitoring of limit values plus alarm function and alarm transmission, data conversion, data logging and email client. Fitted with various interfaces such as S0 for counter registration, the M bus for remote counter reading or the MOD bus for extended sensor and actuating functions, the iDC can adapt to suit almost any control task.

The iLIC software was specifically developed to enable control of the iDC. Various extension options are available to suit common communication requirements: GPRS...G3, IP (CAT5), Fibre optic (FO) Single Mode, Fibre optic (FO) Multi Mode, and optionally also WLAN on request.

Type

Ref. No.

3 4 5 6 7

111 70 38

10,1

54

280

8

31

56

230

53

ca. 27

34

Technical Notes Dimensions (BxHxT): 280 x 230 x112 mm Material: aluminium AlSi12 (Fe) Drill holes for cables: 2 PG metric fittings (25 x1.5 mm) 2 PG metric fittings (32 x1.5 mm) 1 PG metric fittings (20 x1.5 mm) 1 fixing hole for antenna connection Interfaces for power-line carriers Inputs: 2 digital inputs 30 V DC Optionally extendable using a cut-off relay for 230 V AC: 2 impulse-counter inputs typ. of S0 Outputs: 2 relay outputs 230 V AC; 10 A Ethernet Port 10/100BaseT, auto-selecting, RS232 Interface for GSM/GPRS modem, for up to 200 controllers LON power line carrier communication: Protocols: in acc. with ANSI CEA 709.1 / EN 14908-1 on the supply voltage (tri/single phase) Transmission: in acc. with ANSI CEA 709.3 / EN 14908-3 IP communication: XML / SOAP, http, FTP, UDP FME antenna connection: Male Storage temperature: –25 to 85 °C Operating temperature: –25 to 60 °C Humidity: non-condensing Degree of protection: IP65, Protection class I

iCT – intelligent Configuration Software • Specifically developed for commissioning an iDC • Convenient and quick installation of all controllers in a network segment • Quick commissioning thanks to clear identification of every controller with a barcode (scanner optional) • The controller is configured in accordance with OLC-Lonmark® conventions

9

35 75

Voltage AC

Average power consumption

Transmission mode

Weight

V, Hz

W

VA

g

iDC-GPRS.3G

186230

230±10%, 50±1%

7

12

4400

iDC-IP

186237

230±10%, 50±1%

6.5

12

4400

iDC-FO-MM

186238

230±10%, 50±1%

7

12

4400

iDC-FO-SM

186239

230±10%, 50±1%

7

12

4400

iCT

186242

iDC commissioning software; the software can only be delivered along with the iDC and must be ordered separately.

iLIC

186243

Software for visualizing; Operating system: independent (Linux derivate and Microsoft)

iOPC

186...

Software for integration into the BA (Building Automation) (see page 270)

10 11 12 267


Lighting Control System for Outdoor Applications – Accessories

iLUX – intelligent Lux Meter with Power Line Interface The high-quality light sensor directly measures and delivers digital light metrics in lux to a light management system for the purpose of lighting control. iLUX – Light sensor Lighting systems operated with or without a light management system can be switched on or off at a specific lux value via internal relays. The measured lux values can then be transmitted to the lighting system via the power line. Depending on the respective lighting level required in each case, it is therefore possible to independently control luminaires in different areas, e.g. at major and minor roads, pedestrian crossings and in parks.

59,5

76

25

160

Technical Notes Dimensions (LxWxH): 165 x165 x104 mm Sensor casing: aluminium with a PC cover, sensor unit protected by opal glass Connection cable to the controller: 10 m (special configurations available on request) Storage temperature: –25 to 85 °C Operating temperature: –25 to 80 °C Humidity: non-condensing Degree of protection: IP65 Weight of mounting bracket: 300 g Casing and connection details of the iPC controller (intended for installation in luminaire poles), see page 208

75,3

The compact sensor can be fixed to the luminaire pole or a wall using the enclosed mounting bracket.

135

Typical Applications Lighting for public spaces Lighting in the vicinity of buildings

Type

Ref. No.

Note

Weight

iLUX

186231

Use only in combination with iPC-LUX (Ref. No.: 186235)

1000

g

iPL-NI Powerline Network Interface For subsequent iLUX configuration without network operation Data communication: notebook / PC and iLUX using a 230 V AC power supply cable Operating system: XP and higher For parameter configuration and firmware updates Ref. No.: 186265

iPL-NI – Powerline Network Interface

268


Lighting Control System for Outdoor Applications – Accessories

iCCU – intelligent, Capacitive Coupling Unit Intelligent, capacitive coupling unit for powerline communication. Powerline signals are transferred using the B/C frequency range in acc. with Cenelec specifications. The unit is suitable for direct installation without requiring configuration and is transparent for data transfer purposes. The unit draws no power when operated in standby mode. No software-based configuration required Connection with an NH fuse possible on request

1 2 iCCU – Capacitive Coupling Unit Typical applications Lighting for public spaces, street lighting Lighting in the vicinity of buildings Company premises, warehouses, sports facilities

3 4

Technical notes Casing: PC Dimensions (LxWxH): 180 x 94 x 60 mm Mains voltage: 230 V AC ±10%, 50 Hz Power consumption: 0.0 W Leads: High-voltage silicone cable, stranded conductors 1 mm², length: 80 mm Storage temperature: –25 to 85 °C Operating temperature: –25 to 65 °C Degree of protection: IP65, Protection class I Weight: 770 g Resistance against surge voltage: 3 kV Ref. No.: 186345

5 6 7

iBRIDGE – intelligent Wireless Bridge

8

For wireless signal transfer

9

iBRIDGE enables wireless transfer of control signals of the power-line network to adjacent lighting circuits without requiring a cable connection. iBRIDGE This makes it possible to jointly control several smaller, independent circuits within a larger lighting network and serves to reduce the number of required iDCs (data concentrators) since a larger number of controllers can be configured using a single iDC. Sections of the lighting cable that are not suitable for power-line communication due to severe local interference can also be bridged using iBRIDGE. Just like a controller, iBRIDGE is commissioned using the light management system and does not require any special software installation.

Technical Notes Dimensions (ØxH): 105 x120 mm Mains voltage:120–277 V AC ±10% Mains frequency: 50–60 Hz Wireless frequency: 2.4 GHz Power line communication frequency: Dual 115 kb/s and 132 kb/s Wireless output: 10 mW Operating temperature: –40 to 85 °C Humidity during the operation: non-condensing Connection: in acc. with NEMA Socket Standard BS5972 Degree of protection: IP66 Weight: 190 g Ref. No.: 186275

10 11 12 269


Lighting Control System for Outdoor Applications – Accessories

iLIC – intelligent Luminaire Information Centre For outdoor luminaire control The luminaire information centre is the central control instrument of a light management system. All connected luminaires can be controlled, monitored and displayed using a web-based server application. The server-based software supports both Windows and Linux operating systems. Firefox or Internet Explorer are the frontend applications to operate, control or display the light management system. The following actions can be controlled via the software: • Switching individual luminaires on or off ahead of defined luminaire groups • Defining the most diverse timer settings • Evaluation and display of the lighting system status depending on various types of error message • Evaluation of energy consumption at individual luminaire and luminaire-group level • Graphic display of all acquired data over time (voltage, current, power, temperature, power factor, lighting hours, ...) Ref. No.: 186243

Based on the software design, the lighting system displays information as a tree-like structure showing city, suburb, street, luminaire or can be broken down according to other criteria. The multi-client software also makes it possible to restrict rights and functions for different people or groups of people depending on their level of authorisation. As the software is a wholly web-based application, system maintenance can be carried out via the web (global) or can be restricted to just the company using its LAN network, all depending on the system structure. Numerous users can access the system at the same time. Optional interfaces are also available to connect to other asset management systems.

System requirements • Server: state-of-the-art • Memory RAM: 4GB Memory HD: 2TB • CPU: min. Dual Core, depending on the scope of the project • Operating system: XP, Windows 7, Linux, Distribution, VM operation is possible • Data security: min. RAID 1 recommended RAID 5

iOPC – intelligent OPC DA Server iOPC DA Sever for connecting iDCs to typical control technology systems

SCADA Software SCADA

OPC Client www.opcfoundation.org

iLIC

iOPC Server

The iOPC Server is used to integrate iDCs into standardised SCADA/control technology systems. The software runs on Microsoft® operating systems and provides a standard interface for integrating data points. OPC DA specification: DA 2.05 Type: iOPC 1.001 Tool Ref. No.: 186358 for max. 3 iDC Ref. No.: 186359 for max. 10 iDC Ref. No.: 186385 for max. 20 iDC

OPC Server

OPC Server

Microsoft

Option A

www

Electronic ballast or LED driver

Option B Electronic ballast or LED driver

iLC

iPC

iDC

iLUX iPC

270


Lighting Control System for Outdoor Applications – Accessories

iHFS – intelligent High-Frequency Sensor

1 2

Motion sensor for street lighting The iHFS enables energy-efficient and need-driven control of street lighting and lighting in the vicinity of buildings using intelligent high-frequency-based object detection. The sensor system functions reliably at all times irrespective of light and weather conditions. The iHFS is available as a modular and an integrated system. With the modular version, up to 3 sensor modules can be attached to the luminaire pole, which enables simultaneous detection of objects from different directions. The detection field can be individually defined via the sensor's mounting angle.

iHFS

3

Installation The sensors are attached to the luminaire pole using stainless steel tension bands (included in the scope of delivery). The direction of a sensor's detection field can be individually adjusted via the swivel-head holder.

4 5

With the integrated version, one sensor is typically mounted per luminaire. The sensor is installed directly in the luminaire. Technical Notes For Light Controller iPC-HFS (s. p. 266) Dimensions (LxWxH): 83 x 75 x 67 mm plus holder Operating temperature: –20 to 70 °C HF technology: 5.8 GHz Cable length: 10 m

Type

Note

6 7 Ref. No.

Power consumption

Reach

Opening angle

up to 22 m

120°

W iHFS-120 1

Sensor

186253

0.7–1.5 (1–3 sensors)

Sensor for built-in into luminaires on request.

Detection area

45°

8 9 10

90°

60°

11 10 m

15 m

22 m

12 271


Lighting Control System for Outdoor Applications – Accessories

iSCT – intelligent Software Configurations Tool The Managed Night power-line system as well as the two Smart and Flex Night systems can be controlled using the extremely robust tablet PC made by Panasonic and the associated software. Panasonic toughpad FZ-G1 for software configuration • Full-ruggedized Windows 8 Tablet • Intel® Core™ i5-3437U vPro processor • Windows 8 Pro, Intel HD 4000 Graphic • Daylight-readable 10,1" WUXGA outdoor display with IPSa technology (1920 x 1200) with up to 800 cd/m² • Capacitive 10-point multi-touch screen and digitizer • Standard connections: USB 3.0, HDMI and headphones • Pre-configurable port (serial, LAN, microSD or USB 2.0) • Up to 8 hours of battery life; battery can be changed by user • Protected against water and dust • Will survive being dropped from a height of up to 120 cm without suffering damage (as tested by Panasonic) • With preinstalled and configured light management software Dimensions: 270 x188 x9 mm, Weight: approx. 1.1 kg Ref. No.: 186251

272

iSCT Further details can be found under: http://business.panasonic.co.uk/computer-product/toughpad/fz-g11


Reference Numbers

Page

Ref. No.

142150

189

186220

Page

Ref. No.

Page

186327

179

186428

239

142170

188

186221

153

182

186328

157

186429

142185

187

186222

150

153

186329

157

186430

142736

184

167

186226

148

186330

157

186431

142737

166

185

186227

143

186331

157

186432

208

147230

184

186229

149

186338

260

186433

208

147233

184

186230

267

186339

234

186434

208

147234

185

186231

268

186340

234

186443

146

149800

191

186232

260

186341

166

186444

146

149820

186

186233

265

186342

165

186445

141

149992

190

186234

266

186345

269

186446

141

149993

190

186235

266

186348

165

186447

163

186103

206

186236

266

186349

166

186448

163

186104

206

186237

267

186350

166

186449

163

186105

207

186238

267

186351

167

186450

163

186112

211

186239

267

186353

166

186451

163

186113

211

186240

263

186354

147

186452

181

186114

212

186241

262

186355

144

186453

181

186129

205

186242

267

186356

142

186454

181

186131

206

186243

267, 270

186357

266

186455

181

186132

206

186244

264

186358

270

186456

181

186133

207

186246

261

186359

270

186457

210

186136

200

186250

263

186363

159

186458

164

186138

200

186251

272

186364

159

186460

143

186140

202

186253

271

186365

159

186463

158

186141

204

186265

268

186367

168

186464

158

186142

201

186266

156

186370

242

186465

151

186144

201

186267

156

186384

143

186476

235

186153

200

186268

156

186385

270

186477

181

186154

200

186269

156

186386

157

186478

181

186155

201

186275

269

186387

157

186479

162

186172

202

186276

236

186391

262

186481

240

186175

176

186278

155

186392

261

186484

234

186177

153

186279

154

186393

160

186485

234

186180

161

186280

152

186394

160

186486

145

186181

201

186297

180

186395

160

186487

145

186189

236

186298

180

186397

173

186488

145

186190

236

186299

177

186398

173

186489

174

186194

240

186300

177

186399

175

186490

171

186195

153

186301

180

186400

169

186491

145

186196

153

186302

180

186401

169

186492

145

186197

153

186303

177

186402

169

186495

215

186202

172

186304

177

186406

147

186496

215

186203

172

186305

148

186407

144

186497

215

186204

209

186306

155

186409

147

186498

214

186208

178

186308

152

186410

144

186499

214

186210

238

186311

242

186413

210

186500

214

186211

237

186315

148

186414

150

186503

151

186212

237

186316

170

186415

163

186509

173

186213

237

186320

241

186416

163

186510

181

186216

211

186321

241

186424

161

186512

235

186217

211

186322

241

186425

161

186513

235

186218

206

186323

236

186426

161

188823

215

186219

206

186326

179

186427

161

188824

214

Ref. No.

Page

Ref. No.

273


Reference Numbers

274

Ref. No.

Page

Ref. No.

Page

Ref. No.

Page

Ref. No.

Page

188827

215

546736

85

548424

131

548895

131

188828

214

546741

85

548429

131

548896

131

529157

90

546748

85

548432

131

548897

131

533815

90

546749

85

548435

131

548898

131

535900

203

546750

85

548438

131

548899

131

536248

90

546755

85

548518

195

548900

131

536843

201

546756

85

548519

195

548901

131

536977

90

546757

85

548520

195

548902

131

539475

203

547510

88

548521

195

548903

131

539476

203

547511

88

548522

195

548904

131

539624

90

547587

88

548523

195

548905

131

539625

90

547588

88

548524

195

548906

131

539626

90

547589

88

548525

195

548907

131

542267

203

547590

88

548526

195

548908

131

543187

203

547591

88

548739

89

548909

131

543314

199

547592

88

548769

134

548912

130

543315

199

547716

86

548771

134

548913

130

543316

199

547717

86

548772

134

548914

130

543317

199

547718

86

548775

134

548915

130

543318

199

547719

86

548777

134

548916

130

543319

199

547726

127

548778

134

548917

130

543320

199

547788

127

548781

89

548918

130

543321

199

547789

127

548782

134

548919

130

543322

199

547790

127

548784

134

548920

130

543422

87

547791

127

548785

134

548921

130

543423

87

547792

127

548788

134

548922

130

543424

87

547793

127

548790

134

548923

130

543425

87

547794

127

548791

134

548924

130

543426

204

547795

127

548794

134

548925

130

543427

204

547796

127

548796

134

548926

130

543428

204

547797

127

548797

134

548927

130

543429

204

547798

127

548800

134

548928

130

544036

87

547799

127

548802

134

548931

130

544038

87

547800

127

548803

134

548932

130

544804

89

547801

127

548806

134

548935

130

544805

89

547802

127

548808

134

548936

130

545029

137

547837

127

548809

134

548939

130

545315

137

547838

131

548812

134

548940

130

545316

137

547940

127

548814

134

548943

130

546370

89

548030

84

548815

134

548944

134

546388

137

548031

84

548863

127

548947

134

546671

83

548032

84

548864

127

548948

134

546673

83

548088

85

548868

86

548951

134

546676

83

548089

85

548869

86

548952

134

546680

83

548090

85

548870

86

548955

134

546684

83

548179

13

548871

86

548956

134

546685

83

548252

91

548886

131

548959

134

546686

83

548363

131

548887

131

548960

135

546687

83

548366

131

548888

131

548961

135

546688

83

548369

131

548889

131

548962

135

546727

85

548372

131

548891

131

548963

135

546729

85

548375

131

548892

131

548964

135

546733

85

548378

131

548893

131

548965

135

546735

85

548418

131

548894

131

548966

135


Reference Numbers

Ref. No.

Page

Ref. No.

Page

Ref. No.

Page

Ref. No.

548967

135

550899

108

549107

220

550900

108

549108

220

550901

549109

220

550902

549110

220

549111

Page

551994

95

553426

132

552015

101

553427

95 96

108

552016

101

553428

132

108

552017

101

553429

132

550903

108

552018

101

553430

132

220

550904

108

552019

101

553431

132

549112

220

550905

108

552020

101

553432

132

549113

220

550906

108

552021

101

553433

132

549114

220

550907

108

552022

101

553434

132

549131

220

550908

108

552039

95, 96, 99, 101

553435

132

549133

220

550909

108

552082

129

553441

132

549134

220

550912

24

552083

129

553442

132

549136

220

550913

24

552084

129

553443

132

549138

220

550914

24

552085

129

553444

132

549140

220

550915

24

552086

129

553445

132

549141

220

550952

13

552087

129

553446

132

549142

220

550958

101

552088

129

553612

55

549585

24

550959

101

552089

129

553679

114

549586

24

550967

86

552090

129

553680

114

549914

127

550968

86

552091

129

553681

114

549915

127

550969

86

552092

198

553682

114

549916

127

550970

86

552093

198

553683

114

549917

127

550971

86

552094

198

553684

114

549992

13

550972

86

552095

198

553795

99

549993

13

550973

86

552096

111

553820

99

549994

24

550974

86

552167

61

553821

99

549995

24

551039

13

552168

61

553822

99

550224

91

551129

13

552169

61

553823

99

550382

101

551131

13

552398

135

553824

99

550438

95

551132

13

552399

135

553825

99

550439

95

551265

101

552400

135

553826

99

550440

95

551448

101

552401

135

553827

99

550441

95

551588

29

552406

135

553828

99

550532

196

551589

29

552407

135

553829

99

550533

196

551590

29

552408

135

553830

99

550534

196

551591

29

552409

135

553831

99

550535

196

551700

196

552463

91

553907

66

550880

106

551747

132

552787

91

553908

66

550882

106

551748

132

552788

91

553911

70

550884

106

551749

132

553067

68

553912

70

550885

106

551750

132

553068

51

553914

49

550886

106

551757

132

553069

55

553915

49

550887

106

551758

132

553212

217

553917

53

550888

106

551983

95

553213

217

553918

53

550889

106

551984

95

553214

217

553920

74

550890

107

551985

95

553215

217

553921

74

550891

107

551986

95

553218

222

553926

66

550892

107

551987

95

553219

222

553927

66

550893

107

551988

95

553220

222

553929

70

550894

107

551989

95

553221

222

553930

70

550895

107

551990

95

553422

101

553932

49

550896

107

551991

95

553423

132

553933

49

550897

107

551992

95

553424

132

553935

53

550898

108

551993

95

553425

132

553936

53

275


Reference Numbers

276

Ref. No.

Page

Ref. No.

Page

Ref. No.

Page

Ref. No.

Page

553938

74

554789

68

554943

99

555345

115

553939

74

554790

68

554944

99

555346

115

553981

99

554792

72

554945

99

555347

115

554022

66

554793

72

554946

99

555348

115

554044

29

554794

76

554947

99

555349

115

554045

29

554795

51

554948

99

555350

115

554046

29

554797

68

554949

99

555351

118

554047

29

554798

68

554950

99

555353

118

554065

82

554799

72

554951

99

555355

118

554066

82

554801

49

554952

99

555357

118

554067

82

554802

53

554953

99

555359

118

554068

82

554803

74

554954

99

555361

118

554188

79

554804

66

554956

93

555399

58

554189

79

554805

70

554957

93

555402

129

554191

79

554806

49

554958

93

555403

129

554192

79

554807

53

554959

93

555404

129

554285

33

554808

74

554960

94

555405

129

554286

33

554816

60

554961

94

555406

129

554287

33

554817

82

554969

118

555407

129

554288

33

554818

60

554971

118

555437

16

554289

33

554819

82

554973

118

555438

16

554290

33

554820

60

554981

118

555439

16

554300

72

554821

82

554983

118

555479

59

554386

103

554822

60

554985

118

555482

16

554387

103

554823

82

555008

95, 96

555786

60

554388

103

554843

133

555009

95, 96

555875

96

554389

103

554845

133

555010

101

556214

60

554390

104

554901

66

555012

99

556215

60

554391

104

554907

134

555013

104

556216

60

554392

104

554908

134

555014

104

556217

60

554393

104

554910

134

555016

93

556218

60

554394

104

554911

134

555017

93

556219

60

554395

104

554912

135

555019

93

556220

60

554396

104

554913

135

555020

93

556221

82

554397

104

554914

135

555314

15

556222

82

554409

68

554915

135

555315

15

556223

82

554410

76

554916

135

555316

15

556224

82

554419

104

554917

135

555317

15

556227

66

554529

136

554918

135

555318

15

556228

66

554530

136

554919

135

555319

15

556229

70

554532

136

554921

135

555320

15

556230

70

554533

136

554922

135

555321

15

556231

70

554534

136

554923

135

555333

115

556232

74

554535

136

554924

135

555334

115

556233

74

554601

223

554925

135

555335

115

556234

74

554780

72

554926

135

555336

115

556235

49

554781

76

554927

135

555337

115

556236

49

554782

51

554928

135

555338

115

556237

49

554783

55

554929

137

555339

115

556238

53

554784

68

554932

197

555340

115

556239

53

554785

72

554933

197

555341

115

556240

53

554786

76

554934

197

555342

115

556251

79

554787

51

554935

197

555343

115

556252

79

554788

55

554936

197

555344

115

556255

80


Reference Numbers

Ref. No.

Page

Ref. No.

Page

Ref. No.

Page

Ref. No.

Page

556256

80

556745

96

556934

12

557445

21

556257

80

556746

96

556935

12

557447

21

556258

81

556747

96

556961

80

557448

21

556259

81

556748

96

556962

79

557449

21

556260

81

556749

96

556963

80

557452

21

556261

81

556750

96

557081

63

557453

21

556262

81

556751

96

557082

63

557455

21

556263

81

556752

96

557136

69

557456

21

556264

58

556753

96

557137

69

557460

27

556266

58

556755

96

557138

69

557461

27

556267

58

556756

96

557139

69

557462

27

556269

58

556794

218

557140

69

557463

27

556270

58

556795

218

557152

121

557464

27

556271

59

556796

218

557153

121

557465

27

556273

59

556797

218

557154

121

557466

27

556274

59

556798

223

557157

133

557467

27

556277

59

556799

223

557158

133

557468

27

556278

59

556835

103

557182

44

557469

27

556292

67

556836

103

557183

44

557470

27

556293

67

556837

103

557184

46

557471

27

556294

71

556838

103

557186

63

557472

27

556295

71

556839

103

557187

44

557473

27

556296

75

556840

103

557228

11

557474

27

556297

50

556841

103

557229

11

557475

27

556298

54

556863

42, 43

557233

44

557642

63

556490

80

556864

44

557234

44

557691

100

556491

80

556865

44

557239

63

557692

100

556492

80

556866

44

557240

63

557723

15

556493

67

556867

44

557241

63

557724

15

556526

79

556869

63

557252

97

557725

15

556538

20, 27

556870

63

557253

97

557726

15

556539

20, 27

556871

63

557359

120

557727

15

556540

20, 27

556872

63

557360

120

557728

15

556541

20, 27

556873

63

557361

120

557729

15

556567

79

556874

63

557394

27

557730

15

556571

67

556875

42, 43

557395

27

557731

15

556576

103

556876

42, 43

557396

27

557732

15

556640

101

556877

44

557397

27

557733

15

556695

72

556878

44

557398

27

557734

15

556696

76

556879

44

557399

27

557735

15

556697

51

556880

44

557400

27

557736

15

556698

55

556881

44

557401

27

557737

15

556699

68

556882

44

557402

27

557738

15

556700

68

556883

44

557403

27

557767

21

556701

72

556884

63

557404

27

557768

21

556702

72

556885

63

557405

27

557769

21

556703

76

556886

63

557406

27

557770

21

556704

51

556912

11

557407

27

557782

121

556705

55

556926

11

557408

27

557783

121

556706

70

556927

11

557409

27

557784

121

556741

96

556928

11

557440

21

557785

121

556742

96

556929

11

557441

21

557786

121

556743

96

556930

11

557442

21

557787

121

556744

96

556933

12

557443

21

557788

121

277


Reference Numbers

278

Ref. No.

Page

Ref. No.

Page

Ref. No.

Page

Ref. No.

Page

557789

121

557898

120

558171

73

558499

32

557790

121

557979

10

558172

73

558500

32

557791

121

557980

10

558173

77

558501

32

557792

121

557981

10

558174

77

558502

32

557793

121

557982

10

558175

77

558503

32

557799

45

557983

10

558176

52

558504

32

557800

46

557984

10

558177

52

558505

32

557801

45

557985

10

558178

52

558506

32

557802

46

557986

10

558179

56

558507

32

557806

43

557987

10

558180

56

558508

32

557807

45

557992

18

558181

56

558509

32

557808

45

557993

18

558182

21

558510

32

557809

45

557994

18

558183

21

558511

32

557810

46

557995

18

558184

21

558512

32

557811

45

557996

18

558185

21

558513

32

557812

45

557997

18

558186

21

558514

32

557813

45

557998

18

558187

21

558515

32

557814

45

557999

18

558188

21

558516

32

557815

45

558000

19

558189

21

558517

32

557816

45

558001

19

558190

117

558518

32

557820

35

558002

19

558191

117

558519

32

557821

35

558003

19

558192

117

558520

32

557822

35

558025

101

558193

117

558521

32

557823

35

558085

120

558194

117

558522

32

557824

35

558086

120

558195

117

558523

32

557825

35

558088

120

558229

100

558524

32

557826

35

558089

120

558231

38

558525

32

557827

35

558090

120

558232

38

558526

32

557828

35

558091

120

558233

40

558527

32

557829

35

558092

120

558234

38

558528

32

557834

100

558093

120

558235

38

558529

32

557835

100

558094

120

558236

40

558530

32

557836

100

558095

120

558237

38

558531

32

557837

100

558096

120

558238

38

558532

32

557838

100

558100

10

558239

39

558533

32

557839

100

558101

10

558240

40

558534

32

557840

100

558102

10

558406

120

558535

32

557841

100

558103

10

558407

120

558628

33

557843

100

558104

10

558408

120

558629

33

557844

100

558105

10

558409

120

558630

33

557845

100

558106

10

558410

120

558631

33

557846

100

558137

116

558411

120

558632

33

557856

35

558140

116

558412

120

558633

33

557857

35

558141

117

558413

120

558634

33

557858

35

558142

117

558414

120

558635

33

557859

35

558143

117

558415

120

558636

33

557860

35

558144

117

558491

32

558637

33

557861

35

558145

117

558492

32

558638

33

557862

35

558146

117

558493

32

558639

33

557863

35

558166

69

558494

32

558640

33

557864

35

558167

73

558495

32

558641

33

557865

35

558168

73

558496

32

558642

33

557886

115

558169

73

558497

32

558644

33

557888

115

558170

73

558498

32

558645

33


Reference Numbers

Ref. No.

Page

Ref. No.

Page

Ref. No.

Page

Ref. No.

Page

558646

33

558708

23

558989

115

559237

117

558647

33

558709

23

558990

115

559238

117

558648

33

558710

23

558991

115

559239

117

558649

33

558711

23

558992

115

559261

15

558650

33

558712

23

558993

115

559262

15

558651

33

558713

23

559001

115

559263

15

558652

33

558714

23

559002

115

559264

15

558653

33

558728

117

559030

95

559287

117

558654

33

558729

117

559069

15

559288

117

558655

33

558730

117

559070

15

559289

117

558656

33

558731

117

559071

15

559294

116

558657

33

558825

18

559072

15

559295

116

558658

33

558826

18

559098

118

559296

116

558667

23

558827

19

559099

118

559297

116

558668

23

558905

36

559100

118

559298

116

558669

23

558922

38

559101

118

559299

116

558670

23

558923

38

559102

118

559300

116

558671

23

558924

38

559103

118

559301

116

558672

23

558925

38

559104

118

559302

116

558673

23

558926

38

559105

118

559303

116

558674

23

558927

38

559106

118

559304

116

558675

23

558928

39

559164

41

559305

116

558676

23

558929

39

559165

41

559306

117

558677

23

558930

39

559190

117

559307

117

558678

23

558931

39

559191

117

559308

117

558679

23

558932

38

559192

117

559309

117

558680

23

558933

38

559193

117

559310

117

558681

23

558934

38

559194

117

559311

117

558682

23

558935

38

559199

18

559312

117

558683

23

558936

38

559200

18

559313

117

558684

23

558937

38

559201

18

559326

117

558685

23

558938

39

559202

18

559327

117

558686

23

558940

39

559203

18

559328

117

558687

23

558941

39

559208

116

559329

117

558688

23

558942

39

559209

116

559330

117

558689

23

558943

38

559210

116

559331

117

558690

23

558944

38

559211

116

559332

117

558691

23

558945

38

559213

116

559333

117

558692

23

558946

38

559214

116

559334

117

558693

23

558947

38

559215

116

559379

124

558694

23

558948

38

559216

116

559380

124

558695

23

558949

39

559217

116

559381

124

558696

23

558950

39

559218

116

559382

124

558697

23

558951

39

559220

19

559383

124

558698

23

558952

40

559221

19

559384

124

558699

23

558953

40

559222

19

559385

124

558700

23

558954

40

559223

19

559386

124

558701

23

558955

40

559224

19

559387

124

558702

23

558975

114

559225

19

559388

124

558703

23

558976

114

559226

19

559389

124

558704

23

558977

114

559227

19

559390

124

558705

23

558978

114

559229

19

559391

124

558706

23

558979

114

559232

19

559392

124

558707

23

558980

114

559234

19

559393

124

279


Reference Numbers

280

Ref. No.

Page

Ref. No.

Page

Ref. No.

Page

559394

124

559534

96

559694

104

559395

124

559535

96

559695

104

559396

124

559536

96

559696

104

559397

123

559537

99

559941

116

559398

123

559538

99

559943

117

559399

123

559539

99

559944

117

559400

123

559540

99

559965

104

559401

123

559541

99

599966

104

559402

123

559542

99

559967

104

559403

123

559543

99

559968

102

559404

123

559544

99

559969

102

559405

123

559545

99

559970

102

559406

124

559546

99

559972

16

559407

124

559547

99

566047

12

559408

124

559548

99

566051

18

559412

124

559550

100

566052

18

559413

124

559551

100

566053

18

559414

124

559552

100

566054

18

559418

123

559553

100

566055

18

559419

123

559554

100

566056

18

559420

123

559555

100

566057

18

559430

126

559559

101

566058

18

559431

126

559560

101

566059

18

559432

126

559563

101

566060

18

559433

126

559564

101

566061

18

559434

126

559565

102

566062

18

559435

126

559566

102

566063

18

559436

126

559567

102

566064

18

559437

126

559568

102

566065

18

559438

126

559569

102

566066

18

559439

126

559570

102

566067

18

559440

126

559571

103

559441

126

559572

103

559442

125

559573

103

559443

125

559574

103

559444

125

559575

103

559445

125

559576

103

559446

125

559577

103

559447

125

559578

103

559494

115

559579

103

559495

115

559580

103

559496

115

559581

103

559522

95

559582

103

559523

95

559583

104

559524

95

559584

104

559525

95

559585

104

559526

95

559586

104

559527

95

559621

133

559528

95

559622

133

559529

96

559623

133

559530

96

559624

133

559531

96

559690

104

559532

96

559691

104

559533

96

559693

104


Notes

281


Subsidiaries

Subsidiaries

Address

Phone / Fax / Email

Vossloh-Schwabe Deutschland GmbH

P.O. Box 28 69

Phone: +49/(0)2351/10 10

Germany, Benelux, CIS, Georgia, Great Britain, Ireland,

D-58478 Lüdenscheid, Germany

Austria, Switzerland, Scandinavia, Turkey

Fax: +49/(0)2351/10 12 17 info.vsv@vsv.vossloh-schwabe.com

Australia

Branch Office Sydney

Phone: +61/(0)2/88 43 07 00

Vossloh-Schwabe Deutschland GmbH

3A Lenton Place

Fax: +61/(0)2/88 43 07 77

North Rocks, N.S.W. 2151, Australia

sales-aus@vsaus.vossloh-schwabe.com

China

Wiselogic International Center

Phone: +86/21/62 18 55 99

Vossloh-Schwabe Electrical Appliances

Room 2603, #66 North Shannxi Road

Fax: +86/21/62 67 07 81

Trading (Shanghai) Co., Ltd.

Shanghai, P.C. 200041/China

linda.li@vshk.vossloh-schwabe.com

Czech Republic, Slovakia

Sales Office East Europe

Phone: +420/235 30 03 58

Vossloh-Schwabe Deutschland GmbH

Na Radosti 184

Fax: +420/235 31 22 61

France Vossloh-Schwabe Deutschland GmbH

155 21 Prague 5 - Zlicín, Czech Republic

magdalena.ragauerova@vsv.vossloh-schwabe.com

Branch Office France

Phone: +33/(0)389/20 12 12

10 Rue Denis Papin CS50101

Fax: +33/(0)389/24 18 65

68025 Colmar, France

vsf.ventes@vsf.vossloh-schwabe.com

Hong Kong

Flat A & B, 26/F., West Gate Tower

Phone: +852/28779688

Vossloh-Schwabe Hong Kong Ltd.

7 Wing Hong Street, Cheung Sha Wan

Fax: +852/28779933

Kowloon, Hong Kong

linda.li@vshk.vossloh-schwabe.com

Italy

Via Strada S. Martino 15

Phone: +39/0547/9 81 11

Vossloh-Schwabe Italia S.p.A.

47027 Sarsina/Forlí-Cesena, Italy

Fax: +39/0547/9 82 60 vs-i@vsi.vossloh-schwabe.com

Korea

#605 Cosmo Tower Building

Phone: +82/2/34 84 66 11/16

Vossloh-Schwabe Korea

416 Youngdongdae-ro, Gangnam-gu

Fax: +82/2/34 84 66 17

New Zealand Vossloh-Schwabe Deutschland GmbH

Seoul 135-549, Korea

j.y.maeng@vs.vossloh-schwabe.com

Branch Office Auckland

Phone: +64/(0)9/265 11 10

P.O. Box 58809

Fax: +64/(0)9/265 11 20

2163 Botany, Manukau / New Zealand

sales-nz@vsnz.vossloh-schwabe.com

Poland, Baltic States

Sales Office Poland

Phone: +48/(0)12/3 57 23 23

Vossloh-Schwabe Deutschland GmbH

ul. Zaporoska 6/5

Fax: +48/(0)12/2 62 03 26

PL 30-389 Kraków, Poland

lukasz.niemczycki@vsv.vossloh-schwabe.com

Serbia, Albania, Bosnia-Herzegovina, Bulgaria, Croatia,

Sales Office Belgrad/Serbia

Phone: +381/63/286 330

Greece, Kosovo, Macedonia, Montenegro, Slovenia, Cyprus

Danila Lekica 1

Fax: +381/63/286 330

Vossloh-Schwabe Deutschland GmbH

11000 Belgrade, Serbia

goran.stankovic@vsv.vossloh-schwabe.com

Singapore

Vertex, 33 Ubi Avenue 3

Phone: +65/62 75 75 33

Lobby A #06-72

Fax: +65/62 75 76 33

Vossloh-Schwabe Pte. Ltd. South Africa Vossloh-Schwabe Deutschland GmbH

Singapore 408868

vssing@singnet.com.sg

Branch Office Johannesburg

Phone: +27/11/31 44 340

154, Lechwe Avenue, Corporate Park

Fax: +27/11/31 45 287

Midrand 1685, South Africa

barry.hall@vsaf.vossloh-schwabe.com

Spain, South America, Portugal

Venezuela 105, 5º - A

Phone: +34/93/481 70 70

Vossloh-Schwabe Ibérica, S.L.

08019 Barcelona, Spain

Fax: +34/93/481 70 71

Taiwan

Taiwan Branch

Phone: +886/(0)2/25 68 36 22

9. FL-2, No. 80

Fax: +886/(0)2/25 68 36 20

vs-e@vse.vossloh-schwabe.com Vossloh-Schwabe Pte. Ltd.

Sung Chiang Road, Taipei, Taiwan

betty.ho@vstw.vossloh-schwabe.com

Thailand

3rd Floor (Unit 1) BUI Building 1

Phone: +66/(0)2/63 473 11

Vossloh-Schwabe Trading Ltd.

175–177 Soi Anumarnratchathon 1

Fax: +66/(0)2/63 473 13

Surawong Road, Kwaeng Suriyawongse

sales.vstt@vstt.vossloh-schwabe.com

Khet Bangrak, Bangkok 10500, Thailand Tunisia

Rue de l'énergie, BP. 299

Phone: +216/71/384 900

Vossloh-Schwabe Tunisie S.A.

Zone Industrielle de Ben Arous 2013

Fax: +216/71/384 990

Tunis, Tunisia

hatem.benyahmed@vstu.com.tn

USA, Canada, Mexico

26 Century Blvd.

Phone: +1/615/316-5100

Universal™ Lighting Technologies

Nashville, TN 37214-3683, USA

Fax: +1/615/316-5205 oem_sales@unvlt.com

282


Distributors

Distributors

Address

Belarus

5-907A, Nekrasova str.

Phone / Fax / Email Phone: +375 (17) 239 09 99

OOO 'Avilyuks'

BY 220040 Minsk, Belarus

alecsey@lux.by

Belgium

Golden Hope Straat 35b

Phone: +32/2/344 34 34

Huppertz NV-SA

1620 Drogenbos, Belgium

Fax: +32/2/344 34 30

Bulgaria

Vasil Levski Street, No 20

Phone: +359/(0)618/64 909

HIT Ltd.

5139 Parvomaitsi, Bulgaria

info@huppertz.be Fax: +359/(0)618/64 929 m.zelenkov@hitlighting.com Denmark

Syv Holmevej 3

Ingemann Components A/S

4130 Viby Sj., Denmark

Phone: +45/4618/66 44 Fax: +45/4618/67 12 sales@scanlouvers.dk

Egypt

55, Al Gomhoria St.

Egyptian German Electrical Supplies Comp.

Azbakia, Cairo, Egypt

Fax: +202/2/59 141 88

Germany

An der Wachsfabrik 3a

Phone: +49/(0)2236/966 310

Arnold Houben GmbH

50996 Cologne, Germany

Fax: +49/(0)2236/966 319

Distributor für den Elektro-Großhandel

Phone: +202/2/58 800 22

info@houben.eu

Finland

Timmermalmintie 21 A

Phone: +358 (0)98553210

Artisan Rinaldo AB Ltd.

01680 Vantaa, Finland

Fax: +358 (0)98533183

Iran

141 Amol Road

Phone: +98/111/328 39 11

Sepehr Afrooz Saba Trading, Inc.

Babol, Iran

rinaldo@artisan-rinaldo.fi Fax: +98/111/328 39 24 info@sasti.net Jordan

Salah Ad-deen Str. 164, 182

Phone: +962/6/46 46 666

Hassan Minwer Est.

P.O. Box 182651

Fax: +962/6/46 43 746

Jabal Al-Hussein

11118 Amman, Jordan

minwerlight@index.com.jo

Netherlands

Amperestraat 24-28

Phone: +31/(0)38 46 98 200

Hemmink BV

8013 PV Zwolle

Fax: +31/(0)38 46 98 299

Netherlands

info@hemmink.nl

Norway

Sagmyra 2 A

Phone: +47/38/003636

Lyskomponenter AS

4624 KristiansandBal, Norway

Fax: +47/23/501283

Portugal

Empreendimento Urbiportral, Armazém 3

Phone: +351/21/91 511 75

firmapost@lyskomponenter.no Vabeldi-Comercio de Iluminação, Lda.

Zona Industrial da Abrunheira

Fax: +351/21/91 520 63

2710-089 Sintra, Portugal

vabeldi@vabeldi.pt

Romania

Budila str., 12, ap. 4B4, Sector 2

Mobile: +40/744278096

Patrascoiu Consulting SRL

024095 Bucharest, Romania

Phone/Fax: +40/21/6107437

Russia

87, Dmitrovskoje schosse

Phone: +7 (0)495/7750100

JSC 'LAINER'

127238 Moscow, Russia

sekretar.info@zaolainer.ru

OOO Svetotekhnika

195 Moskovskij prospekt

Phone: +7-4012777999

silviu.patrascoiu@patrascoiu-consulting.ro

Kaliningrad Region

236001 Kaliningrad, Russia

office@st39.ru

OOO 'Market Union'

10/6, Dokukina str.

Phone: +7-495-921-1222

LED Products

129226 Moscow, Russia

info@lamps.ru

Saudi Arabia

P.O. Box 42005

Phone: +966/1/29 17 855

Ultra Light

11541 Riyadh, Saudi Arabia

Fax: +966/1/29 13 597

Sweden

Almedalsvägen 147

Phone: +46/(0)31/70 600 70

Candelux AB

SE 439 62 Frillesås, Sweden

ultralight@ultra-light.net Fax: +46/(0)31/70 600 72 info@candelux.se Switzerland, Liechtenstein

Weidstrasse 16

Max Hauri AG

9220 Bischofszell, Switzerland

Phone: +41/71/42 42 525 Fax: +41/71/42 42 590 verkauf@maxhauri.ch

Ukraine

BZ 'Afina'

Phone: +380482375122

PP Elektrosila COM

3/4, Grecheskaya Pl., off. 534

el-power-kiev@voliacable.com

UA 65026 Odessa, Ukraine United Arab Emirates

P.O. Box 17590

Phone: +971/4/88 12 599

VS-Gulf FZCO

Jebel Ali Free Zone, Dubai, U.A.E.

Fax: +971/4/88 12 170 sales@vsgulf.com

283


Whenever an electric light goes on around the world, Vossloh-Schwabe is likely to have made a key contribution to ensuring that everything works at the flick of a switch. Headquartered in Germany, VosslohSchwabe has been a member of the global Panasonic group since 2002 and counts as a technology leader within the lighting sector. Top-quality, highperformance products form the basis of the company's success. Vossloh-Schwabe's extensive product portfolio covers all lighting components: LED systems with matching control gear units and state-of-the-art control systems (LiCS) as well as electronic and magnetic ballasts and lampholders.

Vossloh-Schwabe Deutschland GmbH Hohe Steinert 8 · 58509 Lüdenscheid · Germany Telefon +49/23 51/10 10 · Fax +49/23 51/10 12 17 www.vossloh-schwabe.com

All rights reserved © Vossloh-Schwabe Photos: istockphoto.com; shutterstock.com Specifications are subject to change without notice Innovative Systems EN 06/2015


Turn static files into dynamic content formats.

Create a flipbook
Issuu converts static files into: digital portfolios, online yearbooks, online catalogs, digital photo albums and more. Sign up and create your flipbook.